Metalliferous Mining Training Package · 2005-05-27 · Metalliferous Mining Training Package -...
Transcript of Metalliferous Mining Training Package · 2005-05-27 · Metalliferous Mining Training Package -...
Metalliferous Mining Training Package
MNM99
VOLUME II of III
Volume I Introduction, Assessment Guidelines, Qualifications plus Core and Open Cut competency standards.
Volume II Competency standards for: Underground; Processing & Exploration
Volume III Competency standards for: Mine Management; General Management & Technical Management
Endorsed by the National Training Framework Committee and agreed by Ministers 12/11/1999. This training package is to be reviewed by 30/04/2003.
This material contained within this volume is part of the endorsed component of the training package, this volume should not be used in isolation, but should be used in the context of the whole training package
METALLIFEROUS MINING TRAINING PACKAGE
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 2
© Australian National Training Authority (ANTA), 2003 This work has been produced with the assistance of funding provided by the Commonwealth Government through ANTA. • An individual may make a photocopy of all or part of the work for their personal
use. • A Registered Training Organisation may make photocopies of all or part of the
work for the teaching purposes of that organisation, including for supply to its students provided that any consideration does not exceed the marginal cost of preparation, reproduction, assembly and delivery.
Except as permitted under the Copyright Act 1968, all other rights are reserved. Requests for permission may be directed to: Australian National Training Authority Level 11, AMP Place 10 Eagle Street BRISBANE, QLD 4000 Phone: (07) 3246 2300 Fax: (07) 3246 2490 This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not necessarily represent the view of ANTA or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which could be pertinent in particular cases. While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, ANTA and the original developer do not warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your State or Territory. ANTA and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package. This Training Package should not be regarded as professional advice and it should not be relied upon in any important matter without obtaining appropriate advice relevant to your circumstances.
Published by: Australian Training Products Ltd Level 25, 150 Lonsdale St Melbourne 3000 Phone: +61 3 96550600 Fax: +61 3 9639 4684 www.atpl.net.au e-mail: [email protected]
First Published December, 1999
STOCKCODE: 5600006S
ISBN: 0 642 79784 6 (set) MNM99 V3 Metalliferous Mining Training Package – Vol II of III Printed for Australian Training Products Ltd by Document Printing Australia, Melbourne, Australia AESharenet: Version 3 10/7/03
METALLIFEROUS MINING TRAINING PACKAGE
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 3
List of Qualifications
Metalliferous Mining Training Package - MNM99 V3.00
MNM20103 Certificate II in Metalliferous Mining Operations (Open Cut)
MNM20203 Certificate II in Metalliferous Mining Operations (Underground)
MNM20303 Certificate II in Metalliferous Mining Operations (Processing)
MNM30103 Certificate III in Metalliferous Mining Operations (Open Cut)
MNM30203 Certificate III in Metalliferous Mining Operations (Underground)
MNM30303 Certificate III in Metalliferous Mining Operations (Processing)
MNM40103 Certificate IV in Metalliferous Mining Operations (Open Cut)
MNM40203 Certificate IV in Metalliferous Mining Operations (Underground)
MNM40303 Certificate IV in Metalliferous Mining Operations (Processing)
MNM50299 Diploma of Metalliferous Mining (Open Cut and Underground)
MNM50399 Diploma of Metalliferous Mining (Processing)
MNM60101 Advanced Diploma of Metalliferous Mining
METALLIFEROUS MINING TRAINING PACKAGE
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 5
IMPORTANT Training packages are not static documents. Changes are made periodically to reflect the latest industry practices. Before commencing any form of training or assessment, you must ensure delivery is from the current version of the Training Package. To ensure you are complying with this requirement : • Check the Print Version Number just below the copyright statement on the imprint pages
of your current Training Package. • Access the ATP website (http://www.atpl.net.au) and check the latest Print Number. • In cases where the Print Version Number is later than yours, the Print Version
Modification History in the Training Package sample on the ATP website will indicate the changes that have been made.
The Modification History is also available on the website of the developer of the Training Package: National Mining Industry Industry Training Advisory Body Ltd http://www.miningitab.com.au The National Training Information Service (http://www.ntis.gov.au) also displays any changes in Units of Competency and the packaging of qualifications.
METALLIFEROUS MINING TRAINING PACKAGE
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 6
METALLIFEROUS MINING TRAINING PACKAGE
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 7
PRINT VERSION MODIFICATION HISTORY
Please refer to the National Training Information Service for the latest version of Units of Competency and Qualification information (http://www.ntis.gov.au)
MNM99 Metalliferous Mining Training Package Sheet: 1 of 1 V
ersi
on
Dat
e of
Rel
ease
Aut
hori
satio
n:
Comments
3 10/07/2003 NTQC
Update of Training Package to align to licensing requirements in the Metalliferous sector, includes: • Amendments to existing qualifications • Amendments to existing units of competency Insertion of new units of competency
2.00
22/01/2002 NTQC
Category 1 changes: deletion of duplicated unit of competency and new title for one unit. MNMUGC111A deleted, MNMUGC110A retitled plus correction of a small number of typographical errors in the Mine Management Services units of competency. Category 3 changes: Insertion of an Advanced Diploma qualification, comprising of an additional 32 units of competency aligned at this level
1.00
12/11/1999 NTFC Primary Release
Forms control: All endorsed training packages will have a version number displayed on the imprint page of every volume constituting that training package. Every training package will display an up-to-date copy of this modification history form, to be placed immediately after the contents page of the first volume of the training package. Comments on changes will only show sufficient detail to enable a user to identify the nature and location of the change. Changes to training packages will generally be batched at quarterly intervals. This modification history form will be included within any displayed sample of that training package and will constitute all detail available to identify changes.
METALLIFEROUS MINING TRAINING PACKAGE
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 8
VOLUME II
Metalliferous Mining Training Package (MNM99)
Index of Competency Standards
Streams No of Units Core 6 Open Cut 48 Underground 54 Processing 80 Geo Technical Survey & Environmental Management 12 Mine Management Services 27 General Management 15 Technical Management 17
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 26
DETAILS OF THE COMPETENCY STANDARDS The following Tables 1-7 provide an outline listing all the units of competency relevant to personnel working within the Metalliferous Mining sector. Full details of the units of competency are attached. Table 1: Metalliferous Core Competencies UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQF MNMCCCOO001A Core Units Communicate in the workplace 2
MNMCCCO1002A Core Units Work Safely 2
MNMCCCOO003A Core Units Plan and organise individual work 2 MNMCCCOO004A Core Units Contribute to quality work outcomes 2
MNMCCCOO005A Core Units Apply local risk control processes 2
MNMCCCOO006A Core Units Perform initial response first aid 2
Table 2: Extraction Open Cut Competencies UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQFMNMOCC101A Drilling, Blasting
& Ground Support Set-up and prepare for drilling operations
3
MNMOCC1102A Drilling, Blasting & Ground Support
Drill in open cut environment 3
MNMOCC103A Drilling, Blasting & Ground Support
Prepare for blasting 3
MNMOCC104A Drilling, Blasting & Ground Support
Conduct blasting operations 3
MNMOCC105A Drilling, Blasting & Ground Support
Install ground support 2
MNMOCC201A Loading & Hauling Conduct excavator operations 3 MNMOCC202A Loading & Hauling Conduct electric rope shovel
operations 3
MNMOCC203A Loading & Hauling Conduct hydraulic shovel operations 3 MNMOCC1206A Loading & Hauling Conduct shovel/excavator operations 3 MNMOCC1207A Loading & Hauling Conduct front end loader operations 3 MNMOCC1208A Loading & Hauling Conduct truck operations 3 MNMOCC1209A Loading & Hauling Conduct dozer operations 3 MNMOCC1210A Loading & Hauling Conduct scraper operations 3 MNMOCC1211A Loading & Hauling Conduct loading and hauling support
equipment operations 3
MNMOCC1212A Loading & Hauling Conduct conveyor operations 2 MNMOCC213A Loading & Hauling Conduct slurry pump operations 2 MNMOCC314A Dredging Prepare for dredging operations 3 MNMOCC315A Dredging Conduct dredging operations 3
UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQFMNMOCC316A Dredging Shut down dredge for maintenance 3 MNMOCC417A Ancillary Mine
Support Construct and maintain roads 3
MNMOCC1418A Ancillary Mine Support
Transport plant, equipment and personnel
2
MNMOCC419A Ancillary Mine Support
Suppress dust in open cut environment 2
MNMOCC420A Ancillary Mine Support
Position and setup mobile lighting 2
MNMOCC1421A Ancillary Mine Support
Operate from elevated work platform 2
MNMOCC1422A Ancillary Mine Support
Operate roller/compactor 2
MNMOCC1423A Ancillary Mine Support
Operate forklift 2
MNMOCC1424A Ancillary Mine Support
Conduct crane operations 2
MNMOCC1425A Ancillary Mine Support
Conduct grader operations 3
MNMOCC426A Ancillary Mine Support
Operate light vehicle 2
MNMOCC427A Ancillary Mine Support
Recover equipment 3
MNMOCC428A Ancillary Mine Support
Operate mine services vehicle 2
MNMOCC429A Ancillary Mine Support
Undertake dewatering activities 2
MNMOCC530A Stockpiling & Preparation
Move and position materials to form stockpiles
2
MNMOCC531A Stockpiling & Preparation
Maintain stockpiles 3
MNMOCC532A Stockpiling & Preparation
Blend stockpile materials 3
MNMOCC533A Stockpiling & Preparation
Break oversize rock 2
MNMOCC534A Stockpiling & Preparation
Recontour site 2
MNMOCC635A Rehabilitation Profile soil 2 MNMOCC636A Rehabilitation Construct drains and berms 3 MNMOCC637A Rehabilitation Undertake contour ripping 2 MNMOCC638A Rehabilitation Undertake direct seeding 2 MNMOCC639A Rehabilitation Plant seedlings 2 MNMOCC640A Rehabilitation Install reticulation systems 3 MNMOCC641A Rehabilitation Monitor and maintain vegetation 2 MNMOCC642A Rehabilitation Stockpile and maintain topsoil 2 MNMOCC643A Rehabilitation Identify and assess environmental and
heritage concerns 2
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 28
UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQFMNMOCC220A Operator
Maintenance Apply operational maintenance skills 2/3
MNMOCC221A Operator Maintenance
Service mine plant and equipment 2/3
Table 3: Extraction Underground Competencies UNIT FIELD UNIT TITLE AQFMNMUGC1101A Drilling, Blasting and
Ground Support Set up & prepare for ground support 2
MNMUGC1102A Drilling, Blasting and Ground Support
Install ground support – bolting and meshing
2/3
MNMUGC103A Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
Set-up and prepare for drilling operations
3
MNMUGC104A Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
Conduct underground production drilling
3
MNMUGC105A Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
Conduct underground development drilling
3
MNMUGC106A Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
Conduct raise bore drilling 3
MNMUGC107A Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
Conduct diamond drilling 3
MNMUGC108A Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
Maintain magazine 2
MNMUGC118A Drilling, Blasting and Ground Support
Charge underground blasts 3
MNMMNI401A Drilling, Blasting and Ground Support
Administer shotfiring activities 3
MNMMNI301A Drilling, Blasting and Ground Support
Apply shotfiring 3
MNMMNI402A Drilling, Blasting and Ground Support
Fire shots 3
MNMUGC120A Drilling, Blasting and Ground Support
Apply shot-crete 2
MNMUGC121A Drilling, Blasting and Ground Support
Install sets 3
MNMUGC124A Drilling, Blasting and Ground Support
Conduct airleg mining 3
MNMUGC112A Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
Conduct wet filling activities 2
MNMUGC213A Loading & Hauling Conduct load, haul, dump operations
2
MNMUGC214A Loading & Hauling Conduct truck operations 2 MNMUGC215A Loading & Hauling Conduct conveyor operations 2 MNMUGC1216A Loading & Hauling Conduct skip operations 2 MNMUGC1217A Loading & Hauling Operate automated winder 2 MNMUGC1218A Loading & Hauling Operate manual winder 3
UNIT FIELD UNIT TITLE AQFMNMUGC219A Loading & Hauling Conduct rail haulage operations 3 MNMUGC220A Loading & Hauling Conduct line of sight remote
operations 3
MNMUGC221A Loading & Hauling Conduct tele remote operations 3 MNMUGC222A Loading & Hauling Conduct control room operations 3 MNMUGC223A Loading & Hauling Conduct slurry pump operations 2 MNMUGC224A Loading & Hauling Conduct cage operations 3 MNMUGC225A Loading & Hauling Operate winder for shaft sinking 3 MNMUGC226A Loading & Hauling Maintain winder equipment 3 MNMUGC227A Loading & Hauling Inspect and maintain shafts and
structures 3
MNMUGC228A Loading & Hauling Monitor, inspect and service ropes and attachments
3
MNMUGC424A Ancillary Mine Support Construct and maintain underground roads
3
MNMUGC425A Ancillary Mine Support Operate from elevated work platform
2
MNMUGC426A Ancillary Mine Support Conduct crane operations underground
3
MNMUGC427A Ancillary Mine Support Conduct grader operations 3 MNMUGC428A Ancillary Mine Support Operate roller/compactor 2 MNMUGC429A Ancillary Mine Support Conduct equipment recovery
operations 4
MNMUGC430A Ancillary Mine Support Undertake towing underground 2 MNMUGC431A Ancillary Mine Support Conduct integrated tool carrier
operations 2
MNMUGC432A Ancillary Mine Support Operate equipment services vehicle underground
2
MNMUGC433A Ancillary Mine Support Undertake dewatering activities 2 MNMUGC434A Ancillary Mine Support Transport plant, equipment and
personnel 2
MNMUGC435A Ancillary Mine Support Install and maintain reticulation systems
2
MNMUGC436A Ancillary Mine Support Install and maintain vent 2 MNMUGC437A Ancillary Mine Support Install and remove a secondary fan 3 MNMUGC438A Ancillary Mine Support Conduct remote controlled
equipment recovery operations 3
MNMUGC439A Ancillary Mine Support Conduct mechanical scaling 3 MNMUGC440A Ancillary Mine Support Set-up and perform manual scaling
operations 2
MNNMNI303A Ancillary Mine Support Handle and transport explosives 2 MNMUGC442A Ancillary Mine Support Operate light vehicle underground 2 MNMUGC443A Ancillary Mine Support Refuel vehicles/machines
underground 2
MNMUGC542A Stockpiling & Preparation Maintain underground stockpiles 3 MNMMNI302A Stockpiling & Preparation Conduct secondary firing 2
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 30
Table 4: Processing Competencies UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQMNMPRD101A General Processing Commission / Recommission
plant 4
MNMPRD102A General Processing Conduct conveyor operations 2 MNMPRD103A General Processing Conduct drying activities 3 MNMPRD104A General Processing Conduct pump operations 2 MNMPRD105A General Processing Conduct valve operations 2 MNMPRD106A General Processing Decommission Plant 4 MNMPRD107A General Processing Distribute taillings 2 MNMPRD108A General Processing Handle reagents 2 MNMPRD109A General Processing Monitor and control boiler
operation 3
MNMPRD1110A General Processing Monitor tailings dam environment 2 MNMPRD111A General Processing Operate compressors 2 MNMPRD112A General Processing Operate fluid mixing equipment 2 MNMPRD113A General Processing Operate heat exchangers 2 MNMPRD1114A General Processing Perform process control room
operations 3
MNMPRD115A General Processing Respond to an unplanned shut down
3
MNMPRD116A General Processing Take samples 2 MNMPRD117A General Processing Maintain auxiliary plant and
equipment operation 2
MNMPRD217A Handling and Pre-treatment
Blend stockpile materials 2
MNMPRD218A Handling and Pre-treatment
Break oversize rock 2
MNMPRD219A Handling and Pre-treatment
Conduct crushing and screening 3
MNMPRD220A Handling and Pre-treatment
Conduct milling/grinding 3
MNMPRD221A Handling and Pre-treatment
Maintain stockpiles 2
MNMPRD222A Handling and Pre-treatment
Move and position materials to form stockpiles
2
MNMPRD223A Handling and Pre-treatment
Operate raw material feed systems 2
MNMPRD224A Beneficiation Operate and monitor filter processes
3
MNMPRD324A Beneficiation Conduct aeration process 2 MNMPRD325A Beneficiation Conduct calcination activities 3 MNMPRD326A Beneficiation Conduct digestion process 2 MNMPRD327A Beneficiation Conduct precipitation operations 2 MNMPRD328A Beneficiation Conduct reduction process 2
UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQMNMPRD329A Beneficiation Conduct roasting operations 2 MNMPRD330A Beneficiation Conduct bacterial oxidation 3 MNMPRD331A Beneficiation Conduct filtering process 3 MNMPRD332A Beneficiation Conduct flotation process 3 MNMPRD333A Beneficiation Conduct heavy media separation 3 MNMPRD334A Beneficiation Conduct high tension separation 3 MNMPRD335A Beneficiation Conduct leaching process 3 MNMPRD336A Beneficiation Conduct magnetic separation 3 MNMPRD337A Beneficiation Conduct pressure oxidation
3
MNMPRD338A Beneficiation Conduct thickening and clarifying process
3
MNMPRD339A Beneficiation Conduct wet gravity separation 3 MNMPRD440A Refining Conduct
electrowinning/electrofining operations
3
MNMPRD441A Refining Conduct elution processes 3 MNMPRD442A Refining Conduct gold room operations 3 MNMPRD443A Refining Conduct solvent extraction 2 MNMPRD444A Refining Prepare and carry-out electrolytic
cleaning process 2
MNMPRD445A Refining Prepare for pelletising activities 2 MNMPRD446A Refining Prepare for sintering activities 2 MNMPRD447A Refining Produce pellets 2 MNMPRD448A Refining Sinter materials 2 MNMPRD449A Refining Undertake tank-farming 2 MNMPRD450A Refining Monitor casting quality 3 MNMPRD550A Smelting Cast a blast furnace 3 MNMPRD551A Smelting Cast ingots 3 MNMPRD552A Smelting Operate a blast furnace 3 MNMPRD1553A Smelting Operate furnaces 3 MNMPRD554A Smelting Operate converters 3 MNMPRD555A Smelting Supply molten metal and
additives to furnaces 3
MNMPRD556A Smelting Tap furnaces 3 MNMPRD557A Smelting Control molten meal in holding
furnace/vessel 3
MNMPRD558A Smelting Monitor and control furnace combustion gases
3
MNMPRD654A By Product Management Conduct acid plant operations 2 MNMPRD655A By Product Management Conduct air cleaning activities 2 MNMPRD656A By Product Management Monitor and co-ordinate waste 4
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 32
UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQwater treatment processes
MNMPRD657A By Product Management Monitor and operate waste water treatment processes
2
MNMPRD658A By Product Management Reclaim and treat water systems 2 MNMPRD759A Product Distribution Check and evaluate records and
documentation 3
MNMPRD760A Product Distribution Complete import/export documentation
3
MNMPRD761A Product Distribution Connect and disconnect reefer units
2
MNMPRD762A Product Distribution Maintain container/bulk cargo records
3
MNMPRD763A Product Distribution Organise and monitor wharf/terminal operations
4
MNMPRD764A Product Distribution Bulk package and store product 2 MNMPRD765A Product Distribution Prepare and load for transport 2 MNMPRD766A Product Distribution Process Movement of containers
and cargo 4
MNMPRD767A Product Distribution Secure Cargo 2 MNMPRD768A Product Distribution Transfer cargo 2 MNMPRD169A General Processing Operate gantry crane 2 MNMPRD170A General Processing Conduct non-slewing crane
operations 2
MNMPRD171A General Processing Conduct slewing crane operations 2 MNMPRD172A General Processing Operate vehicle loading crane 2 Table 5: Geo Technical Survey and Environmental Management Competencies
UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQF MNMAAA301A Geological Survey Operate and maintain instruments
and field equipment 4
MNMAAA302A Geological Survey Plan and undertake field trip 4 MNMAAA303A Geological Survey Conduct fieldwork 4 MNMAAA304A Geological Survey Collect and prepare samples 3 MNMAAA305A Geological Survey Perform geoscientific tests and
analyses in the field and laboratory 4
MNMAAA306A Geological Survey Process data and maintain accurate records
3
MNMBEB37A Systems Development - Environmental Mgnt
Develop site environmental policy 6
MNMBEB308A Systems Development - Environmental Mgnt
Undertake process or project environmental impact assessment
6
MNMBEB309A Systems Development - Environmental Mgnt
Implement mine operations environmental management system
6
MNMBEB310A Systems Development - Take environmental samples and 4
UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQF Environmental Mgnt measurements
MNMBEB311A Systems Development - Environmental Mgnt
Monitor and correct activities having impact on the environment
4
MNMBEB312A Systems Development - Environmental Mgnt
Review environmental management system performance
6
Table 6: Mine Management Services Competencies
UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQMNMF5FX01A Mine Management Implement and maintain
statutory/legal compliance systems 5
MNMF5FX02A Mine Management Implement and maintain pit development system
5
MNMF5FX03A Mine Management Implement and maintain surface mining operations
5
MNMF5FX04A Mine Management Select and commission surface mining operations plant and equipment
5
MNMF5FX05A Mine Management Plan, conduct and oversee drilling operations
5
MNMF5FX06A Mine Management Manage blasting operations 5 MNMF5FX07A Mine Management Plan and monitor water management 5 MNMF5FX08A Mine Management Plan and monitor recycled materials
operation 5
MNMF5FX09A Mine Management Design stockpile formations and recycling systems
5
MNMF5FX10A Mine Management Develop, implement and maintain process control systems
5
MNMF5FX11A Mine Management Implement the ventilation management system
5
MNMF5FX12A Mine Management Implement the strata management system
5
MNMF5FX13A Mine Management Implement mine transport systems and production equipment
5
MNMF5FX14A Mine Management Implement mine services systems 5 MNMF5FX15A Mine Management Implement mine fixed plant and
infrastructure systems 5
MNMF5FX16A Mine Management Implement emergency preparedness and response systems
5
MNMF5FX17A RESERVED MNMF5FX18A Mine Management Apply, monitor, rectify and report
statutory/legal compliance systems 4
MNMF5FX19A Mine Management Apply, monitor and report pit development systems
4
MNMF5FX20A Mine Management Lead and monitor surface mining operations and report outcomes
4
MNMF5FX21A Mine Management Apply and monitor the ventilation management system
4
MNMF5FX22A Mine Management Apply and monitor the strata management system
4
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 34
UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQMNMF5FX23A Mine Management Apply and monitor mine transport
systems and porduction equipment 4
MNMF5FX24A Mine Management Apply and monitor mine services systems
4
MNMF5FX25A Mine Management Apply and monitor mine fixed plant and infrastructure systems
4
MNMF5FX26A Mine Management Apply and monitor emergency preparedness and response systems
4
MNMF5FX27A Mine Management Facilitate the risk management process
4
Table 7: Mine Managers Competencies (General and Technical)
UNIT IDENTIFIER FIELD UNIT TITLE AQF General MNIL02A Mine Manager Establish and manage
environmental management policies, plans and procedures
6
MNIL03A Mine Manager Establish and Manage the Management Information System
6
MNIL04A Mine Manager Establish operational strategies 6 MNIL05A Mine Manager Manage the decision making
process 6
MNIL06A Mine Manager Provide leadership 6 MNIL07A Mine Manager Manage organisational change 6 MNIL08A Mine Manager Manage group process 6 MNIL09A Mine Manager Manage major incidents and
emergencies 6
MNIL10A Mine Manager Evaluate and respond to business influences
6
MNIL11A Mine Manager Resource minesite plans and objectives
6
MNIL12A Mine Manager Evaluate and enhance minesite performance
6
MNIL13A Mine Manager Initiate, monitor and supervise contracts
6
MNIL14A Mine Manager Establish and implement operational management plans
6
MNIL15A Mine Manager Manage customer service 6 MNIL16A - RESERVED - MNIL17A Mine Manager Conduct business negotiations 6 Technical Management MNIC01A Mine Manager Establish the mine statutory/legal
compliance system 6
MNIC02A Mine Manager Establish the mine risk assessment and control system
6
MNIC03A Mine Manager Establish mine infrastructure and plant systems
6
MNIC04A Mine Manager Establish mine services systems 6
MNIC05A Mine Manager Establish plant, equipment and infrastructure maintenance systems
6
MNIC06A Mine Manager Establish the mine water management system
6
MNIC07A Mine Manager Establish the stockpile management systems
6
MNIC08A Mine Manager Establish waste and by product management system
6
MNIC09A Mine Manager Establish and manage the mine occupational health and safety system
6
MNIC10A Mine Manager Establish the mine emergency systems
6
MNIC11A Mine Manager Establish a blasting system 6 MNIC12A Mine Manager Establish mine closure
management systems 6
MNIS01A Mine Manager Establish ground control and slope stability systems
6
MNIS02A Mine Manager Establish surface product haulage and transport systems
6
MNIU01A Mine Manager Establish ground control and stable mining systems
6
MNIU02A Mine Manager Establish the ventilation management system
6
MNIU03A Mine Manager Establish underground product haulage and transport systems
6
Mapping of Changes to Units of Competency Field: Core Units
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
MNMCCCO1002A
Replaces
MNMCCCOO002A
Work Safely MNMCCCO1002A – new code and amendments to “tidy up” unit, including removal of content relating to environment, first aid and site security, and adding of specific occupational health issues
MNMCCCOO006A Perform initial response first aid
New unit based on ANTA Guideline Competency Standards for First Aid
Major Activity: Extraction Underground Field: Drilling, Blasting and Ground Support
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
MNMUGC1101A
Replaces
Set up & prepare for ground support
MNMUGC101A –new code and change of title and removal of references to conducting drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 36
MNMUGC101A and use of explosives
MNMUGC1102A
Replaces
MNMUGC102A
Install ground support – bolting and meshing
MNMUGC102A – new change of title and separating out shot-creting and sets to leave a unit covering bolts, mesh, straps
MNMUGC118A
Replaces
MNMUGC109A
Charge underground blasts New unit
MNMMNI401A
Replaces
MNMUGC110A
Administer shotfiring activities
New unit and new code
MNMMNI301A Apply shotfiring New unit and new code
MNMMNI402A Fire shots New unit and new code
MNMUGC120A Apply shot-crete New unit. Based on MNMUGC102A – separating out shot-creting
MNMUGC121A Install sets New unit. Based on MNMUGC102A – separating out installing of sets
MNMUGC124A Conduct airleg mining New unit
Major Activity: Extraction Underground Field: Loading & Hauling
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
MNMUGC1216A
Replaces
MNMUGC216A
Conduct skip operations MNMUGC216A -new code, change to title and amendments to closer align to licensing requirements
MNMUGC1217A
Replaces
MNMUGC217A
Operate automated winder MNMUGC217A –new code and based on this unit, with specific amendments
MNMUGC1218A
Replaces
MNMUGC218A
Operate manual winder MNMUGC218A – new code and change to title and amendments to closer align to licensing requirements
MNMUGC224A Conduct cage operations New unit proposed to cover the function of “platman”
MNMUGC225A Operate winder for shaft sinking
New unit
MNMUGC226A Maintain winder equipment New unit
MNMUGC227A Inspect and maintain shafts and structures
New unit
MNMUGC228A Monitor, inspect and service ropes and attachments
New unit
Major Activity: Extraction Underground Field: Ancillary Mine Support
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
MNMMNI303A
Replaces
MNMUGC441A
Handle and transport explosives
MNMUGC441A – new code and amendments to reflect licensing requirements
MNMUGC442A Operate light vehicle underground
New unit based on MNMOCC426A – new code plus specific components for underground
MNMUGC443A Refuel vehicles / machines underground
New unit
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 38
Major Activity: Extraction Underground Field: Stockpiling and Preparation
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
MNMMNI302A
Replaces
MNMUGC543A
Conduct secondary firing Based on MNMUGC543A – new code and some changes to tidy up unit
Major Activity: Processing Field: General Processing
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
MNMPRD1110A
Replaces
MNMPRD110A
Monitor tailings dam environment
MNMPRD110A – new code, change to title and change from mandatory core to optional
MNMPRD1114A
Replaces
MNMPRD114A
Perform process control room operations
MNMPRD114A – new code and additional PCs and element
MNMPRD117A Maintain auxiliary plant and equipment operation
New unit
Major Activity: Processing Field: Handling and Pre-treatment
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
MNMPRD224A Operate and monitor filter processes
New unit
Major Activity: Processing Field: Refining
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
MNMPRD450A Monitor casting quality New unit
Major Activity: Processing Field: Smelting
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
MNMPRD1553A
Replaces
MNMPRD553A
Operate furnaces MNMPRD553A – new code and element re-named, PCs added.
MNMPRD554A Operate converters New unit
MNMPRD555A Supply molten metal and additives to furnaces
New unit
MNMPRD556A Tap furnaces New unit
MNMPRD557A Control molten metal in holding furnace/vessel
New unit
MNMPRD558A Monitor and control furnace combustion gases
New unit
Major Activity: Extraction Open Cut Field: Loading and Hauling
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
MNMOCC201A Conduct excavator operations New unit based on MNMOCC206A
MNMOCC202A Conduct electric rope shovel operations
New unit based on MNMOCC206A
MNMOCC203A Conduct hydraulic shovel operations
New unit based on MNMOCC206A
MNMOCC1206A
Replaces
MNMOCC206A
Conduct shovel/excavator operations
New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1102A
Replaces
MNMOCC102A
Drill in an open cut environment
New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1207A
Replaces
MNMOCC207A
Conduct front end loader operations
New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1208A
Replaces
MNMOCC208A
Conduct truck operations New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1209A
Replaces
MNMOCC209A
Conduct dozer operations Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1210A
Replaces
MNMOCC210A
Conduct scraper operations New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1211A
Replaces
MNMOCC211A
Conduct loading and hauling support equipment operations
New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1212A Conduct conveyor operations New code. Element 'Carry out
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 40
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
Replaces
MNMOCC212A
operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1418A
Replaces
MNMOCC418A
Transport plant equipment and personnel
New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1421A
Replaces
MNMOCC421A
Operate from an elevated work platform
New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1422A
Replaces
MNMOCC422A
Operate roller/compactor New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1423A
Replaces
MNMOCC423A
Operate forklift New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1424A
Replaces
MNMOCC424A
Conduct crane operations New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
MNMOCC1425A
Replaces
MNMOCC425A
Conduct grader operations New code. Element 'Carry out operator maintenance' removed
NOTE: If an operator does conduct regular maintenance this is covered by the following units of competency (adapted from the Open Cut qualifications from the Coal Training Package MNC98):
Unit # Title Source / Types of Changes
MNMOCC220A Apply operational maintenance skills
Replaces 'Carry out operator maintenance' in the above units
MNMOCC221A Service mine plant and equipment.
Replaces 'Carry out operator maintenance' in the above units
Underground - Units of Competency
Underground - Units of Competency 41 MNMUGC1101A Set-up and prepare for ground support 27 MNMUGC1102A Install ground support – bolting and meshing 33 MNMUGC103A Set-up and prepare for drilling operations 37 MNMUGC104A Conduct underground production drilling 43 MNMUGC105A Conduct underground development drilling 51 MNMUGC106A Conduct raise bore drilling 59 MNMUGC107A Conduct diamond drilling 67 MNMUGC108A Maintain magazine 75 MNMUGC118A Charge underground blasts 79 MNMMNI401A Administer shotfiring activities 85 MNMMNI301A Apply shotfiring 95 MNMMNI402A Fire shots 103 MNMUGC120A Apply shot-crete 109 MNMUGC121A Install sets 113 MNMUGC124A Conduct airleg mining 117 MNMUGC112A Conduct wet filling activities 123 MNMUGC213A Conduct load, haul, dump operations 127 MNMUGC214A Conduct truck operations 135 MNMUGC215A Conduct conveyor operations 143 MNMUGC1216A Conduct skip operations 149 MNMUGC1217A Operate automated winder 155 MNMUGC1218A Operate manual winder 161 MNMUGC219A Conduct rail haulage operations 167 MNMUGC220A Conduct line of sight remote operations 173 MNMUGC221A Conduct tele remote operations 181 MNMUGC222A Conduct control room operations 189 MNMUGC223A Conduct slurry pump operations 193 MNMUGC224A Conduct cage operations 199 MNMUGC225A Operate winder for shaft sinking 205 MNMUGC226A Maintain winder equipment 211 MNMUGC227A Inspect and maintain shafts and structures 217 MNMUGC228A Monitor, inspect and service ropes and attachments 223 MNMUGC424A Construct and maintain underground roads 227 MNMUGC425A Operate from elevated work platform 233 MNMUGC426A Conduct crane operations underground 239
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 42
MNMUGC427A Conduct grader operations 247 MNMUGC428A Operate roller/compactor 255 MNMUGC429A Conduct equipment recovery operations 261 MNMUGC430A Undertake towing underground 267 MNMUGC431A Conduct integrated tool carrier operations 275 MNMUGC432A Operate equipment services vehicle underground 283 MNMUGC433A Undertake dewatering activities 291 MNMUGC434A Transport plant, equipment and personnel 297 MNMUGC435A Install and maintain reticulation systems 303 MNMUGC436A Install and maintain vent 309 MNMUGC437A Install and remove a secondary fan 315 MNMUGC438A Conduct remote controlled equipment recovery operations 321 MNMUGC439A Conduct mechanical scaling 327 MNMUGC440A Set-up and perform manual scaling operations 333 MNMMNI303A Handle and transport explosives 339 MNMUGC442A Operate light vehicle underground 345 MNMUGC443A Refuel vehicles/machines underground 351 MNMUGC542A Maintain underground stockpiles 355 MNMMNI302A Conduct secondary firing 361
Set up and prepare for ground support MNMUGC1101A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 27
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC1101A Set-up and prepare for ground support
MNMUGC1101A This unit applies in all contexts to the setup and preparation for both development and production drilling for underground extraction. This unit replaces unit of competency MNMUGC101A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1 Organise for ground support provision
1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
1.4 Inspects and assesses site conditions to determine scaling requirements, misfires and starting point
1.5 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
1.6 Arranges for delivery of ground support materials to site
1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
1.8 Inspects and assesses appropriateness of ground control mechanism to ensure safety of site
1.9 Assesses site conditions and reviews historical information of past performance to clarify drilling requirements
1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
2 Set up and prepare for installation
2.1 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable)
2.2 Positions and stabilises drill equipment ensuring safety of operating personnel
2.3 Connects auxiliary services where required
2.4 Aligns equipment to access drill pattern according to site conditions
2.5 Drills holes according to ground support design and work plan
2.6 Erects boundaries to prevent unauthorised access
2.7 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
2.8 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
MNMUGC1101A Set up and prepare for ground support
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 28
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Equipment may include: • Approved anchor points • Approved charge hose • Approved cord cutters • Lanyatels (safety rope) • Lights • Line/String • Paint • Scaling bar • Signage • Tape measure • Recommended/required PPE Physical barricades may be physical or manned and may include: • Cable across drive (wire, chain) • Witches hats, barricade tape Signage may include: • Access requirements • Safety • Type of site Services may include: • Compressed air • De-watering pumps • Electricity • Ventilation • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Personnel may include: • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel
Set up and prepare for ground support MNMUGC1101A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 29
• Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Explosives regulations • Australian Explosives Code • Duty of Care • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Lead Code of Practice Potential risks and hazards may include: • Broken detonation leads • Contaminants • Eye hazards (flying chips) • Falling rock when collaring • Faulty equipment • Ground conditions • High air and water pressures • High voltage electricity • Hydraulic oil pressure • Lack of ventilation • Misfires • Overhanging rock • Tipping hazards • Unauthorised personnel • Wet holes • Uncontrolled radio frequencies and transmitters Visual inspection may include: • Access • Ground conditions • Ground support • Ventilation
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
MNMUGC1101A Set up and prepare for ground support
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 30
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Dewatering procedures and characteristics • Drilling procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Ground support characteristics and applications • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Inspection procedures • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Working knowledge of all stope areas
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Drilling techniques • Hand tools • Hazard identification • Monitoring • Power tools • Report defects RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
Set up and prepare for ground support MNMUGC1101A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 31
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Install ground support – bolting and meshing MNMUGC1102A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 33
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC1102A Install ground support – bolting and meshing
MNMUGC1102A This unit applies in all contexts to conducting ground support operations using mesh and bolts, and may also include straps. This unit replaces unit of competency MNMUGC102A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
2.1 Prepare for operations 2.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, and current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards
2.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
2.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
2.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment, safety equipment and ground control materials according to job type, work plan and site conditions
2.1.5 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
2.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
2.1.7 Inspects and assesses appropriateness of ground control mechanism to ensure safety of site
2.1.8 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction equipment and/or methods
2.2 Install ground support 2.2.1 Assembles and places reinforcement components according to ground control plan
2.2.2 Installs reinforcement components with appropriate fixative (as required)
2.2.3 Places mesh on ground ensuring overlap and following contour of ground
2.2.4 Secures mesh hard up against the ground with rockbolts and/or plates
2.2.5 Installs strapping following contour of ground and according to ground conditions and site requirements
2.2.6 Tensions external reinforcement components according to ground control conditions and site requirements
2.3 Conduct housekeeping activities
2.3.1 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
2.3.2 Cleans equipment to maintain condition and ensure safe and efficient operations
2.3.3 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
MNMUGC1102A Install ground support – bolting and meshing
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 34
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Equipment may include: • Power tools and hand tools • Bolt cutters • Lifting and handling equipment • Lighting • Support vehicles • Recommended/required PPE Dust suppressant and extraction equipment and/or methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Reinforcement components may include: • Ground anchors • Rock-bolts • Expansion shells • Plates • Nuts and washers • Other approved components used for ground control • Butterfly bars • Plates • Rope • Steep straps • Wire Site conditions may include: • Accessibility • Amount of scale • Ground conditions(e.g. dry, wet) • Ground stability (e.g. broken, blocky, flaky, stable, compacted) • Location of water table • Slope of working surface • Ventilation characteristics (e.g. fumes, dust) • Visibility Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine regulations Act • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation
Install ground support – bolting and meshing MNMUGC1102A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 35
• Site Regulations and Procedures • Lead Code of Practice
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Dewatering procedures and characteristics • Drilling procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Ground control characteristics and applications • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Inspection procedures • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Working knowledge of all stope areas • Environmental procedures • Minimising gas creation • Set assembly, erection and securing • Meshing installation methods • Working at heights • Strapping installation methods and techniques
MNMUGC1102A Install ground support – bolting and meshing
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 36
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Drilling techniques • Cutting and fixing mesh • Installing strapping • Hazard identification • Monitoring • Organising work tasks • Reporting defects • Trouble shooting • Use of hand tools • Use of power tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Set-up and prepare for drilling operations MNMUGC103A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 37
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC103A Set-up and prepare for drilling operations
MNMUGC103A This unit applies in all contexts to the setup and preparation for both development and production drilling in the extraction process in underground environments. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
3.1 Prepare drilling site 3.1.1 Receives interprets and clarifies shift change over details
3.1.2 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
3.1.3 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
3.1.4 Reviews historical information of past performance to determine and clarify drilling requirements
3.1.5 Places visible orientation marks on face, (if appropriate) according to drilling design
3.1.6 Locates and connects auxiliary services, (where required)
3.1.7 Erects physical barricades and signage and/or safety provisions to prevent unauthorised access
3.1.8 Identifies and clearly marks butts
3.1.9 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
3.1.10 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
3.2 Move equipment and materials to site
3.2.1 Completes pre-start checks (visual) and confirms equipment is prepared for transportation
3.2.2 Identifies and manages potential hazards to ensure safe transportation to drill site
3.2.3 Transports equipment and attachments safely avoiding damage to equipment, site or injury to personnel according to road conditions
3.2.4 Positions and stabilises equipment at site according to ground conditions
3.2.5 Connects auxiliary services (where required)
3.2.6 Aligns equipment with orientation marks
3.3 Mark-up face 3.3.1 Identifies and clearly marks butts
3.3.2 Checks job site and identifies and manages possible misfires
3.3.3 Checks, identifies and removes contaminants
MNMUGC103A Set-up and prepare for drilling operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 38
3.3.4 Marks grade and centre line (where appropriate) clearly to guide the drilling process according to drilling design
3.3.5 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
3.3.6 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Collar piping, tamping sticks • Drill rig (electric/hydraulic, pneumatic) • Drilling components (drill rods, bits, augers, down hole hammer, down hole tools) • Extra lighting (flood lights) • Flags • Grade sticks and chains • Hand held drill • Hoses • Inclinometer • Lasers • Lifting and handling equipment • Long hole extension drills • Measuring tape • Oils • Paint (spray cans) • Plates • Scaling bars • Signs • Support vehicles • Tapes • Witches hats • recommended/required PPE Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Barricades • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Computer systems • Danger tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fire and suppression systems • Fire extinguishers • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel) • Out of service tags • Visual and audio warning devices and lights
Set-up and prepare for drilling operations MNMUGC103A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 39
Auxiliary services may include: • Compressed air • Dewatering pumps • Electricity • Ventilation • Water Physical barricades may include: • Barricade tape • Cable across drive (wire, chain) • Witches hats Signage may include: • Access requirements • Safety • Type of site Route and destination may include: • Major and minor site roads • Major decline • Minor cross cuts ore body access Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays, screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site DRILLING Drilling design may include: • Depending on the complexity of the process • Drive plan • Equipment and resource allocations/requirements • Face dimensions • Face plan • Formal or informal • Geological details • May be written or verbal • Off sets • Services • Stope plan Orientation mark may include: • Centre line • Survey mark PERSONNEL Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers
MNMUGC103A Set-up and prepare for drilling operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 40
• Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Offsider (safety spotter) • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons Relevant authority may include: • Geologist, surveyor • Mine engineer • Supervisor LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Regulations Act • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Duty of Care • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Potential risks and hazards may include: • Brake and steering failure • Eye hazards (flying chips) • Flying chips • Ground conditions • High air and water pressures • High voltage electricity • Hydraulic oil pressure • Lack of ventilation • Misfires • Spitting rock • Tipping hazards • Unauthorised personnel SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale
Set-up and prepare for drilling operations MNMUGC103A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 41
• Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet Historical information may include: • Past drilling and blast performance in adjoining face • Similar site conditions • Utilising range of techniques
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE MAY INCLUDE • Blasting procedures • Drilling pattern marking procedures • Drilling procedures • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hauling procedures • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mine operational system • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation procedures • Road rules • Shutdown procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements
MNMUGC103A Set-up and prepare for drilling operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 42
• Start up and shut down procedures • Towing procedures • Underground procedures SKILLS MAY INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Blasting techniques • Drilling techniques • Driving techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct underground production drilling MNMUGC104A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 43
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC104A Conduct underground production drilling
MNMUGC104A This unit applies in all contexts to the positioning and operation of a drill rig for production drilling for the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
4.1 Prepare for drilling 4.1.1 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details including relevant geo-technical details
4.1.2 Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
4.1.3 Inspects and assesses site conditions to determine scaling requirements
4.1.4 Scales loose material and makes the face and site safe (where applicable)
4.1.5 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is safe and ready to use
4.1.6 Confirms work area ventilation before entry into work area
4.1.7 Checks job site and identifies and manages possible misfires
4.2 Drill and monitor progression 4.2.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
4.2.2 Identifies, manages and reports hazards and potential risks according to work plan
4.2.3 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
4.2.4 Maintains safety of driller and surrounding personnel
4.2.5 Operates equipment safely within working environment limitations and face/ground conditions
4.2.6 Interprets drill plans then drills holes and realigns equipment according to drill design and ground conditions
4.2.7 Monitors site conditions and adjusts drilling techniques and components to maintain drilling operations
4.2.8 Monitors drilling progress by monitoring equipment indicators (where applicable)
4.2.9 Removes drill cuttings and sludge to ensure drill hole remains clean
MNMUGC104A Conduct underground production drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 44
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
4.2.10 Diagnoses and takes appropriate action to manage drilling problems (where applicable) and advises appropriate personnel
4.2.11 Marks misdirected drill holes (where applicable)
4.2.12 Installs collar pipes or lifters in readiness for charging
4.3 Pack-up drill site 4.3.1 De-rigs equipment
4.3.2 Clears site of debris
4.3.3 Removes auxiliary services, where applicable to allocated area
4.3.4 Confirms equipment is ready for transport
4.4 Carry out operator maintenance
4.4.1 Carries out shut down procedures
4.4.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
4.4.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
4.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
4.5.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
4.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
4.5.3 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
4.5.4 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Collar piping • Covering devices (plugs, cones, hesian bags) • Drill rig (electric/hydraulic, pneumatic) • Drilling components (drill rods, bits, augers, down hole hammer, down hole tools) • Extra lighting (flood lights) • Flags • Hoses • Inclinometer • Lifting and handling equipment • Long hole extension drills • Measuring tape
Conduct underground production drilling MNMUGC104A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 45
• Oils • Paint (spray cans) • Plates • Recovery equipment • Scaling bars • Signs • Support vehicles • Tamping sticks • Tapes • Witches hats • Recommended/required PPE Auxiliary services may include: • Compressed air • De-watering pumps • Electricity • Ventilation • Water Physical barricades may include: • Barricade tape • Cable across drive (wire, chain) • Witches hats • Warning signs Signage may include: • Access requirements • Safety • Type of site Indicators for proposed holes may include: • Collar tubes • Cones • Pegs • Spray painting Parts of equipment cleaned may include: • Platform • Steps and hand rails (removal of oil, grease, debris) Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site PRODUCTION DRILLING Drill rigs may be: • Diesel • Electric • Hand-held • Hydraulic
MNMUGC104A Conduct underground production drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 46
• Pneumatic • Rotary • Track • Wheeled Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fire and suppression systems • Fire extinguishers • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel) • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Drilling equipment (drill rig booms, drifters, hydraulic hoses, drill steels, bits and couplings) • Drill rig platform, steps and hand rails Route and destination may include: • Major and minor site roads • Major decline • Minor cross cuts ore body access Drilling problems may be: • Environmental • Geological (ground conditions) • Mechanical (bogged) Drilling plan may include: • Access to inclines and decline depending on the complexity of the process • Drive plan • Equipment and resource allocations/requirements • Face • Geological details • Verbal or written instructions • Mine site details • Services • Stope Drill techniques may include: • Adjustment to feed • Compacting • Hammer • Removing debris • Rotation • Speed and pull force adjustments • Adjustments to drill steel angle Potential risks and hazards may include: • Ground control failure • Lack of ventilation • Loose material on working surface • Misfires • Gases
Conduct underground production drilling MNMUGC104A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 47
• Entry by unauthorised personnel • Uncovered open holes • Unstable ground conditions • Airborne dust and fibres • Unstable footing • Poor housekeeping • Noise • Rotating machinery (drill steels) • Electrical hazards • Airborne rock fragments
Historical information may include: • Past drilling and blast performance in adjoining face • Similar site conditions • Utilising range of drilling techniques PERSONNEL
Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons
Relevant authority may include: • Geologist, surveyor • Mine engineer • Supervisor LEGISLATION
Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine regulations and Act • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Rules and Procedures • Lead Code of Practice\
MNMUGC104A Conduct underground production drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 48
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary services procedures • Cleaning procedures • Down hole problems • Drilling procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Inspection procedures • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Recovery procedures • Road rules • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Storage procedures • Towing procedures • Underground procedures
Conduct underground production drilling MNMUGC104A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 49
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Drilling techniques • Driving techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct underground development drilling MNMUGC105A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 51
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC105A Conduct underground development drilling
MNMUGC105A This unit applies in all contexts to the positioning and operation of a drill rig for development drilling for the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
5.1 Prepare for drilling 5.1.1 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details including relevant geo-technical details
5.1.2 Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
5.1.3 Inspects and assesses site conditions to determine scaling requirements
5.1.4 Scales loose material and makes the face and site safe (where applicable)
5.1.5 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is safe and ready to use
5.1.6 Confirms work area ventilation before entry into work area
5.2 Drill and monitor progression 5.2.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
5.2.2 Identifies, manages and reports hazards and potential risks according to work plan
5.2.3 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
5.2.4 Maintains safety of driller and surrounding personnel
5.2.5 Operates equipment safely within working environment limitations and face/ground conditions
5.2.6 Interprets drill plans then drills holes and realigns equipment according to drill design
5.2.7 Monitors site conditions and adjusts drilling techniques and components to maintain drilling operations
5.2.8 Monitors drilling progress by monitoring equipment indicators (where applicable)
5.2.9 Removes drill cuttings and sludge to ensure drill hole remains clean
5.2.10 Diagnoses and takes appropriate action to manage drilling problems (where applicable) and advises appropriate personnel
MNMUGC105A Conduct underground development drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 52
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
5.2.11 Marks misdirected drill holes (where applicable)
5.2.12 Installs collar pipes or lifters in readiness for charging
5.3 Pack-up drill site 5.3.1 De-rigs equipment
5.3.2 Clears site of debris
5.3.3 Removes auxiliary services, where applicable to allocated area
5.3.4 Confirms equipment is ready for transport
5.4 Carry out operator maintenance
5.4.1 Carries out shut down procedures
5.4.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
5.4.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
5.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
5.5.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
5.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
5.5.3 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
5.5.4 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Collar piping • Covering devices (plugs, cones, hesian bags) • Drill rig (electric/hydraulic, pneumatic) • Drilling components (drill rods, bits, augers, down hole hammer, down hole tools) • Extra lighting (flood lights) • Flags • Hoses • Inclinometer • Lifting and handling equipment • Long hole extension drills • Measuring tape • Oils • Paint (spray cans) • Plates • Recovery equipment
Conduct underground development drilling MNMUGC105A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 53
• Scaling bars • Signs • Support vehicles • Tamping sticks • Tapes • Witches hats • Recommended/required PPE Auxiliary services may include: • Compressed air • De-watering pumps • Electricity • Ventilation • Water Physical barricades may include: • Barricade tape • Cable across drive (wire, chain) • Witches hats • Warning signs Signage may include: • Access requirements • Safety • Type of site Indicators for proposed holes may include: • Collar tubes • Cones • Pegs • Spray painting Parts of equipment cleaned may include: • Platform • Steps and hand rails (removal of oil, grease, debris) Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site DEVELOPMENT DRILLING When conducting development drilling activities, there is no specific plan for drill holes and the drill pattern may change according to ground conditions. Drill rigs may be: • Diesel • Electric • Hand-held • Hydraulic • Pneumatic
MNMUGC105A Conduct underground development drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 54
• Rotary • Track • Wheeled Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fire and suppression systems • Fire extinguishers • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel) • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Drilling equipment (drill rig booms, drifters, hydraulic hoses, drill steels, bits and couplings) • Drill rig platform, steps and hand rails Route and destination may include: • Major and minor site roads • Major decline • Minor cross cuts ore body access Drilling problems may be: • Environmental • Geological (ground conditions) • Mechanical (bogged) Drilling plan may include: • Access to inclines and decline depending on the complexity of the process • Drive plan • Equipment and resource allocations/requirements • Face • Geological details • Verbal or written instructions • Mine site details • Services • Stope Drill techniques may include: • Adjustment to feed • Compacting • Hammer • Removing debris • Rotation • Speed and pull force adjustments • Adjustments to drill steel angle Potential risks and hazards may include: • Ground control failure • Lack of ventilation • Loose material on working surface • Misfires • Gases • Entry by unauthorised personnel
Conduct underground development drilling MNMUGC105A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 55
• Uncovered open holes • Unstable ground conditions • Airborne dust and fibres • Unstable footing • Poor housekeeping • Noise • Rotating machinery (drill steels) • Electrical hazards • Airborne rock fragments • Vibration from hand held equipment Historical information may include: • Past drilling and blast performance in adjoining face • Similar site conditions • Utilising range of drilling techniques PERSONNEL Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons Relevant authority may include: • Geologist, surveyor • Mine engineer • Supervisor LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine regulations and Act • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Rules and Procedures • Lead Code of Practice
MNMUGC105A Conduct underground development drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 56
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary services procedures • Cleaning procedures • Down hole problems • Drilling procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Inspection procedures • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Recovery procedures • Road rules • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Storage procedures • Towing procedures • Underground procedures
Conduct underground development drilling MNMUGC105A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 57
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Drilling techniques • Driving techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct raise bore drilling MNMUGC106A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 59
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC106A Conduct raise bore drilling
MNMUGC106A This unit applies in all contexts to the positioning and operation of a drill rig for development drilling for the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
6.1 Prepare for drilling 6.1.1 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details including relevant geo-technical details
6.1.2 Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
6.1.3 Inspects and assesses site conditions to determine scaling requirements
6.1.4 Scales loose material and makes the face and site safe (where applicable)
6.1.5 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is safe and ready to use
6.1.6 Confirms work area ventilation before entry into work area
6.1.7 Checks job site and identifies and manages possible misfires
6.2 Drill and monitor progression 6.2.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
6.2.2 Identifies, manages and reports hazards and potential risks according to work plan
6.2.3 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
6.2.4 Maintains safety of driller and surrounding personnel
6.2.5 Operates equipment safely within working environment limitations and face/ground conditions
6.2.6 Interprets drill plans then drills holes and realigns equipment according to drill design
6.2.7 Monitors site conditions and adjusts drilling techniques and components to maintain drilling operations
6.2.8 Monitors drilling progress by monitoring equipment indicators (where applicable)
6.2.9 Removes drill cuttings and sludge to ensure drill hole remains clean
MNMUGC106A Conduct raise bore drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 60
6.2.10 Diagnoses and takes appropriate action to manage drilling problems (where applicable) and advises appropriate personnel
6.2.11 Marks misdirected drill holes (where applicable)
6.2.12 Installs collar pipes or lifters in readiness for charging
6.3 Pack-up drill site 6.3.1 De-rigs equipment
6.3.2 Clears site of debris
6.3.3 Removes auxiliary services, where applicable to allocated area
6.3.4 Confirms equipment is ready for transport
6.4 Carry out operator maintenance
6.4.1 Carries out shut down procedures
6.4.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
6.4.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
6.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
6.5.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
6.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
6.5.3 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
6.5.4 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Collar piping • Covering devices (plugs, cones, hessian bags) • Drill rig (electric/hydraulic, pneumatic) • Drilling components (drill rods, bits, augers, down hole hammer, down hole tools) • Extra lighting (flood lights) • Flags • Hoses • Inclinometer • Lifting and handling equipment • Long hole extension drills • Measuring tape • Oils • Paint (spray cans) • Plates
Conduct raise bore drilling MNMUGC106A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 61
• Recovery equipment • Scaling bars • Signs • Support vehicles • Tamping sticks • Tapes • Witches hats • Recommended/required PPE Auxiliary services may include: • Compressed air • De-watering pumps • Electricity • Ventilation • Water Physical barricades may include: • Barricade tape • Cable across drive (wire, chain) • Witches hats • Warning signs Signage may include: • Access requirements • Safety • Type of site Indicators for proposed holes may include: • Collar tubes • Cones • Pegs • Spray painting Parts of equipment cleaned may include: • Platform • Steps and hand rails (removal of oil, grease, debris) Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site RAISE BORE DRILLING Drill rigs may be: • Diesel • Electric • Hand-held • Hydraulic • Pneumatic • Rotary • Track
MNMUGC106A Conduct raise bore drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 62
• Wheeled Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fire and suppression systems • Fire extinguishers • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel) • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Drilling equipment (drill rig booms, drifters, hydraulic hoses, drill steels, bits and couplings) • Drill rig platform, steps and hand rails Route and destination may include: • Major and minor site roads • Major decline • Minor cross cuts ore body access Drilling problems may be: • Environmental • Geological (ground conditions) • Mechanical (bogged) Drilling plan may include: • Access to inclines and decline depending on the complexity of the process • Drive plan • Equipment and resource allocations/requirements • Face • Geological details • Verbal or written instructions • Mine site details • Services • Stope Drill techniques may include: • Adjustment to feed • Compacting • Hammer • Removing debris • Rotation • Speed and pull force adjustments • Adjustments to drill steel angle Potential risks and hazards may include: • Ground control failure • Lack of ventilation • Loose material on working surface • Misfires • Gases • Entry by unauthorised personnel • Uncovered open holes • Unstable ground conditions
Conduct raise bore drilling MNMUGC106A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 63
• Airborne dust and fibres • Unstable footing • Poor housekeeping • Noise • Rotating machinery (drill steels) • Electrical hazards • Airborne rock fragments Historical information may include: • Past drilling and blast performance in adjoining face • Similar site conditions • Utilising range of drilling techniques PERSONNEL Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons Relevant authority may include: • Geologist, surveyor • Mine engineer • Supervisor LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine regulations and Act • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Rules and Procedures • Lead Code of Practice
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include:
MNMUGC106A Conduct raise bore drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 64
• Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary services procedures • Cleaning procedures • Down hole problems • Drilling procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Inspection procedures • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Recovery procedures • Road rules • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Storage procedures • Towing procedures • Underground procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Drilling techniques • Driving techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Use relevant hand tools
Conduct raise bore drilling MNMUGC106A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 65
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct diamond drilling MNMUGC107A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 67
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC107A Conduct diamond drilling
MNMUGC107A This unit applies in all contexts to the positioning and operation of a drill rig for development drilling for the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
7.1 Prepare for drilling 7.1.1 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details including relevant geo-technical details
7.1.2 Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
7.1.3 Inspects and assesses site conditions to determine scaling requirements
7.1.4 Scales loose material and makes the face and site safe (where applicable)
7.1.5 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is safe and ready to use
7.1.6 Confirms work area ventilation before entry into work area
7.1.7 Checks job site and identifies and manages possible misfires
7.2 Drill and monitor progression 7.2.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
7.2.2 Identifies, manages and reports hazards and potential risks according to work plan
7.2.3 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
7.2.4 Maintains safety of driller and surrounding personnel
7.2.5 Operates equipment safely within working environment limitations and face/ground conditions
7.2.6 Interprets drill plans then drills holes and realigns equipment according to drill design
7.2.7 Monitors site conditions and adjusts drilling techniques and components to maintain drilling operations
7.2.8 Monitors drilling progress by monitoring equipment indicators (where applicable)
7.2.9 Removes drill cuttings and sludge to ensure drill hole remains clean
MNMUGC107A Conduct diamond drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 68
7.2.10 Diagnoses and takes appropriate action to manage drilling problems (where applicable) and advises appropriate personnel
7.2.11 Marks misdirected drill holes (where applicable)
7.2.12 Installs collar pipes or lifters in readiness for charging
7.3 Pack-up drill site 7.3.1 De-rigs equipment
7.3.2 Clears site of debris
7.3.3 Removes auxiliary services, where applicable to allocated area
7.3.4 Confirms equipment is ready for transport
7.4 Carry out operator maintenance
7.4.1 Carries out shut down procedures
7.4.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
7.4.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
7.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
7.5.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
7.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
7.5.3 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
7.5.4 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Collar piping • Covering devices (plugs, cones, hesian bags) • Drill rig (electric/hydraulic, pneumatic) • Drilling components (drill rods, bits, augers, down hole hammer, down hole tools) • Extra lighting (flood lights) • Flags • Hoses • Inclinometer • Lifting and handling equipment • Long hole extension drills • Measuring tape • Oils • Paint (spray cans)
Conduct diamond drilling MNMUGC107A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 69
• Plates • Recovery equipment • Scaling bars • Signs • Support vehicles • Tamping sticks • Tapes • Witches hats • Recommended/required PPE Auxiliary services may include: • Compressed air • De-watering pumps • Electricity • Ventilation • Water Physical barricades may include: • Barricade tape • Cable across drive (wire, chain) • Witches hats • Warning signs Signage may include: • Access requirements • Safety • Type of site Indicators for proposed holes may include: • Collar tubes • Cones • Pegs • Spray painting Parts of equipment cleaned may include: • Platform • Steps and hand rails (removal of oil, grease, debris) Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site DIAMOND DRILLING Drill rigs may be: • Diesel • Electric • Hand-held • Hydraulic • Pneumatic • Rotary
MNMUGC107A Conduct diamond drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 70
• Track • Wheeled Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fire and suppression systems • Fire extinguishers • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel) • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Drilling equipment (drill rig booms, drifters, hydraulic hoses, drill steels, bits and couplings) • Drill rig platform, steps and hand rails Route and destination may include: • Major and minor site roads • Major decline • Minor cross cuts ore body access Drilling problems may be: • Environmental • Geological (ground conditions) • Mechanical (bogged) Drilling plan may include: • Access to inclines and decline depending on the complexity of the process • Drive plan • Equipment and resource allocations/requirements • Face • Geological details • Verbal or written instructions • Mine site details • Services • Stope Drill techniques may include: • Adjustment to feed • Compacting • Hammer • Removing debris • Rotation • Speed and pull force adjustments • Adjustments to drill steel angle Potential risks and hazards may include: • Ground control failure • Lack of ventilation • Loose material on working surface • Misfires • Gases • Entry by unauthorised personnel • Uncovered open holes
Conduct diamond drilling MNMUGC107A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 71
• Unstable ground conditions • Airborne dust and fibres • Unstable footing • Poor housekeeping • Noise • Rotating machinery (drill steels) • Electrical hazards • Airborne rock fragments Historical information may include: • Past drilling and blast performance in adjoining face • Similar site conditions • Utilising range of drilling techniques PERSONNEL Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons Relevant authority may include: • Geologist, surveyor • Mine engineer • Supervisor LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine regulations and Act • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Rules and Procedures • Lead Code of Practice
MNMUGC107A Conduct diamond drilling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 72
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary services procedures • Cleaning procedures • Down hole problems • Drilling procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Inspection procedures • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Recovery procedures • Road rules • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Storage procedures • Towing procedures • Underground procedures
Conduct diamond drilling MNMUGC107A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 73
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Drilling techniques • Driving techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Maintain magazine MNMUGC108A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 75
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC108A Maintain magazine
MNMUGC108A This unit applies in all contexts to the maintenance of a magazine in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
8.1 Maintain magazine 8.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
8.1.2 Gains access to magazine as approved personnel
8.1.3 Segregates blasting agents and explosives according to type in the main magazine
8.1.4 Secures blasting agents and explosives to avoid spoiling, spillage and incorrect selection
8.1.5 Records items in-going and out-going indicating type and quantity
8.1.6 Secures magazine
8.1.7 Maintains housekeeping of magazine
8.1.8 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
8.1.9 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. MAGAZINE Blasting agents and explosives may be liquid or solid and include: • Anfo • Blasting caps • Detonating cords • Detonators (electric and non electric) • Power gels • Water gels and emulsions
MNMUGC108A Maintain magazine
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 76
PERSONNEL Approved personnel may include: • Holder of appropriate ticket • Operator • Supervisor LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Regulations Act • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Duty of Care • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice SITE PROCEDURES Potential risks and hazards may include: • Lack of ventilation • Unauthorised personnel Site conditions may include: • Dry • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
Maintain magazine MNMUGC108A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 77
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Mining regulations • Site procedures • Underground procedures • Environmental procedures • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Site safety requirements • Equipment safety requirements • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Start up and shut down procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Inspection procedures • Cleaning procedures • Storage procedures • Manufacturers' specifications SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Labelling • Maintaining cleanliness of magazine • Recording items • Securing magazine RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMUGC108A Maintain magazine
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 78
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Charge underground blasts MNMUGC118A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 79
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC118A Charge underground blasts
MNMUGC118A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation of blasting agents, explosives and blast site in the extraction process for the underground environment. This unit replaces unit of competency MNMUGC109A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
18.1 Organise for firing 18.1.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications safely and efficiently
18.1.2. Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
18.1.3. Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
18.1.4. Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
18.1.5. Performs pre-start checks to ensure equipment and materials are ready for operation
18.1.6. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
18.1.7. Organises to fire within prescribed firing time
18.1.8. Determines approved blasting agents and explosives according to firing plan and ground conditions
18.1.9. Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
18.2 Set-up firing area and charge face
18.2.1. Isolates firing area by erecting signage and barricades and/or safety provisions to limit access to unauthorised personnel
18.2.2. Conducts visual inspection and ensures site is safe for access
18.2.3. Prepares blasting agents and explosives in readiness for immediate use
18.2.4. Primes, loads, stems and ties-in holes according to firing plan and approved sequences
18.2.5. Checks hook-up is complete excluding initiating devices
18.3 Conducts housekeeping activities
18.3.1. Promptly returns unused explosives and materials to magazine
18.3.2. Removes unnecessary equipment, rubbish and disused explosives from firing area
18.3.3. Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
18.3.4. Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
MNMUGC118A Charge underground blasts
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 80
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Equipment may include: • Anfo loader • Approved anchor points • Approved charge hose • Approved cord cutters • Blast/Ignition box (exploder) • Blasting tool (dyno tractor) • Blow pipe • Charge vehicle (suitable for task) • Earth line/strap • Fuse cutters • Fuse lighters • Safety rope • Lights • Line/String • Loading gun for packaged explosives • Paint • Scaling bar • Signage • Stemming • Tamping stick • Tape measure Physical barricades may be physical or manned and may include: • Cable across drive (wire, chain) • Witches hats, barricade tape Signage may include: • Access requirements • Safety • Site charged • Type of site Services may include: • Compressed air • De-watering pumps • Electricity • Mains firing system • Ventilation • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational
Charge underground blasts MNMUGC118A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 81
• Watering down site Firing plan may include: • Environmental factors • Ground conditions • Random blasting • Relevant legislation • Unrestricted firing under appropriate conditions • Warnings Blasting agents and explosives may be liquid or solid and include: • Anfo • Blasting caps • Detonating cords • Detonators (electric and non electric) • Emulite • Exactex • Power gels • Water gels and emulsions Approved (priming, loading, stemming) sequence may include: • Top to bottom Detonation mechanisms may include: • Bell wire • Delay mechanisms • Initiators • Meter reading • Safety fuses and tapes • Tape Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Explosives regulations • Australian Explosives Code • Duty of Care • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures
MNMUGC118A Charge underground blasts
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 82
• Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures Class of explosives is as per the Explosives Regulations and the Australian Explosives Code. These provide specifications for: • Class divisions • Load Risk Category • Containers • Segregation • Compatibility Individual State/Territory Regulations may vary in respect to the ER and AE Code and their precedence must be acknowledged. Potential risks and hazards may include: • Broken detonation leads • Contaminants • Eye hazards (flying chips) • Falling rock when collaring • Faulty equipment • Ground conditions • High air and water pressures • High voltage electricity • Hydraulic oil pressure • Lack of ventilation • Misfires • Overhanging rock • Tipping hazards • Unauthorised personnel • Wet holes • Uncontrolled radio frequencies and transmitters Visual inspection may include: • Access • Ground conditions • Ground control • Ventilation
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
Charge underground blasts MNMUGC118A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 83
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Blasting procedures and regulations • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Isolation procedures • Labelling procedures • Manufacturers' instruction • Mine operational system • Mining regulations • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Storage procedures • Types and characteristics of blasting agents, explosives and detonation mechanisms • Underground procedures
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Blasting preparation techniques • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling techniques RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMUGC118A Charge underground blasts
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 84
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Administer shotfiring activities MNMMNI401A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 85
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMMNI401A Administer shotfiring activities
MNMMNI401A This unit applies to shotfiring operations, and for persons seeking skills in shotfiring for surface or underground mining operations, construction and demolition This unit replaces unit of competency MNMUGC110A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
01.1 Identify and apply explosives practices
01.1.1. Identifies potential hazards/risks and ensures work area is safe
01.1.2. Accesses, interprets and validates the blast design criteria
01.1.3. Identifies and applies basic calculations for shotfiring operations
01.1.4. Identifies the explosives and accessories used for blasting applications
01.1.5. Identifies explosives by classification according to statutory criteria
01.1.6. Ensures safe handling procedures and safety precautions are applied according to statutory requirements, relevant Australian Standards and site procedures
01.1.7. Ensures safe transport procedures and safety precautions are applied according to the Australian Code (if applicable) and site procedures
01.1.8. Ensures safe storage procedures and safety precautions are applied according to statutory requirements, relevant Australian Standards and site procedures
01.2 Comply with explosives administrative legislation
01.2.1. Obtains relevant permits, licenses or authorities needed for shotfiring activities
01.2.2. Orders or purchases explosives in compliance with legislative requirements
01.2.3. Complies with legislation and relevant standards in setting-up and maintaining explosives storage locations with appropriate security
01.2.4. Reports, as specified, to the relevant legislative authority, on all reporting requirements
01.2.5. Complies with requirements for conducting the risk management process, and applies the management system
01.3 Manage the effects of blasting on the environment
01.3.1. Identifies, and analyses the effects, of environmental hazards and risks associated with blasting
MNMMNI401A Administer shotfiring activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 86
01.3.2. Ensures that procedures for the installation, establishment and operation of monitoring systems are included in the management plan
01.3.3. Identifies, evaluates and uses the relevant controls, to minimise the impact of blast design and blast charging on the environment
01.3.4. Identifies, analyses and confirms the objectives and criteria for safe and effective blast monitoring
01.3.5. Ensures, through evaluation, the selection of monitoring locations, systems and instruments
01.3.6. Ensures that procedures for audit, review and updating of blast monitoring are included in the management plan
01.3.7. Ensures that procedures for implementation of controls are included in the management plan
01.3.8. Ensures that environmental monitoring records and reports are kept and maintained according to site requirements
01.4 Maintain blasting equipment 01.4.1. Identifies the equipment necessary for use in preparing, initiating or monitoring blasting operations
01.4.2. Ensures that all blast and blast monitoring equipment is maintained in accordance with manufacturers’ requirements and site procedures
01.4.3. Ensures, where relevant, that blast monitoring instrumentation has valid calibration information as specified in manufacturers’ requirements and according to site procedures
01.4.4. Ensures that routine inspection and minor maintenance is conducted on blasting equipment
01.4.5. Ensures that maintenance and inspection records are kept according to site, manufacturers’ or statutory requirements
01.5 Manage special conditions 01.5.1. Identifies potential hazards resulting from physical, biological or chemical situations which include heat, cold, climatic and electro-static conditions
01.5.2. Controls and monitors special conditions which may occur
01.5.3. Ensures that records and reports on special conditions are kept and maintained according to site requirements
01.6 Manage misfires 01.6.1. Re-assesses for potential hazards /risks and ensures work area is safe
01.6.2. Inspects area blasted to identify misfires or potential misfires and identify cause of misfire
01.6.3. Ensures that misfire area is secured and information communicated to other persons who may be affected
01.6.4. Ensures the washing-out or re-charging and supervises the refiring according to relevant legislation, standards and site procedures
Administer shotfiring activities MNMMNI401A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 87
01.6.5. Ensures, through communications with other persons who may have been affected by blasting, that the area is now safe
01.6.6. Records and reports misfires according to relevant legislation and site procedures
01.7 01.7.1. Identifies damaged or deteriorated explosives and accessories
Manage the disposal of explosives
01.7.2. Selects an applicable disposal method for explosives and accessories
01.7.3. Plans for the disposal of the damaged, deteriorated or surplus explosives
01.7.4. Ensures the disposal of damaged, deteriorated and surplus explosives and detonators is carried out in accordance with legislative requirements and site procedures
01.7.5. Ensures that site emergency services are aware of the disposal activities in accordance with site procedures
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Explosives may include: • High explosives, eg packaged and bulk high explosives • Low explosives, eg black powder • Deflagrating explosives, eg propellants used for secondary blasting • Detonators and detonator assemblies • Detonating cords and accessories • Fuses and igniter cords Explosives accessories may include: • Exploders • Circuit testers • Connecting wire and cables • ANFO mixers and loaders • Crimpers • Cutters • Stemming rods • Loading poles Classification of explosives: • Explosives classifications are defined in the Australian Code for Transport of Explosives by Road
and Rail 2nd edition
MNMMNI401A Administer shotfiring activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 88
Shotfiring calculations may involve: • Simple or complex arithmetic, algebraic, geometric and trigonometric operations • Transposition of formulae • Areas, volumes and densities (mass) calculations • Estimation of quantities • Calculations involving electrical units (amps, volts, ohms) • Use of electronic devices such as calculators and computers Administrative legislation concerning explosives may include: • Explosives legislation for relevant state or territory • Mining, safety and health legislation for relevant state or territory • Dangerous goods legislation for relevant state or territory • Major hazard facility legislation for relevant state or territory • Occupational Health and Safety legislation for relevant state or territory • Maritime legislation – state or federal • Local Government legislation • Common Law • Criminal Law Causes of misfires may include • faulty explosives or accessories • damaged or deteriorated explosives or accessories • improperly assembled explosives components • inappropriate or incomplete combinations of components • operator error or inexperience • inattention to detail or ignorance • environmental influences, eg wet weather or poor visibility Dealing with misfires can include: • the refiring of shots when circumstances permit • the removal of stemming and placement of a proximity charge close to the original misfired
charge • the withdrawal of the misfired charge • flushing out of bulk explosives columns using water or air or both • drilling, loading and firing of relieving holes Methods and systems to prevent misfires happening can include: • following manufacturers recommendations for use • following product or site specific Standard Operating Procedures • following a site specific Safety Management System
Administer shotfiring activities MNMMNI401A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 89
References specific to misfires will include: • legislation • AS/NZS2187.2 – Use of explosives • manufacturers’ product data sheets • manufacturers’ instructions for safe use of explosives • Explosives Information Bulletins and instructional books. Disposal of explosives may involve: • State legislation • Australian Standard AS/NZS2187.2 – Use of explosives • Explosives information Bulletins • Management Plans Symptoms of deterioration of explosives can include: • exudation • efflorescence • sweating • liquefaction • hardening • softening • discolouration • crystallisation • staining • damage to wrappers and carcasses • damage to containers • physical wear and tear • kinking • abrasions and cuts • crushing • loss of identification labels and markings • exposure to the elements.
Methods of disposal may include: • burning by the shotfirers on site • detonation in a production drill hole • detonation in a controlled manner • return to supplier or delivery or surrender to an Explosives Inspector for destruction in an
approved incinerator. EFFECTS OF BLASTING ON THE ENVIRONMENT Effects of blasting may include: • the transmission of compression-tension elastic vibrations in both solids and gases • the generation and projection of elements, compounds and particulates from the site of explosion
and related quantifiable damage
MNMMNI401A Administer shotfiring activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 90
Related damage to the environment may include: • damage to the environment • infrastructure • fauna and flora • human and domestic animal life and amenity • perceived and psycho-emotional disturbance • fluctuations and alterations of the hydrosphere
Hardware and equipment may include: • strain 3 cameras • still cameras
Operation of equipment may include: • the selection of optimum sites • preparation for installation • installation • operation • as well as troubleshooting in any of these steps
Collection and analysis of environmental data may include: • the physical accumulation of digital or analogue signals in any form of storage retrievable on
demand • the review of data
Design criteria for portable monitoring may include: • statutory calibration • size • weight • ease of operation • battery recharge characteristics
Defects to monitoring devices may include: • inferior design • deterioration of materials • inadequate quality of manufacture • physical and water damage
Maintenance of the monitoring system may include: • Inspection • testing • service and repair
Administer shotfiring activities MNMMNI401A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 91
Maintenance and servicing of equipment may include: • The testing of exploders and electronic instrumentation • Minor servicing of equipment Records of blasting and related activities may include: • Records of purchase • Records of carriage • Records of consumption and disposal of explosives • Cartnotes • Magazine records • Blast designs • Blast plans • Shotfirers’ reports • Blast monitoring records • Complaints, injury and accident reports • Records of face profiling and bore tracking surveys, video tapes or photographs • Records may be kept as papers, bound forms, field books, computer printouts, floppy disks, video
tapes, digital recordings, specific or routine reports or logbooks Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons Potential hazards and risks may include: • Broken detonation leads • Dust and fumes • Faulty equipment • Faulty explosives • Ground conditions • High air and water pressures • High voltage electricity • Hydraulic oil pressure • Lost holes • Misfires • Trespassers
MNMMNI401A Administer shotfiring activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 92
• Radio frequencies and transmitters • EMF hazards, eg static electricity, lightning • Hot ground
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS
This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific site requirements KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Australian codes and standards eg AS/NZS 2187 series • Shotfiring site procedures • Explosives and safety and health legislation • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Basic geological and technical information • Blast plans • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Isolation and lock-out procedures • Manufacturers' instructions • Management systems • Preparation for, and use of explosives • Safe operating procedures • Risk management including application of appropriate controls to identified risks • Site procedures • Transportation of explosives • Job safety analysis • Start up and shut down procedures • Explosives storage procedures • Types and characteristics of blasting agents, explosives and initiation systems • Concepts such as density, velocity and relationships between variables. • Assimilation, interpretation and application of information and technical data • Mathematical processes and applications • Cause and management of misfires • Identification of safety and environmental hazards • Explosives disposal methods • Record keeping requirements and formats
Administer shotfiring activities MNMMNI401A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 93
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Selection and use of PPE • Plan and document reading • Communications by electronic, radio and other means • Blasting preparation techniques • Hazard identification • Hazardous substances handling techniques • Mathematical calculations • Diagnostic techniques RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 3 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 2
Apply shotfiring MNMMNI301A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 95
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMMNI301A Apply shotfiring
MNMMNI301A This unit is about the application of shotfiring operations for persons seeking skills as a shotfirer for seismic, agricultural, or for small-scale blasting operations at mines or quarries
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
01.1 Identify and apply explosives practices
01.1.1. Identifies potential hazards/risks and ensures work area is safe
01.1.2. Identifies and applies basic calculations for shotfiring operations and designs and documents blast plan
01.1.3. Identifies the explosives and accessories used for shotfiring applications
01.1.4. Applies safe handling procedures and safety precautions according to statutory requirements, relevant Australian Standards and site procedures
01.1.5. Ensures safe transport procedures and safety precautions are applied according to the relevant Australian Code and site procedures
01.1.6. Applies safe storage procedures and safety precautions according to statutory requirements, relevant Australian Standards and site procedures
01.1.7. Validates blast plan
01.2 Comply with explosives administrative legislation
01.2.1. Obtains relevant permits, licenses or authorities needed for shotfiring activities
01.2.2. Orders or purchases explosives in compliance with legislative requirements
01.2.3. Complies with legislation and relevant standards for setting-up and maintaining explosives storage locations with appropriate security and stock records
01.2.4. Reports, as specified, to the relevant legislative authority, on all reporting requirements
01.3 Control and monitor the potential effects of blasting on the environment
01.3.1. Identifies and analyses the potential effects of environmental hazards and risks associated with blasting
01.3.2. Identifies, evaluates and uses the various controls to minimise the impact of blast design and blast charging on the environment
01.3.3. Identifies blasting situations that may require monitoring and communicate this need to responsible person
01.3.4. Ensures that procedures for the installation, establishment and operation of monitoring systems are prepared and included in the blast plan
01.3.5. Maintains all monitoring and blasting records
MNMMNI301A Apply shotfiring
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 96
01.4 Identify, inspect and maintain blasting equipment
01.4.1. Identifies the equipment necessary for use in preparing or initiating blasting operations
01.4.2. Inspects and maintains all blast, equipment in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations and/or as required by appropriate standards and site procedures
01.4.3. Maintains maintenance and inspection records according to site, manufacturers’ or statutory requirements
01.5 Apply special conditions 01.5.1. Identifies potential hazards resulting from physical, biological or chemical situations which include heat, cold, climatic and electro-static conditions
01.5.2. Controls and monitors special conditions which may occur
01.5.3. Keeps and maintains records and reports on special conditions
01.6 Handle misfires 01.6.1. Re-assesses for potential hazards/risks and ensures work area is safe
01.6.2. Inspects area blasted to identify misfires or potential misfires and identifies cause of misfire
01.6.3. Carries out cleaning of misfires, according to relevant legislation, standards and site procedures
01.6.4. Ensures, through communications with other persons who may be affected by blasting, that the area is secure and safe
01.6.5. Records and reports misfires according to relevant legislation and site procedures
01.7 Organise the disposal of explosives
01.7.1. Identifies damaged and deteriorated explosives and accessories
01.7.2. Selects an applicable disposal method for explosives and accessories
01.7.3. Disposes of damaged, deteriorated and surplus explosives and detonators in accordance with legislative requirements and site procedures
01.7.4. Ensures that emergency services are aware of the disposal activities in accordance with site procedures
The following Range of Variables is subject to specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Explosives may include: • High explosives, eg packaged and bulk high explosives • Low explosives, eg black powder • Deflagrating explosives, eg propellants used for secondary blasting
Apply shotfiring MNMMNI301A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 97
• Detonators and detonator assemblies • Detonating cords and accessories • Fuses and igniter cords Explosives accessories may include: • Exploders • Circuit testers • Connecting wire and cables • ANFO mixers and loaders • Crimpers • Cutters • Stemming rods • Loading poles Classification of explosives: • Explosives classifications are defined in the Australian Code for Transport of Explosives by Road
and Rail 2nd edition Shotfiring calculations may involve: • Simple or complex mathematical operations • Areas, volumes and densities (mass) calculations • Estimation of quantities • Calculations involving electrical units (eg amps, volts, ohms) Administrative legislation concerning explosives may include: • Explosives legislation for relevant state or territory • Mining, safety and health legislation for relevant state or territory • Dangerous goods legislation for relevant state or territory • Occupational Health and Safety legislation for relevant state or territory • Maritime legislation – state or federal • Local Government legislation • Common Law • Criminal Law Causes of misfires may include • faulty explosives or accessories • damaged or deteriorated explosives or accessories • improperly assembled explosives components • inappropriate or incomplete combinations of components • operator error or inexperience • inattention to detail or ignorance • environmental influences, eg wet weather or poor visibility
MNMMNI301A Apply shotfiring
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 98
Dealing with misfires can include: • the refiring of shots when circumstances permit • the removal of stemming and placement of a proximity charge close to the original misfired
charge • the withdrawal of the misfired charge • flushing out of bulk explosives columns using water or air or both • drilling, loading and firing of relieving holes Methods and systems to prevent misfires happening can include: • following manufacturers recommendations for use • following product or site specific Standard Operating Procedures • following a site specific Safety Management System References specific to misfires will include: • legislation • AS/NZS2187.2 – Use of explosives • manufacturers’ product data sheets • manufacturers’ instructions for safe use of explosives • Explosives Information Bulletins and instructional books. Disposal of explosives may involve: • State legislation • Australian Standard AS/NZS2187.2 – Use of explosives • Explosives information Bulletins • Management Plans Symptoms of deterioration of explosives can include: • exudation • efflorescence • sweating • liquefaction • hardening • softening • discolouration • crystallisation • staining • damage to wrappers and carcasses • damage to containers • physical wear and tear • kinking • abrasions and cuts • crushing • loss of identification labels and markings • exposure to the elements.
Apply shotfiring MNMMNI301A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 99
Methods of disposal may include: • burning by the shotfirers on site • detonation in a production drill hole • detonation in a controlled manner • return to supplier or delivery or surrender to an Explosives Inspector for destruction in an
approved incinerator. EFFECTS OF BLASTING ON THE ENVIRONMENT Effects of blasting may include: • the transmission of compression-tension elastic vibrations in both solids and gases • the generation and projection of elements, compounds and particulates from the site of explosion
and related quantifiable damage Related damage to the environment may include: • damage to the environment • infrastructure • fauna and flora • human and domestic animal life and amenity • perceived and psycho-emotional disturbance • fluctuations and alterations of the hydrosphere
Hardware and equipment may include: • strain gauges • accelerometers • tilt meters • vibration monitors • seismographs • audiometers • dust sampling tubes • cine and video cameras • still cameras
Operation of equipment may include: • the selection of optimum sites • preparation for installation • installation • operation • as well as troubleshooting in any of these steps
Collection and analysis of environmental data may include: • the physical accumulation of digital or analogue signals in any form of storage retrievable on
demand • the review of data
MNMMNI301A Apply shotfiring
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 100
Design criteria for portable monitoring may include: • statutory calibration • size • weight • ease of operation • battery recharge characteristics
Defects to monitoring devices may include: • inferior design • deterioration of materials • inadequate quality of manufacture • physical and water damage
Maintenance of the monitoring system may include: • Inspection • testing • service and repair Maintenance and servicing of equipment may include: • The testing of exploders and electronic instrumentation • Minor servicing of equipment Records of blasting and related activities may include: • Records of purchase • Records of carriage • Records of consumption and disposal of explosives • Magazine records • Blast designs • Blast plans • Blast monitoring records • Complaints, injury and accident reports • Records of face profiling and bore tracking surveys • Records may be kept as papers, bound forms, field books, computer printouts, floppy disks, video
tapes, photographs, digital recordings, specific or routine reports or logbooks Personnel may include: • Shotfirers • Contractors • Drillers • Dangerous goods drivers • Service providers • Surveyors • Trades persons Potential hazards and risks may include: • Broken detonation leads
Apply shotfiring MNMMNI301A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 101
• Dust and fumes • Faulty equipment • Faulty explosives • Fire/flames • Drilling in butts • Ground conditions • High air and water pressures • High voltage electricity • Hydraulic oil pressure • Lost holes • Misfires • Trespassers • Radio frequencies and transmitters • EMF hazards, eg static electricity, lightning • Hot ground
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS
This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific site requirements KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Australian codes and standards eg AS/NZS 2187 series • Shotfiring site procedures • Explosives and safety and health legislation • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Basic geological and technical information • Blast plans • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Isolation and lock-out procedures • Manufacturers' instructions • Management systems • Preparation for, and use of explosives • Safe operating procedures • Risk management including application of appropriate controls to identified risks
MNMMNI301A Apply shotfiring
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 102
• Site procedures • Transportation of explosives • Job safety analysis • Start up and shut down procedures • Explosives storage procedures • Types and characteristics of blasting agents, explosives and initiation systems • Concepts such as density, velocity and relationships between variables. • Assimilation, interpretation and application of information and technical data • Mathematical processes and applications • Cause and management of misfires • Identification of safety and environmental hazards • Explosives disposal methods • Record keeping requirements and formats
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Selection and use of PPE • Plan and document reading • Communications by electronic, radio and other means • Blasting preparation techniques • Hazard identification • Hazardous substances handling techniques • Mathematical calculations • Diagnostic techniques RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Fire shots MNMMNI402A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 103
STREAM
UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMMNI402A Fire shots
MNMMNI402A This unit applies to surface mining and quarrying shotfiring, excluding secondary firing, and applies solely to on-site activities
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
02.1 Plan for shotfiring 02.1.1. Receives, interprets and clarifies shotfiring requirements and confirms by preliminary site inspection.
02.1.2. Identifies potential hazards/risks and ensures work area is safe
02.1.3. Accesses, interprets and applies geological and survey data required to complete the allocated work in accordance with site procedures.
02.1.4. Applies basic calculations for shotfiring operations to validate the blast design criteria
02.1.5. Identifies and confirms the explosives and accessories required
02.1.6. Accesses safety information and site procedures in accordance with the management system.
02.1.7. Co-ordinates support requirements including vehicles, public and site notification and other equipment in accordance with site and legislative requirements
02.1.8. Selects appropriate personal protective equipment
02.2 Prepare for charging 02.2.1. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
02.2.2. Secures shot area in accordance with site procedures.
02.2.3. Establishes and communicates access routes to shot area for authorised persons and vehicles
02.2.4. Identifies hole locations and any non-conforming conditions in preparation for charging
02.2.5. Establishes stemming stockpile(s) and accessories on shot site
02.3 Store and transport explosives on the shot
02.3.1. Stores explosives in accordance with legislative requirements and site procedures.
02.3.2. Withdraws explosives and accessories from magazines and delivers to shot site and segregates in accordance with site procedures and legislative requirements
02.3.3. Ensures that explosives are not left unattended in accordance with site procedures
02.4 Load and fire shots 02.4.1. Prepares and mixes explosives in accordance with legislative and/or site procedures
02.4.2. Charges blast holes in accordance with blast plan and identified non-conforming conditions
MNMMNI402A Fire shots
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 104
02.4.3. Stems blast holes and applies initiation system in accordance with blast plan and site procedures
02.4.4. Identifies, communicates and coordinates with charge crew and sentries, the details of scheduled blast, and confirms their understanding
02.4.5. Carries out pre-blasting procedures, including warnings, sentry placement and area clearance, to conform with site and legislative requirements
02.4.6. Activates blast monitoring system and monitors blast as per site requirements
02.4.7. Initiates blast in accordance with site and legislative requirements
02.4.8. Supervises all personnel within the blast area in accordance with site procedures
02.4.9. Carries out and records activities in accordance with the blast plan and site procedures
02.4.10. Ensures the use of selected PPE by all persons as required
02.4.11. In the event that the blast schedule is delayed, records and reports situation to management and other relevant persons in accordance with site procedures
02.5 Complete shotfiring operations 02.5.1. Carries out post blast inspection in accordance with site procedures
02.5.2. Deals with misfires in accordance with legislative requirements and site procedures
02.5.3. Declares area safe for re-entry
02.5.4. Carries out post blast co-ordination, including the return of unused explosives, other equipment and withdrawing sentries in accordance with site and legislative requirements.
02.5.5. Flags large rocks for further fragmentation
02.5.6. Completes reports in accordance with site and legislative requirements
02.6 Carry out equipment maintenance
02.6.1. Carries out inspection and required maintenance after shotfiring operations in accordance with site procedures
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Legislation concerning explosives may include: • Explosives legislation for relevant state or territory • Mining, safety and health legislation for relevant state or territory • Dangerous goods legislation for relevant state or territory • Major hazard facility legislation for relevant state or territory • Occupational Health and Safety legislation for relevant state or territory • Local Government legislation
Fire shots MNMMNI402A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 105
• Common Law • Criminal Law Explosives can be: • wet or dry • variable density • packaged • free flowing or bulk Secured areas can be marked by: • signage • windrow • bund wall • ribbon • tape • witches hats • ropes • flags or pegs • sentries • gates Briefings/handovers may include but are not limited to: • blast plan – including location • sleeping charges • equipment required • security measures and procedures • monitoring requirements • type and quantity of explosives and initiation methods • wet or dry holes • stemming material Shot site preparation may include: • positioning stemming • cleaning up • weather check • fencing/signage and access routes • marking/hole identification • inspection • measuring holes • dewatering holes Equipment may include: • vehicles approved for carrying dangerous goods and explosives • explosives mixers • pumps • plugs (to seal finished holes prior to loading) • measuring tape • cutting implements • blast monitoring systems • video camera Blasting accessories can be: • primers • delays
MNMMNI402A Fire shots
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 106
• down lines • trunk lines • lead-in lines • detonators and detonating cord • gas bags • decking • stemming • hole liner • blast monitoring equipment • firing cables/ bell wire • exploders and testers • electronic firing equipment Minor maintenance functions may include the following: • Testing of exploders • Servicing of mixing equipment • Maintenance of hand tools • Operational maintenance of bulk delivery equipment Potential hazards and risks may include: • Ground conditions • Tipping hazards • Fire/flames • Not following safety precautions near an open stope • Broken detonation leads • Premature explosion • Atmospheric contaminants • Debris • Faulty equipment • Air blast and fly • High air and water pressures • High voltage electricity • Lack of ventilation • Unauthorised personnel • Wet holes • Uncontrolled radio frequencies and transmitters • EMF hazards, eg static electricity, lightning • Hot ground • Lost holes • Drilling in butts • Drilling into misfires
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site
Fire shots MNMMNI402A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 107
operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS
This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific site requirements KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Australian codes and standards eg AS/NZS 2187 series • Shotfiring site procedures • Explosives and safety and health legislation • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Basic geological and technical information • Blast plans • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Isolation and lock-out procedures • Labelling procedures • Manufacturers' instructions • Management systems • Safe operating procedures • Risk management including application of appropriate controls to identified risks • Site procedures • Job safety analysis • Start up and shut down procedures • Explosives storage procedures • Types and characteristics of blasting agents, explosives and initiation systems
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Selection and use of PPE • Plan and document reading • Communications by electronic, radio and other means • Blasting preparation techniques • Hazard identification • Hazardous substances handling techniques • Mathematical calculations • Diagnostic techniques RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine or quarry conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMMNI402A Fire shots
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 108
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Apply shot-crete MNMUGC120A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 109
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC120A Apply shot-crete
MNMUGC120A This unit applies in all contexts to conducting shot-creting operations
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
20.1 Prepare for operations 20.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, and current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards
20.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
20.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
20.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment, safety equipment and ground control materials according to job type, work plan and site conditions
20.1.5 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
20.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
20.1.7 Inspects and assesses appropriateness of ground control mechanism to ensure safety of site
20.1.8 Uses approved dust suppressant equipment and/or extraction methods to ensure adequate ventilation to minimise the effect of gases/irritants
20.2 Apply shot-crete 20.2.1 Prepares and cleans targeted surface to ensure maximum cohesion of shot-crete
20.2.2 Erects barriers prior to commencement according to site requirements
20.2.3 Minimises the creation of gases and personnel exposure to fumes according to safe shot-creteing processes
20.2.4 Selects and applies shot-crete utilising appropriate application method according to manufacturers guidelines and ground conditions
20.3 Conduct housekeeping activities
20.3.1 Erects barriers/signs after shot-creting according to site requirements
20.3.2 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
20.3.3 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
20.3.4 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
MNMUGC120A Apply shot-crete
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 110
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Equipment may include: • Power tools and hand tools • Hoses • Shot-creting equipment • Lifting and handling equipment • Lighting • Support vehicles • Recommended/required PPE Dust suppressant and ventilation equipment and/or methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Shot-crete may be wet or dry and may include: • Additives (drying, etc) • Fibrecrete • Shot-crete • Gypsum Site conditions may include: • Accessibility • Amount of scale • Ground conditions(e.g. dry, wet) • Ground stability (e.g. broken, blocky, flaky, stable, compacted) • Location of water table • Slope of working surface • Ventilation characteristics (e.g. fumes, dust) • Visibility Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Applicable state mining legislation / regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures • Lead Code of Practice
Apply shot-crete MNMUGC120A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 111
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Dewatering procedures and characteristics • Environmental procedures • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Ground control characteristics and applications • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Inspection procedures • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Site operational procedures and checks • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Working knowledge of all stope areas • Environmental procedures • Minimising gas creation • Shot-creteing techniques • Working at heights SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Hazard identification • Monitoring • Organising work tasks • Reporting defects • Trouble shooting • Use of hand tools • Use of power tools
MNMUGC120A Apply shot-crete
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 112
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Install sets MNMUGC121A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 113
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC121A Install sets
MNMUGC121A This unit applies in all contexts to installing sets as a technique for ground support.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
21.1 Prepare for operations 21.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, and current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards
21.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
21.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
21.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment, safety equipment and ground control materials according to job type, work plan and site conditions
21.1.5 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
21.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
21.1.7 Inspects and assesses appropriateness of ground control mechanism to ensure safety of site
21.1.8 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction equipment and/or methods
21.2 Install sets 21.2.1 Installs footings according to ground control design as per site requirements
21.2.2 Assembles sets utilising appropriate materials suiting ground conditions according to ground control design
21.2.3 Erects and secures sets according to spacing requirements
21.2.4 Installs packing in voids to recommended tolerances
21.2.5 Cuts and fits supports between sets
21.3 Conduct housekeeping activities
21.3.1 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
21.3.2 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
21.3.3 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria.
MNMUGC121A Install sets
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 114
Equipment may include: • Power saws • Power tools and hand tools • Drilling equipment • Bolt cutters • Lifting and handling equipment • Lighting • Support vehicles • Recommended/required PPE Dust suppressant and ventilation equipment and/or methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Footings may include: • Concrete • Steel • Timber • Bed rock Sets may include: • Concrete • Multi-plate arch • Steel • Timber Site conditions may include: • Accessibility • Amount of scale • Ground conditions(e.g. dry, wet) • Ground stability (e.g. broken, blocky, flaky, stable, compacted) • Location of water table • Slope of working surface • Ventilation characteristics (e.g. fumes, dust) • Visibility Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine regulations Act • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures • Lead Code of Practice
Install sets MNMUGC121A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 115
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Dewatering procedures and characteristics • Drilling procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Ground control characteristics and applications • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Inspection procedures • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Underground procedures • Working knowledge of all stope areas • Environmental procedures • Minimising gas creation • Footing installation techniques • Set assembly, erection and securing • Void packing techniques • Working at heights SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Cutting and fitting timbers • Cutting and fixing mesh • Hazard identification • Monitoring
MNMUGC121A Install sets
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 116
• Organising work tasks • Reporting defects • Trouble shooting • Use of hand tools • Use of power tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct airleg mining MNMUGC124A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 117
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Support
UNIT MNMUGC124A Conduct airleg mining
MNMUGC124A This unit applies to conducting airleg rockdrilling operations in underground extraction operations.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
24.1 Prepare for airleg rockdrilling 24.2.1 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
24.2.2 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to site procedures
24.2.3 Selects and uses appropriate Personal Protective Equipment
24.2.4 Washes down and visually inspect work area to ensure adequate lighting and safe access, and also ensures area is free of dust and blasting fumes.
24.2.5 Ensures work area is properly ventilated before entry
24.2.6 Bars and scales as necessary
24.2.7 Identifies inspects and clearly marks all exposed butts or remnants of holes that contained explosives and may still contain explosives
24.2.8 Ensures that butts or remnants are made safe or reports the occurrence according to site procedures and if competent makes them safe
24.2.9 Inspects airleg rockdrilling machinery and equipment for operational serviceability, and tags and sends any faulty machinery and equipment for repair
24.2.10 Inspects hoses for damage and leaks and repairs/replaces hoses to ensure safe operation
24.2.11 Inspects drill steels for serviceability and sorts or labels unusable steels for removal from work area
24.2.12 Ensures that appropriate dust suppression and/or extraction equipment is prepared and ready for use
24.2.13 Understands and adheres to emergency reporting and evacuation procedures according to site procedures
24.2 Set up airleg rockdrilling machine
24.2.1 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to site procedures
24.2.2 Assembles airleg rockdrilling machine according to site procedures and manufacturer’s instructions and connects services to machine
24.2.3 Checks on drilling location from work plan, that equipment is safe and ready for use and that risk controls are in place.
24.2.4 Identifies if breakthrough will drill-steel may occur and takes appropriate action as defined in site
MNMUGC124A Conduct airleg mining
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 118
procedures
24.2.5 Performs airleg rockdrilling machine pre-start checks according to recommended operating procedures
24.2.6 Selects location and positions airleg rockdrilling machine for drilling operations according to the work plan
24.3 Carry out airleg rockdrilling operations
24.3.1 Conducts work safely and efficiently according to site procedures, manufacturers’ specifications and legislative requirements
24.3.2 Determines hole collar location and selects appropriate drill steel
24.3.3 Observes conditions of floor, walls and back, and establishes safe drilling position and suitable location for airleg
24.3.4 Drills holes in required direction and to required depth using airleg in accordance with site procedures
24.3.5 Continues to monitor condition of back, walls and floor, and that drilling is not towards butts or areas that have not been inspected for explosives
24.3.6 Monitors airleg rockdrilling machine and airleg for efficient operation, rod changes and to identify any defects, hazards or faults
24.4 Carry out end-of-shift procedures
24.4.1 Isolates machine and disconnects services
24.4.2 Inspects machine for defects and damage, and reports to appropriate persons
24.4.3 Removes unwanted equipment, hoses or debris from the work area
24.4.4 Stores machine and associated equipment and plant in a designated or safe location
24.4.5 Submits end-of-shift report to supervisor including equipment and safety information for the following shift according to site procedures
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site proceduresy and relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Legislation, codes and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Safety and health legislation • Explosives legislation • Duty of Care • Environmental legislation • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation
Conduct airleg mining MNMUGC124A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 119
• Site procedures • Lead Code of Practice • Scaling guidelines Machinery and equipment may include: Airleg rockdrilling machine assembly and accessories Drill steels Water hoses Air hoses Lubrication devices
Machinery/equipment pre-start checks may include: Checking and testing machine controls Rockdrill chuck wear Lubricator and lubrication Secure nuts and bolts Water tubes Bridle pins Security of air and water connections Inspection of hoses and connections Oil flow from exhaust outlet
Personal Protective Equipment includes: Lamp Safety helmet Eye protection Hearing protection Protection from atmospheric contaminants (dust / oil mist) Hand protection Overalls with reflective strip Safety footwear
Rockdrill machine faults may include: Excessive noise Drop in penetration rate Loss of water or water pressure Loss of rotation Loss of air or air pressure Loss of lubrication Loss of gauge on bit Clogged air or water tubes Broken water tube Water in airline Airleg problems eg, broken crows foot
Unusable drill steels may be: Bent Broken Blocked Blunt Without necessary gauge /diameter
Work area inspections may include: Travelways Footings / access / retreat
MNMUGC124A Conduct airleg mining
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 120
Fumes or dust Ventilation air flow Ground conditions Breakthrough locations (if accessible) Lighting Misfires
Services including firing cables Workplace explosive storage
Potential hazards and risks may include: • Insufficient illumination • Falling rocks • Fire/flames/ignition sources • Premature explosion • Atmospheric contaminants • Faulty equipment • Debris • Insufficient ventilation • Unauthorised persons • High air or water pressures • Breaking hoses • Stuck or broken drillsteels • Drilling in butts • Drilling into misfires Procedures may include: • Pre-start check • Lock out and tagging procedures • Clean up • Blasting procedures and re-entry times • Permit-to-Work systems • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment • Communication and reporting procedures • Emergency procedures Dust suppressant and ventilation equipment and/or methods may include: • Secondary fans (electric or compressed air) and ventilation bags • Mobile or fixed sprays • ventilation doors or other vent devices • Airmovers and ventilation bags • Use of water trucks • Watering down site • Wash down backs and blasted material Site conditions may include: • Ground conditions(blocky, faulted, secure) • Floor stability (e.g. broken, blocky, flaky, stable, compacted) • Slope of working surface • Environmental conditions (e.g. hot, noisey, dry, wet) • Visibility and illumination conditions
Conduct airleg mining MNMUGC124A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 121
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Understanding and adhering to relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Understanding and adhering to relevant environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Dust suppression and dilution methods and relevant equipment • Underground mine ventilation systems and applications • Work area cleaning requirements and methods • Rock drilling procedures and equipment • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Ground control characteristics and applications • Operation of airleg rockdrilling machinery • Airleg rockdrilling machinery and equipment faults • Drill steel types and selection • Inspection procedures • PTW/isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications for relevant equipment • Operational procedures and checks • Site safety procedures • Underground procedures • Environmental procedures • Explosives and their associated hazards • Emergency procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Hazard identification • Communicating • Monitoring • Organising work tasks • Machine assembly • Work Plan interpretation
MNMUGC124A Conduct airleg mining
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 122
• Reporting defects • Trouble shooting • Use of hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct wet filling activities MNMUGC112A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 123
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Control
UNIT MNMUGC112A Conduct wet filling activities
MNMUGC112A This unit covers wet filling activities for ground control purposes in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA 12.1 Organise for wet filling 12.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures,
regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications safely and efficiently
12.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
12.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment 12.1.4 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction
methods 12.1.5 Selects appropriate type of equipment, materials and
safety equipment according to job type 12.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to
ensure equipment is ready for operation 12.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and
hazards according to work plan 12.1.8 Erects physical barricades and signage and/or safety
provisions to prevent unauthorised entry of personnel and equipment
12.1.9 Manages environmental requirements 12.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety
of personnel, equipment and site 12.1.11 Scales down loose material 12.1.12 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into
work area 12.2 Construct bulk head 12.2.1 Constructs bulk head according to engineering
specifications and ground conditions 12.3 Fill void 12.3.1 Fills void in controlled manner according to
characteristics of fill 12.4 Drain and monitor fill 12.4.1 Manages and monitors drainage system according to
engineering specifications 12.4.2 Inspects bulkheads for faults and/or defects 12.4.3 Monitors and manages dimensions of fill utilising
approved indicators 12.4.4 Completes all required documentation clearly,
concisely and on time 12.4.5 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
MNMUGC112A Conduct wet filling activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 124
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Hand tools • LHD • Slurry pump • Recommended/required PPE Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Regulations Act • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Duty of Care • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Potential risks and hazards may include: • Contaminants • Faulty equipment • Fumes • Ground conditions (unstable) • High air and water pressures • High voltage electricity • Hydraulic oil pressure • Lack of ventilation • Misfires • Tipping hazards • Unauthorised personnel SITE INFORMATION Fill may include: • Combination of wet and dry
Conduct wet filling activities MNMUGC112A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 125
• Paste • Wet Engineering specifications for bulk head may include: • Dimensions • Drainage • Life of bulk head • Reinforcement • Types of construction materials (bricks, mortar, steel reinforcement, concrete, drums) Bulk head faults and defects may include: • Cracks • Dampness on bulk head • Seepage • Stress fractures Void may include: • Bench • Open stope Fill methods may include: • Dumped over edge
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Backfilling procedures • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport)
MNMUGC112A Conduct wet filling activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 126
• Inspection procedures • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specification • Mine operational system • Mining regulations • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Shutdown procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Hazard identification • Monitoring filling • Safe work practices RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct load, haul, dump operations MNMUGC213A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 127
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC213A Conduct load, haul, dump operations
MNMUGC213A This unit applies in all contexts to the movement of material through load, haul, dump and fill operations in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit should be read in conjunction with C4 Ancillary Mine Support unit: ‘Operate equipment services vehicle underground’ for generic underground driving requirements. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
13.1 Plan and prepare for operations
13.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
13.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
13.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
13.1.4 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
13.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
13.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
13.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures
13.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
13.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel, equipment and site
13.1.10 Scales down loose material
13.1.11 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
13.1.12 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
13.1.13 Erects safety provisions where appropriate
13.2 Operate load, haul, dump equipment
13.2.1 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
13.2.2 Operates equipment safely within working environment, limitations and road conditions
13.2.3 Monitors and manages equipment performance using appropriate indicators
13.2.4 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
13.3 Load material 13.3.1 Washes down surrounding area and wets material to
MNMUGC213A Conduct load, haul, dump operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 128
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA suppress dust
13.3.2 Scales down loose material 13.3.3 Checks job site and identifies and manages possible
misfires 13.3.4 Checks, identifies and removes contaminants 13.3.5 Identifies and clearly marks butts 13.3.6 Ensures all hoses and other auxiliary services are
neatly stored 13.3.7 Bogs the job site removing all material 13.3.8 Ensures road is kept clear during bogging 13.4 Haul material 13.4.1 Confirms type of material and hauls to designated
location 13.4.2 Lowers bucket in recommended position 13.4.3 Identifies and manages spillages on hauling surface 13.4.4 Maintains hauling efficiency by managing working
environment conditions 13.5 Dump bucket 13.5.1 Slows equipment to crawl when approaching dump
site and elevates boom to clear stop blocks, equipment and auxiliary services
13.5.2 Lifts bucket to appropriate height in readiness for dumping, maintaining stability of loader
13.5.3 Dumps material evenly distributing load or as required
13.6 Clean up job site 13.6.1 Scales down site (where appropriate) ensuring loose materials are dislodged safely
13.6.2 Removes rock and other debris from site leaving site and surrounding area clear, safe and accessible
13.7 Fill site/void 13.7.1 Installs stop blocks in approved location 13.7.2 Utilises approved safety devices when filling void 13.7.3 Proceeds with caution when approaching voids in
accordance with mine safety requirements 13.7.4 Reports and barricades dangerous fill sites where
necessary 13.8 Carry out operator
maintenance 13.8.1 Carries out shut down procedures
13.8.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
13.8.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
13.9 Conduct housekeeping activities
13.9.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
13.9.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment 13.9.3 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe
working environment
Conduct load, haul, dump operations MNMUGC213A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 129
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Bogging may be referred to as mucking (loading the bucket of the machine). EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Load, haul, dump equipment may be known as: • Bogger • Load haul dump equipment (LHD) • Scoop tram • Mucking units Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site
Pre-start (visual) may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab condition (e.g. no rags in air conditioner vent, dirt around brake and accelerator pedals, seat
and seat belt condition, all gear secured) • Cab mounts • Capacity of equipment may include: load, fuel, ventilation requirements • Combustible material around exhaust • Computer systems • Correct location of equipment • Damage to equipment, portable fire extinguisher (e.g. bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) • Danger tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (e.g. indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fire suppression unit (e.g. pins in position in triggers) • Fluid leaks (e.g. oil/fuel/water - engine, hydraulic hoses, on ground, transmission) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel,
transmission) • grease lines • Light positioning and cleanliness • Operating limitations • Personnel proximity • Radio communications • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights)
MNMUGC213A Conduct load, haul, dump operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 130
Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Type of activities performed • Tyres and rim condition • Vehicle is left secured • Vehicle number • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Weight and/or load limitations • Wheel nuts and studs • Windows (e.g. clean, emergency exit tag in place)
Indicators may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Brake air pressure • Brake oil temperature • Brake oil pressure • Computer indicators • Engine oil pressure • Fire suppression system • Fuel filter • Loading brake • Parking brake • Retarder • Service meter • Speedometer/Odometer • Steering filters • Tachometer • Torque converter oil temperature • Transmission filter • Voltmeter/ Ammeter • Water temperature Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Rags and cloths • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Water Operator servicing may include: • Checking/topping up fluid levels • Clean glass (lights, windows etc.) • Filter changing • Head/dash light changing • Degreasing/greasing • Keeping cab clean • Replacing ground engaging tools (bucket teeth) • Tightening loose fittings Safe driving conventions may include observing: • Speed limits • Mine lighting • Site vehicle identification lights • Right of Way
Conduct load, haul, dump operations MNMUGC213A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 131
• Parking in stockpiles • Parking on incline/decline • Refuelling procedures • Rules at intersections • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods • Shute operations MATERIALS Materials may include: • Gravel • Overburden • Oxidised waste • Rejects • Road base • Rubbish • Sand • Sulphide rock fill • Tailings Contaminant may include: • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Explosives • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Old piping • Old workings • Plastic • Timber • Wet fill LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice SITE INFORMATION Underground environmental issues may include: • Diesel emissions • Dust • Noise • Spills
MNMUGC213A Conduct load, haul, dump operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 132
• Water Site conditions may include: • Amount of scale • Backs • Broken ground • Dry • Face • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) • Ventilation charcteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Walls • Wet Potential risks and hazards may include: • Adjoining pit walls • Brake failure • Break and steering failure • Bund and/or wall collapse • Communication failure • Decline traffic • Fatigue • Fire • Fire on equipment • Hydraulic line failure • Mount dismount injuries • Overhead and adjacent services (power, water, compressed air) • Pot holes • Road conditions • Rocks • Spillage • Unauthorised personnel • Unsafe ground • Visibility • Tipping hazards • Poor ventilation • Fumes and gases • Unauthorised personnel • Unprotected and/or loose edges • Shute operations hazards Emergency procedures may include: • Clean up • Equipment shut down procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notification of authorities • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment Backfilling methods may include:
Conduct load, haul, dump operations MNMUGC213A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 133
• dumping over edge/void
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Dumping procedures • Backfilling procedures • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Inspection procedures • Site isolation procedures • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Hauling procedures • Leveling • Manufacturers' specifications • Material placement procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Road rules • Start up and shut down procedures • Towing procedures • Underground procedures • Driving regulations, rules and conventions SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Hazard identification • Directing vehicles • Driving techniques
MNMUGC213A Conduct load, haul, dump operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 134
• Dumping techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpreting ground conditions • Monitoring • Pushing techniques • Use of relevant hand tools • Towing methods • Refuelling vehicle RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct truck operations MNMUGC214A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 135
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC214A Conduct truck operations
MNMUGC214A This unit applies in all contexts to the movement of material through truck hauling and tipping operations in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit should be read in conjunction with C4 Ancillary Mine Support unit: ‘Operate equipment services vehicle underground’ for generic underground driving requirements. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
14.1 Plan and prepare for operations
14.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
14.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
14.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
14.1.4 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
14.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
14.1.6 Carries out start-up procedures
14.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
14.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
14.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel, equipment and site
14.1.10 Scales down loose material
14.1.11 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
14.1.12 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
14.1.13 Erects safety provisions where appropriate
14.1.14 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
14.2 Load material 14.2.1 Positions truck for loading away from hazards
14.2.2 Remains in truck when loading or at safe distance from loading operation
14.2.3 Loads truck to capacity without spillage
14.2.4 Aligns truck with chute, where applicable, to enable load to be distributed evenly and safely
14.3 Haul material 14.3.1 Operates truck safely within working environment limitations and road conditions
MNMUGC214A Conduct truck operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 136
14.3.2 Confirms type of material and hauls to designated location
14.3.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
14.3.4 Maintains hauling efficiency by managing working environment
14.3.5 Monitors and manages equipment performance using appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
14.3.6 Identifies, removes, and disposes contaminants
14.3.7 Identifies and manages spillages on hauling surface
14.3.8 Lowers tray before equipment is in motion
14.4 Discharge material 14.4.1 Checks safety provisions are in place before and on approaching tipping site
14.4.2 Positions truck in safe area
14.4.3 Discharges load
14.4.4 Lowers or retracts tray fully before driving off the tipping area
14.5 Carry out operator maintenance
14.5.1 Carries out shut down procedures
14.5.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
14.5.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
14.6 Conduct housekeeping activities
14.6.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
14.6.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
14.6.3 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Trucks may include: • 4 Wheel drive (diesel, electric) • 6 Wheel drive • Articulated • Rigid • Tipping or ejector tray
Conduct truck operations MNMUGC214A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 137
Safety provisions may include: • Barricades erected where necessary, • Signage visible • Stop blocks in approved condition and made to approved dimensions Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Cab condition (no rags in air conditioner vent, dirt around brake and accelerator pedals, seat
condition, all gear secured) • Cab mounts • Computer systems • Correct location of equipment • Damage to equipment • Danger tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Emergency brake checks • Emergency steering • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fire suppression unit (pins in position in triggers) • Fluid leaks (oil/fuel/water - engine, hydraulic hoses, on ground, radiator, hoses, transmission) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel,
transmission) • Light positioning and cleanliness • No combustible material around exhaust • Personnel proximity • Portable fire extinguisher (bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) • Radiator top up tank • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Tyres and rim condition • Vehicle is left secured • Vehicle number • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Wheel nuts and studs • Windows (clean, emergency exit tag in place) Indicators may include: • Brake air pressure • Brake oil temperature • Computer indicators • Engine oil pressure • Fuel filter • Parking brake • Retarder • Service meter • Speedometer/Odometer • Steering filters • Tachometer • Torque convertor oil temperature • Transmission filter • Voltmeter • Water temperature
MNMUGC214A Conduct truck operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 138
Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Operator servicing may include: • Checking fluid levels • Filter changing • Greasing • Keeping cab clean • Tightening loose fittings Safe driving conventions may include observing: • Speed limits • Mine lighting • Site vehicle identification lights • Right of Way • Parking in stockpiles • Parking on incline/decline • Refuelling procedures • Rules at intersections • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods • Shute operations MATERIALS Materials may include: • Gravel • Ore • Overburden • Oxidised waste • Rejects • Road base • Rubbish • Sand • Sulphide rock fill • Tailings Contaminant may include: • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Explosives • Metal bucket teeth
Conduct truck operations MNMUGC214A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 139
• Metal or steel rods • Old piping • Old workings • Plastic • Timber • Wet fill LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Vehicle driving licensing regulations • Lead Code of Practice SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Adjoining pit walls • Brake failure • Break and steering failure • Bund and/or wall collapse • Clean floor • Communication failure • Decline traffic • Discharge area may include: • Fatigue • Fire • Fire on equipment • Hydraulic line failure • Level surface • Mount dismount injuries • Pot holes • Road conditions • Rocks • Spillage • Stable ground • Surface free of obstructions • Unauthorised personnel • Undercut brow • Unsafe ground • Visibility • Loading from shutes Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise
MNMUGC214A Conduct truck operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 140
• Water Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet Emergency procedures may include: • Clean up • Equipment shut down procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notification of authorities • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Mine operational system • Underground procedures • Geological and technical data • Equipment parking • Primary and secondary ventilation • Environmental procedures
Conduct truck operations MNMUGC214A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 141
• Equipment safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Road rules • Hauling procedures • Loading procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods • Refuelling vehicle SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Interpret ground conditions • Directing • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Use relevant hand tools • Driving • Tipping • Positioning truck for loading • Towing • Refuelling vehicle RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct conveyor operations MNMUGC215A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 143
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC215A Conduct conveyor operations
MNMUGC215A This unit applies in all contexts to the movement of material via conveyor operations in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
15.1 Plan and prepare for operations
15.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
15.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
15.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
15.1.4 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
15.1.5 Performs conveyor pre-operational checks prior to conveyor operations according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
15.1.6 Ensures all safety provisions are in place before conveyor is started according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
15.1.7 Activates audio and visual safety indicators before starting conveyor according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
15.1.8 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
15.1.9 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
15.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
15.1.11 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
15.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
15.1.13 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
MNMUGC215A Conduct conveyor operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 144
15.2 Convey material 15.2.1 Assesses quantity and dimension of materials using appropriate indicators to ensure conveyor is not overloaded according to manufacturers' specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
15.2.2 On identification of contaminants follow conveyor shutdown procedures (if applicable) and remove or manage of contaminants according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
15.2.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
15.2.4 Continuously monitors and manages equipment utilising appropriate indicators according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
15.2.5 Identifies, manages and reports faults to appropriate personnel in a timely manner
15.2.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
15.2.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
15.3 Carry out operator maintenance
15.3.1 Isolates conveyor before conducting minor maintenance according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
15.3.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
15.3.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing according to manufacturers' specifications and site requirements
15.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
15.4.1 Maintains conveyor according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures and regulations
15.4.2 Cleans any spillages (where appropriate)
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Dust suppression and extraction equipment • Gantry cranes and attachments • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) • Lubrication systems
Conduct conveyor operations MNMUGC215A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 145
Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Belt components (e.g. conveyor alignment, belt cleaning devices, weigh machines, break
indicators) • Cleanliness of conveyor operating station • Fire suppression unit (e.g. pins in position in triggers) • Fluid levels • Isolations • Light positioning and cleanliness • Personnel proximity • Portable fire extinguisher (e.g. bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) Capacity of conveyor may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Isolation may include: • Lock out • Shutdown • Tag out Indicators may be audio and visual and may include: • Computer indicators • Conveyor indicators (flashing lights, horns, whistle) Operator servicing may include: • Greasing • Tightening loose fittings • Wear of conveyor belt Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water MATERIALS Materials may include: • Ore • Overburden • Rejects • Gravel • Road base
MNMUGC215A Conduct conveyor operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 146
• Sand • Oxidised waste • Sulphide rock fill • Tailings Contaminant may include: • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Explosives • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Old piping • Old workings • Plastic • Timber • Wet fill LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet Potential risks and hazards whilst operating conveyor may include: • Communication failure • Lack of visibility • Oversized material • Spillage • Unsafe ground Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust
Conduct conveyor operations MNMUGC215A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 147
• Noise
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Conveying operations • Environmental procedures • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Site procedures • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Greasing • Monitoring • Monitoring • Organise work tasks • Report defects • Use relevant hand tools
MNMUGC215A Conduct conveyor operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 148
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct skip operations MNMUGC1216A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 149
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC1216A Conduct skip operations
MNMUGC1216A This unit applies in all contexts to the movement of material via skip in the extraction process in the underground environment, covering the function of ‘skipman’. This unit replaces unit of competency MNMUGC216A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
16.1 Organise skip operations 16.1.1 Conducts work safely and efficiently according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation and manufacturers’ specifications
16.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change-over details
16.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
16.1.4 Performs equipment and work area pre-start checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
16.1.5 Checks records for outstanding maintenance/ inspections and recorded defects to establish the operational status of equipment and take action according to site procedures
16.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports defects and potential hazards and risks according to the site procedures
16.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures, including checking that area is clear for operations
16.1.8 Manages relevant environmental issues
16.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures
16.1.10 Applies dust suppressant and dust extraction methods
16.2 Operate skip 16.2.1 Loads skip not exceeding capacity and minimising spillage
16.2.2 Communicates with relevant personnel
16.2.3 Operates skip safely in the working environment
16.2.4 Monitors and manages skip performance using appropriate indicators to aid safe operations
16.2.5 On identification of contaminants follow skip shutdown procedures and remove or dispose of contaminants
16.3 Remove blockages 16.3.1 Identifies and confirms location and nature of blockage
16.3.2 Conducts skip isolation procedures to ensure safety of personnel prior to visual inspection and/or removal of blockage
16.3.3 Removes blockages in accordance with site procedures
16.3.4 Restores skip operations in accordance with site procedures
MNMUGC1216A Conduct skip operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 150
16.4 Conduct end-of-shift activities 16.4.1 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
16.4.2 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
16.5 Carry out operator maintenance
16.5.1 Isolates skip in accordance with site procedures before conducting operator maintenance
16.5.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment
16.5.3 Restores skip operations in accordance with site procedures
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment utilised for skip operations may include: • Winding engine • Bucket • Cage • Skip • Power supplies and equipment Pre-start checks may include: • External damage/defects/wear • Cleanliness of skip operating station • Computer systems • Danger/out of service tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Fire suppression unit (pins in position in triggers) • Loose wheels • Lubricant/hydraulic / coolant levels • Idle positioned and running • Light positioning and cleanliness • Missing/loose bolts • Oil leaks • Personnel proximity • Portable fire extinguisher (bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) • Skip door (including locking arms) • Skip rope • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Weigh machines Factors which may affect the capacity of skip include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations
Conduct skip operations MNMUGC1216A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 151
Blockages may include: • Oversize materials • Contaminants Blockage removal methods may include: • Firing • Water flushing • Hot work (including cutting, welding etc) Indicators may include: • Computer indicators • Skip indicators Safety provisions may include: • Barricades • Safety guards • Visible signage Operator maintenance may include: • Greasing • Replacing broken or missing bolts • Rope adjustments • Skip door adjustments • Tightening loose fittings Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water MATERIAL Materials may include: • Gravel • Ore • Overburden • Oxidised waste • Rejects • Road base • Sand • Sulphide rock fill • Tailings Contaminants may include: • Consumables • Debris • Explosives • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Piping
MNMUGC1216A Conduct skip operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 152
• Plastic • Timber • Back-fill LEGISLATION, CODES, and STANDARDS May include: • Safety & Health Legislation • Explosives legislation • Environmental legislation • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice SITE INFORMATION Potential hazards and risks may include: • Blockages or obstructions • Communication failure • Oversized material • Spillage • Unauthorised personnel • Unsafe ground • Poor visibility Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water • Heat Site conditions may include: • Air quality and quantity • Dryness of material • Noise • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet material Procedures may include: • Clean up • Emergency procedures • Equipment shut down and isolation procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notification of authorities • Permit-to-work systems • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment
Conduct skip operations MNMUGC1216A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 153
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include:
• Operating to suit the type, and within the limitations of the winding engine and shaft • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units:
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • The relevant key areas of legislated safety and health requirements • Winder systems and operations • Shaft configuration and construction • Shaft services and installations (pipes, cables, ladders etc) • Identification of defects relevant to skip operations through inspection or observation • Trip and fault procedures and abnormal conditions • Site emergency procedures • Communication system between cage and winder • Recording and logging requirements for Winder Drivers, and electrical and mechanical
maintenance personnel • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation and Permit-to Work systems and procedures • Mining regulation • Mine ventilation system • Site procedures • In-shaft communications equipment SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Standard operating practices and procedures around shafts • Working safely and within level of competence • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Greasing • Monitoring
MNMUGC1216A Conduct skip operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 154
• Removal of blockages • Communications and reporting • Use of relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Operate automated winder MNMUGC1217A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 155
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC1217A Operate automated winder
MNMUGC1217A This unit applies in all contexts to the movement of personnel and equipment via shaft in the extractive process in the underground environment. It applies to winding operations in automatic mode. This unit replaces unit of competency MNMUGC217A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
17.1 Organise automatic winding operations
17.1.1 Conducts work safely and efficiently according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, and manufacturers’ specifications
17.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details and takes over control of winder
17.1.3 Selects and uses personal protective equipment
17.1.4 Performs equipment and work area pre-start checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
17.1.5 Checks records for outstanding maintenance/ inspections and recorded defects to establish the operational status of equipment and take action according to site procedures
17.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports defects and potential hazards and risks according to the site procedures
17.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures, including checking that area is clear for operations
17.1.8 Manages relevant environmental issues
17.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures
17.1.10 Applies dust suppressant and dust extraction methods
17.2 Haul personnel 17.2.1 Communicates with relevant personnel according to site procedures
17.2.2 Confirms cage is ready for operation
17.2.3 Energises the system, follows start-up procedures and operates personnel cage to comply with directions from person in charge of cage
17.2.4 Monitors and manages cage performance using appropriate indicators
17.2.5 Carries out shut-down procedures
17.3 Haul equipment /materials 17.3.1 Communicates with relevant personnel according to site procedures
17.3.2 Energises the system, follows start-up procedures and transports equipment using auto winder
17.3.3 Monitors and manages skip performance using appropriate indicators
MNMUGC1217A Operate automated winder
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 156
17.3.4 Carries out shut-down procedures
17.4 Carry out winder inspections 17.4.1 Isolates and proves isolation of equipment
17.4.2 Inspects winder and auxiliary equipment and reports faults/defects and prepares winder for routine servicing
17.5 Conduct end-of-shift activities 17.5.1 Completes all required documentation according to site procedures
17.5.2 Passes on end of shift information and hands over control to oncoming shift
Ensures control room is clean and tidy
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. This unit applies to the conduct of winding operations in automatic mode. EQUIPMENT Equipment utilised for winder operations may include: • Winding engine • Bucket • Cage • Skip • Power supplies and equipment Auxiliary equipment may include: • Emergency power supplies • Emergency communications systems Start-up procedures may include: • Pre-start inspections, checks and tests • Setting winding mode • Warning platmen, cage tenders, pocket operators, beltmen, shaft crew and others of start-up • Carrying out test winding cycle if required • Checking that equipment/system operations are normal
Equipment and work area pre-operational) checks may include: • External damage / defects / wear • Computer systems • Communications systems • Controls • Protection and emergency devices • Fire suppression systems • Danger/out of service tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Lubricant / hydraulic / coolant levels • Idle positioned and running • Light positioning and cleanliness • Personnel proximity
Operate automated winder MNMUGC1217A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 157
• Skip/cage doors • Ropes • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Weigh machines • Head frame/sky shaft • Shaft brace Energising the system may involve: • Activate power supply/starting diesel prime mover • Run- up motor-generator set/ exciters/exhaust and cooling fans/hydraulic drive • Run- up hydraulic/pneumatic and other auxiliary equipment • Checking that fault indicator lamps and signals are functioning • Checking that equipment/system operations are normal and no faults/trips indicated Monitoring of cage/skip operations may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations De-energising system may include: • De-activating power / stopping diesel prime mover • Shutting down motor-generator set/ exciters/exhaust and cooling fans/hydraulic drive • Shutting down hydraulic/pneumatic & other auxiliary equipment
Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays • Manual watering down site LEGISLATION, CODES AND STANDARDS May include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Explosives legislation • Environmental Protection legislation • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards (eg AS2187) • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes
MNMUGC1217A Operate automated winder
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 158
• Noise • Water • Heat Procedures may include: • Clean up • Equipment shut down and isolation procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notifying relevant authorities • Permit-to-Work systems • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment • Communication procedures (eg with platman) SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Communication failure • Falling objects • Movement (convergence of equipment) • Plant failure • Power failure • Spillage • Unauthorised personnel • Visibility • Vibration • Noise
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include:
• Knowledge of the type, use and limits of the winding engine and shaft • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the core units:
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
Operate automated winder MNMUGC1217A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 159
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • The key areas of Mining Acts and Regulations • The relevant key areas of legislated safety and health requirements pertaining to Winding • Winder types, systems and operations • Shaft configuration and construction • Shaft services and installations (pipes, cables, ladders etc) • Possible defects in winder/winch equipment/installations • Identification of defects relevant to skip operations through inspection or observation • Daily/weekly/monthly inspection requirements and maintenance requirements and procedures for
winding systems • Explosives handling and transport • Trip and fault procedures and abnormal conditions • Site winder emergency procedures • Communication system between cage and winder • Recording and logging requirements for Winder Drivers, and electrical and mechanical
maintenance personnel • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation and Permit-to Work systems and procedures/Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulation/Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation/mine ventilation system • Shaft installations • Site procedures • In-shaft communications equipment SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Operating winders in automatic mode • Auxiliary equipment operation and , cleaning • Equipment operation and cleaning • Monitoring shaft operations • Communications and reporting • Monitoring conveyances • Use of relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMUGC1217A Operate automated winder
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 160
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Operate manual winder MNMUGC1218A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 161
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC1218A Operate manual winder
MNMUGC1218A This unit applies in all contexts to the movement of personnel and equipment via shaft in the extraction process in the underground environment. It applies to operation of a manual winder This unit replaces unit of competency MNMUGC218A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
18.1 Organise for winder operations 18.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers’ specifications
18.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details and takes over control of winder
18.1.3 Selects and uses personal protective equipment
18.1.4 Performs equipment and work area pre-start checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
18.1.5 Checks records for outstanding maintenance/ inspections and recorded defects to establish the operational status of equipment and take action according to site procedures
18.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports defects and potential hazards and risks according to the site procedures
18.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures, including checking that area is clear for operations
18.1.8 Manages relevant environmental issues
18.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures
18.1.10 Applies dust suppressant and extraction methods
18.1.11 Ensures control cabin is environmentally and ergonomically sound
18.2 Haul personnel 18.2.1 Communicates with relevant personnel according to site procedures
18.2.2 Confirms cage is ready for operations
18.2.3 Energises the system, follows start-up procedures and operates personnel cage to comply with directions from person in charge of cage
18.2.4 Monitors and manages cage performance using appropriate indicators
18.2.5 Adjusts speed and movement as required
18.2.6 Carries out shut-down procedures
8.3 Haul equipment /materials 18.3.1 Communicates with relevant personnel according to site procedures
MNMUGC1218A Operate manual winder
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 162
18.3.2 Confirms cage/skip is ready for operation
18.3.3 Energises the system, follows start-up procedures and transports equipment using manual winder
18.3.4 Adjusts speed and movement as required
18.3.5 Monitors and manages cage and/or skip performance using appropriate indicators
18.3.6 Carries out shut-down procedures
18.4 Carry out winder inspections 18.4.1 Isolates and proves isolation of equipment
18.4.2 Inspects winder and auxiliary equipment and reports faults/defects and prepares winder for routine servicing
18.5 Conduct end-of shift activities 18.5.1 Completes all required documentation according to site procedures
18.5.2 Passes on end of shift information and hands over control to oncoming shift
18.5.3 Ensures control room is clean and tidy
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. This unit applies to the conduct of winding operations in manual mode. EQUIPMENT Equipment utilised for winder operations may include: • Winding engine • Bucket • Cage • Skip • Power supplies and equipment Auxiliary equipment may include: • Emergency power supplies • Emergency communications systems Start-up procedures may include: • Pre-start inspections, checks and tests • Setting winding mode • Advisory signals indicating impending movement of conveyance • Carrying out test winding cycle if required • Checking that equipment/system operations are normal
Equipment and work area (pre-operational) checks may include: • External damage / defects / wear • Computer systems • Communications systems • Winder controls • Protection and emergency devices
Operate manual winder MNMUGC1218A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 163
• Fire suppression systems • Danger/out of service tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Lubricant / hydraulic / coolant levels • Idle positioned and running • Light positioning and cleanliness • Personnel proximity • Skip/cage doors • Ropes • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Weigh machines • Head frame/sky shaft • Shaft brace Energising the system may involve: • Activate power supply or start diesel motor-generator • Running up hydraulic/pneumatic and other auxiliary equipment • Check fault indicators Monitoring of cage/skip operations may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations De-energising system may include: • De-activating power / stopping diesel prime mover • Shutting down motor-generator set/ exciters/exhaust and cooling fans/hydraulic drive • Shutting down hydraulic/pneumatic & other auxiliary equipment
Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water • Solvents • Rags and cotton waste Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays • Manual watering down site LEGISLATION, CODES AND STANDARDS May include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Explosives legislation • Environmental Protection legislation • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation
MNMUGC1218A Operate manual winder
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 164
• Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards (eg AS2187) • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water • Heat Procedures may include: • Clean up • Emergency procedures • Equipment shut down and isolation procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notifying relevant authorities • Permit-to-Work systems • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment • Communication procedures (eg with platman) SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Communication failure • Falling objects • Explosives • Moving equipment • Collisions • Plant failure • Electricity • Spillage • Hazardous substances • Unauthorised personnel • Visibility • Vibration • Noise
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include:
• Knowledge of the type, use and limits of the winding engine and shaft • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements
Operate manual winder MNMUGC1218A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 165
• Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units:
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • The key areas of Mining Acts and Regulations • The relevant key areas of legislated safety and health requirements pertaining to Winding • Winder types, systems and operations • Shaft configuration and construction • Shaft services and installations (pipes, cables, ladders etc) • Possible defects in winder/winch equipment/installations • Identification of defects relevant to skip operations through inspection or observation • Daily/weekly/monthly inspection requirements and maintenance requirements and procedures for
winding systems • Explosives handling and transport • Trip and fault procedures and abnormal conditions • Site winder emergency procedures • Communication system between cage and winder • Recording and logging requirements for Winder Drivers, and electrical and mechanical
maintenance personnel • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation and Permit-to Work systems and procedures/Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulation/Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation/mine ventilation system • Shaft installations • Site procedures • In-shaft communications equipment SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Operating shaft winders • Auxiliary equipment operation, and maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance and (minor), cleaning • Monitoring shaft operations • Communications and reporting • Monitoring conveyances • Use of relevant hand tools
MNMUGC1218A Operate manual winder
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 166
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct rail haulage operations MNMUGC219A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 167
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC219A Conduct rail haulage operations
MNMUGC219A This unit applies in all contexts to the movement of material via rail in the extraction process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
19.1 Organise for rail haulage operations
19.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
19.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
19.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
19.1.4 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
19.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
19.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
19.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures
19.1.8 Manages underground environmental issues
19.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel, equipment and site
19.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
19.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
19.2 Haul material 19.2.1 Hooks up and secures locomotives to rake of trucks according to hauling specifications
19.2.2 Communicates with personnel using approved communication methods
19.2.3 Maintains control and operates locomotive safely within work environment and limitations
19.2.4 Monitors and manages locomotives performance using appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
19.2.5 Utilises approved signalling and switching system operations to transport load efficiently and safely to specified destination
19.2.6 Identifies and manages or removes contaminants
19.2.7 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
MNMUGC219A Conduct rail haulage operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 168
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
19.2.8 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
19.3 Haul remotely 19.3.1 Switches locomotive to remote operations
19.4 Load and unload rake of trucks
19.4.1 Accurately positions rake underneath material loading chute/loading point
19.4.2 Loads and unloads rake using approved equipment minimising spillage and/or damage to equipment
19.4.3 Monitors and manages material flow using appropriate indicators
19.5 Carry out operator maintenance
19.5.1 Isolates locomotive
19.5.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
19.5.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes locomotive available for routine operational servicing
19.6 Conduct housekeeping activities
19.6.1 Carries out shut down procedures
19.6.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
19.6.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
19.6.4 Unhooks trucks from rakes and secures parked trucks and rakes
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Locomotive may include: • Locomotive • Rake of trucks Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Break indicators (xrays) • Chains • Cleanliness of rail loading station • Computer systems • Danger tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (e.g. indicators, gauges, laser levels)
Conduct rail haulage operations MNMUGC219A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 169
• Door pins • Draw gear • Idle positioned and running • Light positioning and cleanliness • Loading chute • Locomotive and componentry • Personnel proximity • Shackles • Visual and audio warning devices and lights (eg: tail light) • Weigh machines • Wheels Capacity of locomotive may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Indicators may include: • Block lights • Computer indicators • Loading lights • Point indicators Operator servicing may include: • Charging system • Greasing • Remove and refitting of batteries • Specific gravity meter • Tightening loose fittings Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site MATERIAL Materials may include: • Gravel • Ore • Overburden • Oxidised waste • Rejects • Road base
MNMUGC219A Conduct rail haulage operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 170
• Rubbish • Sand • Sulphide rock fill • Tailings Contaminant may include: • Bags • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Explosives • Gloves • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Old piping • Old workings • Plastic • Rock bolts • Timber • Wet fill LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Site environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Heat • Nature of ore • Noise • Water SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Collisions • Communication failure • Derailment • Dirty tracks • Faults (e.g. switches, unsecured trucks, run away trucks) • Mud rushes • Oversized material • Spillage • Visibility
Conduct rail haulage operations MNMUGC219A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 171
• Water in pass Site conditions may include: • Wet • Dry • Slope of working surface • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Noise
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Bucket loading procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Locomotive parking • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Rail operations • Rail signalling system • Reporting procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures
MNMUGC219A Conduct rail haulage operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 172
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Rail operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct line of site remote operations MNMUGC220A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 173
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC220A Conduct line of sight remote operations
MNMUGC220A This unit applies in all contexts to line of sight remote equipment operations for the extraction process for the underground environment (in open stopes and adverse ground conditions). This unit applies to line of sight remote operations only. This unit should be read in conjunction with: C2 Loading and Hauling, Unit: 'Conduct tele remote operations' C4 Ancillary Mine Support, Unit: 'Conduct equipment recovery operations' This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
20.1 Plan and prepare for remote control operations
20.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
20.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
20.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
20.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of the work activities
20.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
20.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
20.1.7 Carries out all start-up, park and shut-down procedures
20.1.8 Manages underground environmental issues
20.1.9 Confirms location and construction of remoting area
20.1.10 Erects barricades or signage and/or safety provisions where appropriate to prevent unauthorised access
20.1.11 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel, equipment and site
20.1.12 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable)
20.1.13 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
20.1.14 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
20.2 Set up line of sight remote operation
20.2.1 Checks transmitter functions for correct operation
MNMUGC220A Conduct line of site remote operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 174
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
20.2.2 Ensures radio contact is available for operator at all times during operation
20.2.3 Confirms operation of visible warning lights
20.2.4 Checks receiver and cameras are installed and operating correctly
20.2.5 Ensures infra red barrier is operational where installed
20.3 Conduct line of sight remoting
20.3.1 Wears or positions remote controls in an approved location
20.3.2 Adheres to the appropriate operating distance and safety procedures when operating equipment by remote
20.3.3 Continuously assesses ground conditions and determines safest operating method and efficiency of operations
20.3.4 Stores remote controls in an approved location whilst not in use
20.3.5 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
20.3.6 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
20.4 Carry out operator maintenance
20.4.1 Carries out park-up and shut down procedures
20.4.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
20.4.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for operational maintenance
20.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
20.5.1 Cleans equipment and remoting area
20.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
20.5.3 Completes all required records and documentation accurately and promptly according to site procedures and regulations, OHS
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. This unit applies to line of sightremote operations only. EQUIPMENT Remote equipment may include: • (Any piece of equipment)
Conduct line of site remote operations MNMUGC220A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 175
• Drill rig • Integrated tool carrier • LHD • Rock breaker • Bogger (Mucking) • Recommended/required PPE Remote may be: • Hard wire (cable) • Radio signal Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Approved remote testing areas • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Remote controls • Visual and audio warning devices and lights All start up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Manual • Remote operations Minimum operating distances may include: • Distance of person to and from brow • Proximity of equipment to operator Capacity of equipment may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Indicators may include: • Equipment indicators • Remote indicators Barricades may include: • Barricade tape, lasers • Cables across drive (e.g. wire, chain) • Witches hats Signage may include: • Flashing lights • Worded signs Operator servicing may include: • Cleaning • Greasing • Inspect battery charges • Service cables • Tightening loose fittings
MNMUGC220A Conduct line of site remote operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 176
Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site MATERIAL Materials may include: • Gravel • Ore • Overburden • Oxidised waste • Rejects • Road base • Rubbish • Sand • Sulphide rock fill • Tailings Contaminant may include: • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Explosives • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Old piping • Old workings • Plastic • Timber • Wet fill LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Lead Code of Practice
Conduct line of site remote operations MNMUGC220A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 177
Site environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Heat • Noise • Visibility • Water Emergency procedures may include: • Clean up • Equipment shut down procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notification of authorities • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Communication failure • Remote failure • Spillage • Unauthorised personnel • Unsafe ground • Visibility Approved safe area may include: • Approved operating area • Cuddie • Operating distance from unit Approved location may include: • Remote stored under lock and key Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION
MNMUGC220A Conduct line of site remote operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 178
Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include:
• Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units:
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Environmental procedures • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Remote operations • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Monitoring remote equipment operation • Use relevant hand tools • Transmitter / Receiver Radio Controlled operation • Remote control testing and fault identification • Erecting barrier systems
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of
Conduct line of site remote operations MNMUGC220A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 179
resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct tele remote operations MNMUGC221A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 181
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC221A Conduct tele remote operations
MNMUGC221A This unit applies in all contexts to tele remote equipment operations for the extraction process for the underground environment (in open stopes and adverse ground conditions). This unit applies to tele remote operations where the work site and/or equipment is not visible to the naked eye. This unit should be read in conjunction with: C2 Loading and Hauling, Unit: Conduct line of site remote operations C4 Ancillary Mine Support, Unit: Conduct equipment recovery operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
21.1 Plan and prepare for remote control operations
21.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
21.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
21.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
21.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of the work activities
21.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
21.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
21.1.7 Carries out all start-up, park and shut-down procedures
21.1.8 Manages underground environmental issues
21.1.9 Confirms location and construction of remoting area
21.1.10 Erects barricades or signage and/or safety provisions where appropriate to prevent unauthorised access
21.1.11 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel, equipment and site
21.1.12 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable)
21.1.13 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
21.1.14 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
MNMUGC221A Conduct tele remote operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 182
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
21.2 Setup tele remote operation 21.2.1 Checks transmitter functions for correct operation
21.2.2 Ensures radio contact is available for operator at all times during operation
21.2.3 Confirms operation of visible warning lights
21.2.4 Checks receiver and cameras are installed and operating correctly
21.2.5 Ensures infra red barrier is operational where installed
21.2.6 Activates/erects warning signs in control room
21.3 Conduct tele remoting 21.3.1 Monitors control room indicators for equipment and environment feedback
21.3.2 Maintains constant control of remote equipment to ensure safe operation
21.3.3 Continuously assesses ground conditions and determines safest operating method and efficiency of operations
21.3.4 Identifies cause when promixity sensors are activated and report incidence as required
21.3.5 Resets infrared proximity sensors where required
21.3.6 Shuts down and secures remote controls whilst not in use
21.3.7 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
21.3.8 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
21.4 Carry out operator maintenance
21.4.1 Carries out park-up and shut down procedures
21.4.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
21.4.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for operational maintenance
21.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
21.5.1 Cleans equipment and remoting area
21.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
21.5.3 Completes all required records and documentation accurately and promptly according to site procedures and regulations, OHS
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria.
Conduct tele remote operations MNMUGC221A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 183
This unit applies to tele remote operations where operations are not visible to the naked eye. EQUIPMENT Remote equipment may include: • (Any piece of equipment) • Drill rig • Integrated tool carrier • LHD • Rock breaker • Bogger (Mucking) • Recommended/required PPE Remote may be: • Hard wire (cable) • Radio signal Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Approved remote testing areas • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Remote controls • Visual and audio warning devices and lights All start up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Manual • Remote operations Capacity of equipment may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Indicators may include: • Control room monitors and indicators • Equipment indicators • Remote indicators Barricades may include: • Barricade tape, lasers • Cables across drive (e.g. wire, chain) • Witches hats • Infrared proximity detectors Signage may include: • Flashing lights • Worded signs
MNMUGC221A Conduct tele remote operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 184
Operator servicing may include: • Cleaning • Greasing • Inspect battery charges • Service cables • Tightening loose fittings Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site MATERIAL Materials may include: • Gravel • Ore • Overburden • Oxidised waste • Rejects • Road base • Rubbish • Sand • Sulphide rock fill • Tailings Contaminant may include: • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Explosives • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Old piping • Old workings • Plastic • Timber • Wet fill LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures
Conduct tele remote operations MNMUGC221A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 185
• Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Lead Code of Practice Site environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Heat • Noise • Visibility • Water Emergency procedures may include: • Clean up • Equipment shut down procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notification of authorities • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Communication failure • Remote failure • Spillage • Unauthorised personnel entry • Unsafe ground • Visibility Approved safe area may include: • Approved operating area/control room Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet
MNMUGC221A Conduct tele remote operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 186
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Environmental procedures • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Tele remote operational procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Control room operations SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Equipment operations in remote 'virtual' mode • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Tele remote equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Monitoring tele remote equipment indicators and feedback • Use relevant hand tools • Transmitter / Receiver Radio Controlled operation • Remote control testing and fault identification • Erecting barrier systems
Conduct tele remote operations MNMUGC221A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 187
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct control room operations MNMUGC222A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 189
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC222A Conduct control room operations
MNMUGC222A This unit applies in all contexts to control room operations for the extraction process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
22.1 Plan and prepare for control room operations
22.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
22.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
22.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
22.1.4 Performs computer systems and equipment pre-start checks
22.1.5 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
22.1.6 Carries out all start up procedures
22.1.7 Manages underground environmental issues
22.1.8 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel, equipment and site
22.1.9 Checks records and identifies outstanding maintenance inspections and records identified defects
22.2 Monitor and manage operations
22.2.1 Monitors and manages operations utilising appropriate indicators for safe and efficient operations
22.2.2 Manages faults according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
22.2.3 Communicates with equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods
22.2.4 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
22.2.5 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
22.3 Conduct housekeeping activities
22.3.1 Cleans equipment according to manufacturers' specifications, site procedures and regulations
22.3.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment according to manufacturers' specifications, site procedures and regulations
MNMUGC222A Conduct control room operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 190
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment monitor and management systems may include: • Controls fire • Monitors machining • Monitors operators and equipment progress • Monitors production mucking • Monitors tag system • Operates rock breaking • Use of video camera Managing faults may include: • Acknowledge alarm • Notify operator at site • Reset alarm • Restart • Visual inspection Shutdown may include: • Isolating a piece of equipment or all equipment • Tag out Pre-operational checks may include: • All lights working • Checking stop buttons • Checks tags are in place • Control panel operations • Performing function tests • Personnel listings and clearances • Resetting • Security control • Video cameras operational and clean Indicators may include: • Cameras • Computer systems • Surveillance system Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds)
Conduct control room operations MNMUGC222A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 191
• Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Spillage • Visibility • Communication failure • Unauthorised personnel • Control room malfunction • Power failure Underground environmental issues may include: • Live overhead wires • Humidity • Dust
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
MNMUGC222A Conduct control room operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 192
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Equipment start up and shut down procedures • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Mining regulations • Monitoring procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Underground procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Directing equipment operators • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Monitoring equipment operations RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct slurry pump operations MNMUGC223A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 193
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC223A Conduct slurry pump operations
MNMUGC223A This unit applies in all contexts to slurry pump operations for the extraction process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
23.1 Plan and prepare for slurry pump operations
23.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
23.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
23.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
23.1.4 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable)
23.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
23.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
23.1.7 Manages underground environmental issues
23.1.8 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident
23.1.9 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
23.1.10 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
23.2 Pump material 23.2.1 Carries out start-up and shut-down procedures
23.2.2 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
23.2.3 Monitors and manages equipment performance using appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
23.2.4 Monitors and manages pressure and flow of material constantly
23.2.5 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
23.2.6 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
23.3 Carry out operator maintenance
23.3.1 Carries out shut down procedures
23.3.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
MNMUGC223A Conduct slurry pump operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 194
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
23.3.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
23.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
23.4.1 Cleans equipment
23.4.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Computer systems • Danger tags, • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Light positioning and cleanliness, • Personnel proximity, • Pump and components • Stress in pipelines • Visual and audio warning devices and lights Capacity of pump (indicators) may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Pressure limitations • Type of activities performed Shut down procedures may include: • Adequate delays observed before shutting down pump • Pump and pipe checks Indicators may include: • Computer indicators • Pump indicators Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays
Conduct slurry pump operations MNMUGC223A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 195
• Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site MATERIALS Materials may include in suspension: • Gravel • Ore • Overburden • Rejects • Sand • Water LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Emergency procedures may include: • Clean up • Equipment shut down procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Isolation procedures • Notification of authorities • Use of personal protective equipment and protective equipment SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Dry • Noise • Slope of working surface • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet Potential risks and hazards may include: • Blockages • Bund and/or wall collapse • Pipe rupture/breakage/leaks • Spillage • Unauthorised personnel
MNMUGC223A Conduct slurry pump operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 196
Conditions of working environment may include: • Dust • Fumes • Heat • Noise • Water
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE MAY INCLUDE • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Pumping operations • Results of material under pressure • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures SKILLS MAY INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Monitoring slurry flow
Conduct slurry pump operations MNMUGC223A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 197
• Use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct cage operations MNMUGC224A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 199
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC224A Conduct cage operations
MNMUGC224A This unit applies in all contexts to the movement of loads such as persons, equipment or materials via cage to and from underground, covering the function of “platman”.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
24.1 Organise cage operations 24.1.1 Conducts work safely and efficiently according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, and manufacturers’ specifications
24.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change-over details
24.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
24.1.4 Performs equipment and work area pre-start checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
24.1.5 Checks records for outstanding maintenance/ inspections and recorded defects to establish the operational status of equipment and take action according to site procedures
24.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports defects and potential hazards and risks according to the site procedures
24.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures, including checking that area is clear for operations
24.1.8 Manages relevant environmental issues
24.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures
24.2 Operate cage 24.2.1 Loads cage within capacity and complying with specified limits
24.2.2 Ensures that loads in, or attached to, cage are positioned and secured prior to transit, according to site procedures
24.2.3 Communicates with relevant personnel
24.2.4 Operates cage safely in the working environment
24.2.5 Monitors and manages cage performance using appropriate indicators to aid safe operations
24.2.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
24.2.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
24.3 Transport explosives in the cage
24.3.1 Identifies explosives used on site
24.3.2 Determines and ensures the segregation and separation of detonators and explosives according to site and legislative requirements
MNMUGC224A Conduct cage operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 200
24.3.3 Secures and transports blasting agents and explosives according to site and legislative requirements
24.3.4 Tracks and records movement of explosives and detonators according to site procedures
24.4 Carry out operator maintenance
24.4.1 Isolates cage in accordance with site procedures before conducting operator maintenance
24.4.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment
24.4.3 Restores cage operations in accordance with site procedures
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment and work area (pre-start) checks may include: • External damage / defects / wear • Cage arresting and slack rope systems • Cleanliness of cage and plats • Computer systems • Danger/out of service tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Fire suppression unit (pins in position in triggers) • Loose wheels • Communication systems • Lubricants • Idle positioned and running • Guides and shoes • Plat and cage illumination • Oil leaks • Personnel and materials proximity to shaft • Portable fire extinguisher (bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) • Cage doors • Cage ropes and attachments • Visual and audio warning devices and lights Factors which may affect the capacity of the cage can include: • Efficient and safe operating speed • Personnel carrying capacity • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Indicators may include: • Computer indicators • Cage indicators • Plat indicators • Communication and signalling systems
Conduct cage operations MNMUGC224A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 201
Safety provisions may include: • Barricades erected where necessary • Safety guards • Visible signage • Site procedures Operator maintenance may include: • Greasing • Rope adjustments • Cage door adjustments • Tightening loose fittings Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water LOADS Loads may include
• People • Automotive diesel fuel • Explosives (including detonators) • Consumables • Drilling equipment • Trackless vehicles • Track vehicles • Ground support materials • Cement • Lubricants • Paints • Other hazardous substances • Track laying materials LEGISLATION, CODES AND STANDARDS May include: • Mine Safety & Health legislation • Explosives legislation • Environmental legislation • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Australian Standards (eg AS2187) • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice SITE INFORMATION Potential hazards and risks may include: • Blockages or obstructions • Communication failure • Oversized loads,
MNMUGC224A Conduct cage operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 202
• Unauthorised personnel • Unsafe ground • Poor visibility Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water • Heat Site conditions may include:
• Air quality and quantity • Dryness of material • Noise • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet material • Vibration Procedures may include:
• Clean up • Equipment shut down and isolation procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notifying relevant authorities • Permit-to-Work systems • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment • Communication procedures (eg with winder operator)
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Knowledge of the type, use and limits of the winding engine and shaft • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work
Conduct cage operations MNMUGC224A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 203
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • The key areas of Mining Acts and Regulations pertaining to Winding • Shaft operations • Shaft installations • Identification of defects relevant to cage operations through inspection or observation • Trip and fault procedures and abnormal conditions • Site winder emergency procedures • Communication system between cage and winder • Recording and logging requirements for Winder Drivers, and electrical and mechanical
maintenance personnel • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation and Permit-to-Work procedures • Mine ventilation system • Site procedures • In-shaft communication equipment SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Standard operating practices and procedures around shafts • Working safely and within level of competence • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Greasing • Monitoring • Communications and reporting • Use of relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMUGC224A Conduct cage operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 204
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Operate winder for shaft sinking MNMUGC225A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 205
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC225A Operate winder for shaft sinking
MNMUGC225A This unit applies in all contexts to the movement of personnel, equipment and materials in the shaft sinking process in the underground environment, and applies to operation of a manual winder.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
25.1 Organise for winder operations 25.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications
25.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details and takes over control of winder
25.1.3 Selects and uses personal protective equipment
25.1.4 Performs equipment and work area pre-start checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
25.1.5 Checks records for outstanding maintenance/ inspections and recorded defects to establish the operational status of equipment and take action according to site procedures
25.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to site procedures
25.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures, including checking that area is clear for operations
25.1.8 Adheres to emergency procedures
25.1.9 Applies dust suppressant and extraction methods
25.1.10 Ensures control cabin is environmentally and ergonomically sound
25.2 Conduct shaft sinking using manual winder
25.2.1 Communicates with relevant personnel according to site procedures
25.2.2 Confirms kibble is ready for operation
25.2.3 Energises the system, follows start-up procedures and operates winder to comply with directions from the person in charge
25.2.4 Monitors and manages winder performance using appropriate indicators
25.2.5 Adjusts speed and movement
25.2.6 Operates winder (or winders) for shaft sinking operations
25.2.7 Carries out shut-down procedures
25.3 Carry out winder inspections 25.3.1 Isolates and proves isolation of equipment
25.3.2 Inspects winder and auxiliary equipment and reports faults/defects and prepares winder for routine servicing
MNMUGC225A Operate winder for shaft sinking
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 206
25.4 Conduct end-of-shift activities 25.4.1 Completes all required documentation according to site procedures
25.4.2 Passes on end of shift information and hands over control to oncoming shift
25.4.3 Ensures control room is clean and tidy
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. This unit applies to the conduct of shaft-sinking winding operations EQUIPMENT Equipment utilised for shaft winder operations may include:
• Winding engines and headframes • Stages • Kibble/skip/cage • Power supplies and equipment • Services • Fans/pumps/compressors/super-sucker • Shaft doors • Scrolls/tipple • Conveyance guide systems • Crossheads Auxiliary equipment may include:
• Emergency power supplies • Emergency communications systems • Fans and pumps OPERATIONS Start-up procedures may include: • Pre-start inspections, checks and tests • Advisory signals indicating impending movement of conveyance • Carrying out test winding cycle if required • Checking that equipment/system operations are normal
Equipment and work area pre-operational checks may include:
• Damage / defects / wear to plant and equipment (includes infrastructure) • Computer systems • Communications systems • Winder controls • Protection and emergency devices • Fire suppression systems • Danger/out of service tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Lubricant / hydraulic / coolant levels • Light positioning and cleanliness
Operate winder for shaft sinking MNMUGC225A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 207
• Personnel proximity to moving plant • Ropes • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Head frame/sky shaft • Shaft brace area
Energising the system may involve:
• Activate power supply or start diesel motor-generator • Running up hydraulic/pneumatic and other auxiliary equipment • Check fault indicators Monitoring of conveyance operations may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Indicators may include: • Computer indicators • Personnel cage/skip indicators De-energising system may include: • De-activating power • Shutting down hydraulic/pneumatic and other auxiliary equipment Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water • Solvents • Rags and cotton waste LEGISLATION, CODES AND STANDARDS Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Explosives legislation • Environmental Protection legislation • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards (eg AS2187) • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Procedures may include: • Clean up • Emergency procedures
MNMUGC225A Operate winder for shaft sinking
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 208
• Equipment shut down and isolation procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notifying relevant authorities • Permit-to-Work systems • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment • Communication procedures SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Communication failure • Falling objects • Explosives • Moving equipment • Collisions • Plant failure • Electricity • Spillage • Hazardous substances • Unauthorised personnel • Visibility • Vibration • Noise
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Knowledge of the type, use and limits of the winding engine and shaft • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units:
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
Operate winder for shaft sinking MNMUGC225A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 209
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • The key areas of Mining Acts and Regulations • The relevant key areas of legislated safety and health requirements pertaining to Winding • Winder type and systems and operations • Shaft configuration and construction • Shaft services and installations (pipes, cables, ladders etc) • Possible defects in winder/ equipment/installations • Identification of defects relevant to sinking operations through inspection or observation • Daily/weekly/monthly inspection requirements and maintenance requirements and procedures for
winding systems • Trip and fault procedures and abnormal conditions • Site winder access/authorisation procedures • Site winder emergency procedures • Communication system between sinking operations and winder • Recording and logging requirements for winder drivers, and electrical and mechanical
maintenance personnel • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation and Permit-to Work systems and procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Shaft ventilation system • Site procedures • In-shaft communications equipment SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Operating sinking winders • Auxiliary equipment operation, and maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation and cleaning • Monitoring shaft sinking operations • Communications and reporting • Monitoring conveyances • Use of relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMUGC225A Operate winder for shaft sinking
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 210
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Maintain winder equipment MNMUGC226A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 211
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC226A Maintain winder equipment
MNMUGC226A This unit applies in all contexts to the maintenance of winder equipment, not including shafts (see MNMUGC227A for this function) and ropes (see MNMUGC228A for this function).
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
26.1 Prepares for winder equipment maintenance
26.1.1 Conducts work safely and efficiently according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation and manufacturers’ specifications
26.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies maintenance schedules and details
26.1.3 Selects and uses personal protective equipment
26.1.4 Performs equipment and work area pre-start checks to ensure equipment is ready for maintenance
26.1.5 Checks records for outstanding maintenance/ inspections and recorded defects to assess scope of work
26.1.6 Identifies replacement parts and service tools from the servicing schedule and obtains them from the appropriate stores area.
26.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential hazards and risks according to site procedures
26.1.8 Coordinates and liaises with appropriate persons to arrange details of preparatory activities, timing and location of maintenance.
26.1.9 Obtains clearance from winder driver, or establishes that start-up procedures have been completed, and the area is clear for operations
26.1.10 Manages maintenance environmental issues
26.1.11 Establishes emergency contingency plans with winder driver should an underground emergency arise, and adheres to site emergency procedures
26.1.12 Ensures area is properly ventilated before entry into work area
26.2 Conduct maintenance 26.2.1 Checks and prepares appropriate tools, materials and services
26.2.2 Performs all isolation and tagging out according to manufacturers’ instructions and site procedures
26.2.3 Ensures person in charge of winder has placed winder in inspection/maintenance mode, including ”inching”
26.2.4 Carries out maintenance in accordance with site procedures and/or maintenance instructions
26.2.5 Completes maintenance and record any follow-up action in accordance with maintenance system
MNMUGC226A Maintain winder equipment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 212
requirements
26.2.6 Ensures all safety guards are in place and tags removed before winder equipment is made operational according to site procedures
26.3 Conduct post-maintenance activities
26.3.1 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
26.3.2 Ensures area is clear of foreign materials and tools, and meets an acceptable standard of cleanliness
26.3.3 Ensures winding operations are tested and monitored according to site procedures and legislation
26.3.4 Advises appropriate personnel when maintenance activities are concluded, according to site procedures
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Winder inspection/maintenance equipment may include: • Winder performance tests • Monitoring of protective devices • Rope tensioning or replacement or examination • Replacement or examination of rope attachments • Conveyance change-over • Lubrication • Winder controller maintenance • Sheave wheels • Winder drums • Head frames • Hydraulics • Electrical and electronic control systems • Computer and communication systems Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water • Rags and cotton waste • Solvents LEGISLATION, CODES AND STANDARDS May include: • Mine Safety & Health legislation • Explosives legislation • Environmental legislation • Occupational Health and Safety legislation
Maintain winder equipment MNMUGC226A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 213
• Australian Standards (eg AS2187) • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Maintenance environmental issues may include: • Dust • Water • Heat • Oxygen deficiency • Vibration • Fumes • Noise • Oil spills Procedures may include: • Clean up • Equipment shut down and isolation procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notifying relevant authorities • Permit-to-Work systems • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment • Communication procedures (eg with winder operator) SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Communication failure • Falling objects • Movement of equipment • Plant failure • Power failure • Spillage • Unauthorised personnel • Visibility
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Knowledge of the type, use and limits of the winding engine and shaft • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality maintenance outcomes and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
MNMUGC226A Maintain winder equipment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 214
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Shaft winder operations • The key areas of Mine safety and health legislation pertaining to plant and winding • Winder types • Shaft infrastructure • Defects which have potential to occur in winder equipment/installations • Maintenance management requirements and procedures for winding systems • Trip and fault conditions and other abnormal conditions • Site emergency procedures • Reporting and recording requirements for Winder Drivers, electrical and mechanical maintenance
personnel • Environmental procedures associated with maintenance of winders • Equipment processes that are applicable, including technical capability and limitations • Energy isolation methods • Operation of protective devices in shaft and winder operations • Mine ventilation system • Site procedures • In-shaft communications equipment SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Standard operating practices and procedures around shafts • Working safely and within level of competence • Winder equipment operation and maintenance • Monitoring critical components • Communications and reporting RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
Maintain winder equipment MNMUGC226A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 215
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Inspect and maintain shafts and structures MNMUGC227A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 217
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC227A Inspect and maintain shafts and structures
MNMUGC227A This unit applies in all contexts to the inspection and minor maintenance of shafts and structures, not including winder equipment (see MNMUGC226A for this function) and ropes (see MNMUGC228A for this function).
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
27.1 Prepares for shaft maintenance 27.1.1 Conducts work safely and efficiently according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation and manufacturers’ specifications
27.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies inspection and maintenance schedules and hazard reports
27.1.3 Selects and uses personal protective equipment
27.1.4 Performs equipment and work area pre-start checks to ensure equipment is ready for inspection and maintenance
27.1.5 Checks records for outstanding maintenance/ inspections and recorded defects to assess scope of work
27.1.6 Identifies replacement parts and service tools from the servicing schedule and obtains them from the appropriate stores area.
27.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential hazards and risks according to site procedures
27.1.8 Coordinates and liaises with appropriate persons to arrange details of preparatory activities, timing and location of inspection and maintenance.
27.1.9 Obtains clearance from winder driver, or establishes that start-up procedures have been completed, and the area is clear for operations
27.1.10 Establishes emergency contingency plans with winder driver should an underground emergency arise, and adheres to site emergency procedures
27.1.11 Manages maintenance environmental issues
27.1.12 Establishes emergency contingency plans with winder driver should an underground emergency arise, and adheres to site emergency procedures
27.1.13 Ensures area is properly ventilated before entry into work area
27.1.14 Installs overhead protection and guard rails in accordance with site procedures
27.2 Conduct shaft maintenance 27.2.1 Checks and prepares appropriate tools, measuring equipment, materials and services
27.2.2 Performs all necessary isolations and tagging
MNMUGC227A Inspect and maintain shafts and structures
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 218
according to site procedures
27.2.3 Establishes communication system and performs checks according to site procedures
27.2.4 Communicates with winder driver and others involved in maintenance of shafts and structures to ensure clear and safe maintenance operations according to site procedures
27.2.5 Ensures person in charge of winder has placed winder in inspection/maintenance mode, including ”inching”
27.2.6 Performs inspection and maintenance work from top of conveyance, according to site procedures
27.2.7 Carries out maintenance in accordance with site procedures and/or maintenance instructions
27.2.8 Completes inspection/maintenance and records any follow-up action in accordance with maintenance system requirements
27.2.9 Ensures all safety devices are in place and any tags placed removed before shaft is returned to service according to site procedures
27.2.10 Removes overhead protection and guard rails in accordance with site procedures
27.2.11 Ensures area is clear of foreign materials, communication equipment and tools, and meets an acceptable standard of cleanliness
27.3 Conduct post-maintenance activities
27.3.1 Completes all required documentation in accordance with site procedures
27.3.2 Ensures shaft operations and structures are tested and monitored according to site procedures and legislation
27.3.3 Advises appropriate personnel when maintenance activities are concluded, according to site procedures
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Shaft inspection/maintenance equipment may include: • Inspection of ground conditions, including ground movement, cracks and seepage • Inspection of shaft lining including timber, concrete • Inspection of shaft structural steel including buntons, brattice and guide rails, shaft services (pipes,
cables etc) • Inspection for unusual conditions including water leaks, air leaks • Isolation of services where necessary • Minor shaft maintenance such as installing missing/broken bolts and fasteners, and shaft timbers • Measuring shaft dimensions Equipment cleaning methods may include:
Inspect and maintain shafts and structures MNMUGC227A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 219
• Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water • Rags and cotton waste • Solvents LEGISLATION, CODES AND STANDARDS May include: • Mine Safety & Health legislation • Explosives legislation • Environmental legislation • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Australian Standards (eg AS2187) • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Maintenance environmental issues may include: • Dust • Water • Heat • Oxygen deficiency • Vibration • Fumes • Noise • Oil spills Procedures may include: • Clean up • Equipment shut down and isolation procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notifying relevant authorities • Permit-to-Work systems • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment • Communication procedures (eg with winder operator) SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Communication failure • Falling objects • Movement (convergence of equipment) • Plant failure • Power failure • Spillage • Unauthorised personnel • Visibility
MNMUGC227A Inspect and maintain shafts and structures
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 220
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Knowledge of the type, use and limits of the winding engine and shaft • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Shaft operations • Shaft construction and infrastructure • Shaft geology • The key areas of Mining Acts and Regulations pertaining to Winding • Shaft installations • Defects which have potential to occur in shafts and infrastructure • Trip and fault procedures and other abnormal conditions • Site emergency procedures • Reporting and recording requirements for Winder Drivers, and electrical and mechanical
maintenance personnel • Environmental procedures associated with shaft maintenance • Equipment processes that are applicable, including technical capability and limitations • Energy isolation methods • Operation of protective devices in shaft and winder operations • Mine ventilation system • Site procedures • Skip and personnel cage operations • In-shaft communications methods and equipment SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Standard operating practices and procedures around shafts • Working safely and within level of competence • Winder equipment operation and maintenance • Monitoring critical components • Communications and reporting
Inspect and maintain shafts and structures MNMUGC227A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 221
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Monitor, inspect and service ropes and attachments MNMUGC228A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 223
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C2 Loading & Hauling
UNIT MNMUGC228A Monitor, inspect and service ropes and attachments
MNMUGC228A This unit applies in all contexts to the visual inspection and servicing of winder ropes and attachments, but does not include rope replacement, capping, cropping, destructive testing and non-destructive examination / testing using magnetic detecting instruments, liquid penetrant, magnetic particle, eddy current, ultrasonic or radiography methods.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
28.1 Prepares for inspection and servicing
28.1.1 Conducts work safely and efficiently according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation and manufacturers’ specifications
28.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies inspection/ servicing schedules and details
28.1.3 Selects and uses personal protective equipment
28.1.4 Performs equipment and work area pre-start checks to ensure equipment is ready for inspection/servicing
28.1.5 Checks records for outstanding maintenance/ inspections and takes action according to site procedures
28.1.6 Identifies the scope of the inspection, correct ropes and attachments, inspection and servicing tools, equipment and consumables according to the service schedule
28.1.7 Coordinates and liaises with appropriate persons concerning the work
28.1.8 Establishes that start-up procedures have been completed by the winder driver, and the area is clear for the work
28.1.9 Manages relevant environmental issues
28.1.10 Establishes emergency contingency plans with winder driver should an underground emergency arise, and adheres to site emergency procedures
28.1.11 Ensures area is properly ventilated before entry into work area
28.2 Conduct inspection and service 28.2.1 Performs necessary isolation and tagging out according to site procedures
28.2.2 Carries out servicing and inspections of ropes according to site procedures.
28.2.3 Inspects, classifies anomalies and defects, and reports according to site procedures
28.2.4 Completes service actions and records any follow-up action required according to site procedures
28.2.5 Ensures all physical guards and safety signs are in place and tags removed, and approval obtained
MNMUGC228A Monitor, inspect and service ropes and attachments
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 224
before winder operations are resumed
28.3 Conduct post-service/inspection activities
28.3.1 Completes all required documentation
28.3.2 Return all tools and equipment to storage
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment cleaning methods may include:
• Solvents • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water Rope and attachment monitoring and inspection may include: • Visual inspection for defects such as wear, kinks, bends, corrosion, cracks, damage or loss of
components, wire breaks, deterioration, distortion, loss of metal, nicks, corkscrewing, birdcaging, structural damage
• Measurement of rope diameter / loss of metallic area • Measurement of rope lay length • Visual inspection of moving rope • Recording of monitoring and inspection results Rope servicing may include: • Cleaning to remove oil and other lubricants • Lubrication (drum winders) • Marking location of rope defects LEGISLATION, CODES AND STANDARDS May include: • Mine Safety & Health legislation • Explosives legislation • Environmental legislation • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Australian Standards (eg AS2187) • Australian Standard – Winding Ropes and attachments (??) • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Maintenance environmental issues may include: • Fumes • Spills Procedures may include: • Clean up
Monitor, inspect and service ropes and attachments MNMUGC228A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 225
• Equipment shut down and isolation procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notifying relevant authorities • Permit-to-Work systems • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment • Communication procedures (eg with winder operator) SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Communication failure • Falling objects • Working at heights • Movement of equipment • Plant failure • Power failure • Spillage • Unauthorised personnel • Visibility
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Knowledge of the type, use and limits of the winding engine and shaft • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality maintenance outcomes and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues • Visual acuity as determined by appropriate system of measurement Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Winder operations • Rope and attachment types, their construction and their defects • The key areas of Mining Acts and Regulations pertaining to Winding • Inspection and servicing regimes for ropes and attachments
MNMUGC228A Monitor, inspect and service ropes and attachments
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 226
• Use of precision measuring and inspection instruments such as vernier caliper, micrometre screw gauge, straight edge, hand lens
• Winder type and operations • Shaft installations • Possible defects in winder equipment/installations • Trip and fault procedures and abnormal conditions • Site winder emergency procedures • Recording and logging requirements for rope servicing and inspection • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Isolation procedures • Operation of protective devices for shafts • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Skip and personnel cage operations • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, servicing, cleaning • Equipment operation, servicing and cleaning • Use of relevant hand tools and measuring instruments RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Construct and maintain underground roads MNMUGC424A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 227
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC424A Construct and maintain underground roads
MNMUGC424A This unit applies in all contexts to the planning, preparation, construction and maintenance of underground roads in the extractive process for the underground environment. This unit should be read in conjunction with C4 Ancillary Mine Support unit: ‘Operate equipment services vehicle underground’ for generic underground driving requirements. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
24.1 Prepare for road construction and maintenance
24.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
24.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
24.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
24.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment and materials according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
24.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
24.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
24.1.7 Manages underground environmental issues
24.1.8 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident
24.1.9 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable)
24.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
24.1.11 Erects signs or barricades and/or safety provisions
24.1.12 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
24.2 Construct roads 24.2.1 Prepares road surface and applies road material to meet planned road characteristics and engineering specifications
24.2.2 Constructs road to conform with road design and location as specified by work plan
24.2.3 Checks, identifies and removes contaminants
24.2.4 Constructs drains and water crossing points as appropriate for the removal of run-off and avoid accumulation of excessive water to minimise road damage
MNMUGC424A Construct and maintain underground roads
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 228
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
24.2.5 Ensures access ways are clear whilst constructing road
24.2.6 Organises for excess material to be removed according
24.2.7 Suppresses dust utilising approved method
24.2.8 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
24.2.9 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
24.3 Maintain roads 24.3.1 Maintains condition of roads to meet volume of traffic
24.3.2 Maintains effective drainage for the removal of excess water (where appropriate) and ensures safe hauling surface
24.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
24.4.1 Checks road ensuring site is safe
24.4.2 Carries out shut down procedures
24.4.3 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
24.4.4 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Compactor • Dust suppression equipment • Grader • Integrated tool carrier • Loader • Roller • Trucks • Water trucks • Recommended/required PPE Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site
Construct and maintain underground roads MNMUGC424A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 229
Safe driving conventions may include observing: • Speed limits • Mine lighting • Site vehicle identification lights • Right of Way • Parking in stockpiles • Parking on incline/decline • Refuelling procedures • Rules at intersections • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods MATERIAL Road material may include: • Bitumen • Concrete • Emulsified oils • Gravel • Raise borer muck • Road base aggregate • Sand • Select fill • Stabilisers and other dust suppressants LEGISLATON Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Potential risks and hazards may include: • Contaminants (metals, steel rods, vehicles, chemical/physical) • Drains • Dropper pipes and firing lines • Dust • Failure to erect barricades and signage • Fires • Open holes • Other equipment and personnel • Slippery roads • Spillage • Unsafe ground
MNMUGC424A Construct and maintain underground roads
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 230
SITE INFORMATION Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Exhaust emissions • Gas emissions • Noise • Water Road may include: • All main travel ways • Cross cuts • Ore body roads • Road Road signage may include: • Danger warnings • Safety warnings • Speed Road surface may include: • Fill • Flat bedrock • Sand • Sub-base Access ways may include: • Drives and cross cuts Road preparations may include: • Clearing • Leveling • Stripping Drain mechanisms may include: • Berm • Netting • Ponding • Pumping system • Shoulder drains • Side drains • Sub soil drainage, • Sumps • T pieces Checks on road may include: • Equipment removed from site • For loose material • Relevant personnel notified • Surface checks • Whether signage and/or barricades have been erected or taken down
Construct and maintain underground roads MNMUGC424A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 231
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Construction marking • Drainage construction methods • Drainage methods • Dumping procedures • Dust suppressant techniques • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hauling procedures • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications (equipment, materials) • Material placement procedures • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Road construction sequence and methods • Road rules • Road stabilisation • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Towing procedures • Underground procedures • Refuelling vehicle
MNMUGC424A Construct and maintain underground roads
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 232
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Driving techniques • Dumping techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Pushing techniques • Use relevant hand tools • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods • Refuelling vehicle RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Operate from elevated work platform MNMUGC425A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 233
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC425A Operate from elevated work platform
MNMUGC425A This unit applies in all contexts to the operation of elevated work platforms in the extractive process for the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
25.1 Plan and prepare for operations
25.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
25.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
25.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
25.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
25.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
25.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
25.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures
25.1.8 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods
25.1.9 Manages underground environmental issues
25.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident
25.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work site
25.1.12 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable)
25.1.13 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
25.2 Position and set up platform 25.2.1 Positions equipment to ensure safety of other equipment and personnel
25.2.2 Stabilises work platform and selects attachments (where applicable)
25.3 Conduct work activities from elevated platform
25.3.1 Uses approved safety devices ensuring safety of personnel and surrounding site
25.3.2 Monitors and manages equipment performance using appropriate indicators
25.3.3 Operates equipment safely within work environment, road conditions and limitations
MNMUGC425A Operate from elevated work platform
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 234
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
25.3.4 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
25.3.5 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
25.4 Carry out operator maintenance
25.4.1 Carries out shut down procedures
25.4.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
25.4.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
25.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
25.5.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
25.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Work platforms may be mobile or fixed and may include: • Basket • Cherry pickers • Crane box • Scissor lift • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Cab condition (no rags in air conditioner vent, dirt around brake and accelerator pedals, seat
condition, all gear secured) • Cab mounts, windows (clean, emergency exit tag in place) • Capacity of equipment and/or attachments may include: • Computer systems • Damage to equipment • Danger tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Duration of operation, • Efficient and safe operating speed, • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Engine oil to be checked before starting engine • Fire suppression unit (pins in position in triggers) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel,
transmission) • Grease lines • Light positioning and cleanliness
Operate from elevated work platform MNMUGC425A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 235
• No combustible material around exhaust • Oil leaks (engine, hydraulic hoses, on ground) fuel leaks, transmission, (engine, on ground) • Operating limitations • Personnel proximity • Portable fire extinguisher (bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Radiator top up tank • Type of activities performed, • Tyres and rim condition • Vehicle number • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Water leaks (radiator, hoses) • Weight and/or load limitations, • Wheel nuts and studs Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights), • Correct location of equipment, • Vehicle is left secured Indicators may include: • Brake air pressure • Brake oil temperature • Computer indicators • Engine oil pressure • Fuel filter • Parking brake • Retarder • Service meter • Speedometer/Odometer • Steering filters • Tachometer • Torque convertor oil temperature • Transmission filter • Voltmeter/ Ammeter • Water temperature Operator servicing may include: • Checking fluid levels • Filter changing • Greasing • Keeping cab clean • Tightening loose fittings Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays
MNMUGC425A Operate from elevated work platform
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 236
• Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Lead Code of Practice Potential risks and hazards may include: • Adjoining pit walls • Bund and/or wall collapse • Decline traffic • Mount and dismount injuries • Pot holes • Road conditions • Rocks • Spillage • Unauthorised personnel • Unsafe ground • Ventilation failure • Visibility Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water SITE PROCEDURES Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet
Operate from elevated work platform MNMUGC425A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 237
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Environmental procedures • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Working at heights • Working at heights methods and limitations SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Directing • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Monitoring • Use relevant hand tools
MNMUGC425A Operate from elevated work platform
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 238
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct crane operations underground MNMUGC426A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 239
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC426A Conduct crane operations underground
MNMUGC426A This unit applies in all contexts to crane operations in the extractive process in the underground environment. Additional licencing may be required for crane operation dependant on state and federal requirements and company policy. This unit should be read in conjunction with C4 Ancillary Mine Support unit: ‘Operate equipment services vehicle underground’ for generic underground driving requirements. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
26.1 Plan and prepare for operations
26.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
26.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
26.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
26.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
26.1.5 Performs equipment and attachment pre-start checksaccording to manufacturers' specifications, site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
26.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
26.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
26.1.8 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
26.1.9 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
26.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
26.1.11 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
MNMUGC426A Conduct crane operations underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 240
26.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
26.1.13 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
26.2 Lift and shift load 26.2.1 Determines rigging and slinging requirements after assessing site and load conditions
26.2.2 Determines lifting technique according to the nature of the load being moved and the required location
26.2.3 Operates equipment safely within work environment and equipment limitations
26.2.4 Monitors and manages equipment performance using appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
26.2.5 Positions equipment to maximise efficiency, ensuring stability of crane and safety of other equipment and personnel
26.2.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, consisely and on time
26.2.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
26.3 Carry out operator maintenance
26.3.1 Carries out shut down procedures
26.3.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
26.3.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
26.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
26.4.1 Clean equipment
26.4.2 Clean and store ancillary service equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment and attachments may include: • Attachment slings • Bosen chair • Chain • Cranes at various tonnage's • Dog work • Eye bolts • Gantry
Conduct crane operations underground MNMUGC426A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 241
• Fixed overhead • Integrated tool carriers • Mechanical handling/lifting equipment • Mobile cranes • Overhead handling • Pendant • Pig sty • Rigging (chains) • Scissors • Spreader bars • Telescopic • Recommended/required PPE Operator servicing may include: • Checking fluid levels • Filter changing • Greasing • Keeping cab clean • Tightening loose fittings Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Boom type • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Cab condition (no rags in air conditioner vent, dirt around brake and accelerator pedals, seat
condition, all gear secured) • Cab mounts • Capacity of equipment and/or attachments may include: • Computer systems • Crane capacity • Damage to equipment • Danger tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Engine oil to be checked before starting engine • Fire suppression unit (pins in position in triggers) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel) • Grease lines
MNMUGC426A Conduct crane operations underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 242
• Job configuration • Light positioning and cleanliness • No combustible material around exhaust • Oil leaks (engine, hydraulic hoses, ground) fuel leaks (engine, on ground) • Operating limitations • Personnel proximity • Portable fire extinguisher (bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) • Radiator top up tank • Type of activities performed • Tyres and rim condition • Vehicle number • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Water leaks (radiator, hoses) • Weight and/or load limitations • Wheel nuts and studs • Windows (clean, emergency exit tag in place) Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Correct location of equipment • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Vehicle is left secured Indicators may include: • Brake air pressure • Brake oil temperature • Computer indicators • Engine oil pressure • Fuel filter • Load indicator • Parking brake • Retarder • Service meter • Speedometer/Odometer • Spotter • Steering filters • Tachometer • Torque converter oil temperature • Transmission filter • Voltmeter • Water temperature Safe driving conventions may include observing: • Speed limits • Mine lighting • Site vehicle identification lights • Right of Way • Parking in stockpiles • Parking on incline/decline • Refuelling procedures • Rules at intersections • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods
Conduct crane operations underground MNMUGC426A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 243
MATERIALS Materials may include: • Construction items • Light crane • Stock LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Vehicle driving licensing regulations • Lead Code of Practice Potential risks and hazards may include: • Crane malfunction • Dropping objects • Unstable crane SITE INFORMATION Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets
MNMUGC426A Conduct crane operations underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 244
• Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Crane hazards • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Relevant manufacturers' specifications • Site procedures • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods • Refuelling vehicle SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Crane hazard identification • Dogging techniques • Driving techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Lifting techniques • Monitoring load • Use relevant hand tools • Towing • Refuelling vehicle
Conduct crane operations underground MNMUGC426A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 245
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct grader operations MNMUGC427A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 247
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC427A Conduct grader operations
MNMUGC427A This unit applies in all contexts to grader operations in the extractive process for the underground environment. This unit should be read in conjunction with C4 Ancillary Mine Support unit: ‘Operate equipment services vehicle underground’ for generic underground driving requirements. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
27.1 Plan and prepare for operations
27.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
27.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
27.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
27.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
27.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
27.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
27.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
27.1.8 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
27.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
27.1.10 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
27.1.11 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
27.1.12 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
27.2 Grade site 27.2.1 Grades site to achieve suitable hauling surface
27.2.2 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods
MNMUGC427A Conduct grader operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 248
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
27.2.3 Monitors and manages equipment performance using appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
27.2.4 Operates equipment safely within work environment, limitations and surface conditions
27.2.5 Identifies, removes, and disposes of contaminants
27.2.6 Maintains safety of site by implementing appropriate safety provisions
27.2.7 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
27.2.8 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
27.3 Carry out operator maintenance
27.3.1 Carries out shut down procedures
27.3.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
27.3.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
27.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
27.4.1 Clean equipment
27.4.2 Clean and store ancillary service equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Operator servicing may include: • Keeping cab clean • Checking fluid levels • Greasing • Tightening loose fittings • Filter changing Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Water • Steam cleaning • Degreasing • Vacuum • Forced air
Conduct grader operations MNMUGC427A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 249
Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Watering down site • Use of water trucks • Mobile/Fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Ventilation bags operational Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Cab condition (no rags in air conditioner vent, dirt around brake and accelerator pedals • Cab mounts • Computer systems • Cutting edges • Damage to equipment • Danger tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Engine oil to be checked before starting engine • Fire suppression unit (pins in position in triggers) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel,
transmission) • Grease lines • Light positioning and cleanliness • No combustible material around exhaust • Oil leaks (engine, transmission, hydraulic hoses, on ground) fuel leaks (engine, on ground) • Personnel proximity • Portable fire extinguisher (bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) • Radiator top up tank • Seat condition, all gear secured) • Tyres and rim condition • Vehicle number • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Water leaks (radiator, hoses) • Wheel nuts and studs • Windows (clean, emergency exit tag in place) Capacity of equipment may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Correct location of equipment • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Vehicle is left secured Indicators may include: • Brake air pressure • Brake oil temperature • Computer indicators • Engine oil pressure
MNMUGC427A Conduct grader operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 250
• Fuel filter • Grade indicator • Parking brake • Retarder • Service meter • Speedometer/Odometer • Steering filters • Tachometer • Torque converter oil temperature • Transmission filter • Voltmeter/ Ammeter • Water temperature Safe driving conventions may include observing: • Speed limits • Mine lighting • Site vehicle identification lights • Right of Way • Parking in stockpiles • Parking on incline/decline • Refuelling procedures • Rules at intersections • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods MATERIAL Materials may include: • Geo textiles materials • Gravel • Ore • Overburden • Oxidised waste • Rejects • Road base • Rubbish • Sand • Sulphide rock fill • Tailings Contaminant may include: • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Explosives • Fuels • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Oils • Old piping • Old workings • Plastic • Timber • Wet fill
Conduct grader operations MNMUGC427A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 251
LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Vehicle driving licensing regulations • Lead Code of Practice Potential risks and hazards may include: • Mount dismount injuries • Over head surfaces and obstacles • Run away • Unsafe ground Site environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
MNMUGC427A Conduct grader operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 252
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Grading procedures • Isolation procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Road construction sequence • Road maintenance procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • String lines • Underground procedures • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods • Refuelling vehicle SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Battering • Boxing out • Drain construction • Driving techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Grading • Interpret ground conditions • Layering • Levelling • Marking out • Use relevant hand tools • Towing • Driving • Refuelling vehicle
Conduct grader operations MNMUGC427A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 253
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Operate roller/compactor MNMUGC428A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 255
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC428A Operate roller/compactor
MNMUGC428A This unit applies in all contexts to roller/compactor operations for the construction of roads in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit should be read in conjunction with C4 Ancillary Mine Support unit: ‘Operate equipment services vehicle underground’ for generic underground driving requirements. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
28.1 Plan and prepare for operations
28.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
28.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
28.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
28.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
28.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
28.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
28.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures
28.1.8 Manages underground environmental issues
28.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident
28.1.10 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable)
28.1.11 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
28.1.12 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
28.2 Compact material 28.2.1 Operates equipment safely within work environment, limitations and road conditions
28.2.2 Identifies, removes and disposes of contaminants
28.2.3 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods
28.2.4 Monitors and manages equipment performance using appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
28.2.5 Maintains safety of site by implementing appropriate safety provisions
MNMUGC428A Operate roller/compactor
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 256
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
28.2.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
28.2.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
28.3 Carry out operator maintenance
28.3.1 Visually inspects equipment and finds faults according to manufacturers’ specifications and site requirements
28.3.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
28.3.3 Conducts routine operational servicing to ensure peak performance of equipment
28.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
28.4.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
28.4.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Rollers and compactors may include: • Rollers • Tractors • Dozer • Front end loader with roller • Smooth drum • Vibrating • Multi tyred • Grid • Sheep foot Capacity of equipment and/or attachments may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Correct location of equipment • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Vehicle is left secured
Operate roller/compactor MNMUGC428A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 257
Indicators may include: • Brake air pressure • Brake oil temperature • Computer indicators • Engine oil pressure • Fuel filter • Parking brake • Retarder • Service meter • Speedometer/Odometer • Steering filters • Tachometer • Torque converter oil temperature • Transmission filter • Voltmeter/ Ammeter • Water temperature Operator servicing may include: • Checking fluid levels • Filter changing • Greasing • Keeping cab clean • Tightening loose fittings Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Safe driving conventions may include observing: • Speed limits • Mine lighting • Site vehicle identification lights • Right of Way • Parking in stockpiles • Parking on incline/decline • Refuelling procedures • Rules at intersections • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods MATERIALS Materials may include: • Geo textiles materials
MNMUGC428A Operate roller/compactor
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 258
• Gravel • Ore • Overburden • Oxidised waste • Rejects • Road base • Rubbish • Sand • Sulphide rock fill • Tailings Contaminant may include: • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Explosives • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Old piping • Old workings • Plastic • Timber • Wet fill Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water SITE INFORMATION Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Cab condition (no rags in air conditioner vent, dirt around brake and accelerator pedals, seat
condition, all gear secured) • Cab mounts • Computer systems • Damage to equipment • Danger tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Engine oil to be checked before starting engine • Fire suppression unit (pins in position in triggers) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel,
transmission) • Grease lines • Light positioning and cleanliness • No combustible material around exhaust • Oil leaks (engine, transmission, hydraulic hoses, on ground) fuel leaks (engine, on ground) • Personnel proximity • Portable fire extinguisher (bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) • Radiator top up tank • Tyres and rim condition • Vehicle number • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Water leaks (radiator, hoses) • Wheel nuts and studs • Windows (clean, emergency exit tag in place)
Operate roller/compactor MNMUGC428A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 259
Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust), • Visibility • Wet LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Lead Code of Practice
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Compacting procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Isolation procedures
MNMUGC428A Operate roller/compactor
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 260
• Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Site procedures • Start up and shut down procedures • Surface maintenance techniques • Underground procedures • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods • Refuelling vehicle SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Interpret ground conditions • Safe work practices • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Use relevant hand tools • Driving techniques • Compacting • Towing • Refuelling vehicle RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct equipment recovery operations MNMUGC429A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 261
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC429A Conduct equipment recovery operations
MNMUGC429A This unit applies in all contexts to the supervision of recovery of all types of equipment (mobile, fixed) in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit should be read in conjunction with C2 Loading & Hauling, Unit: Conduct remote operations This unit should be read in conjunction with C2 Loading & Hauling, Unit: Conduct tele remote operations This unit should be read in conjunction with C4 Ancillary Mine Support, Unit: Undertake towing underground This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
29.1 Organise for equipment recovery
29.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
29.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
29.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
29.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
29.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
29.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
29.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
29.1.8 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
29.1.9 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
29.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
29.1.11 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
29.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
MNMUGC429A Conduct equipment recovery operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 262
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
29.1.13 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
29.2 Recover equipment 29.2.1 Visually inspects and assesses equipment condition and determines best method of recovery
29.2.2 Operates equipment safely within work environment, limitations and surface conditions where required
29.2.3 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods
29.2.4 Monitors and manages equipment performance using appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
29.2.5 Ensures equipment is operated to maximise efficiency and ensure safety of other equipment and personnel
29.2.6 Minimises damage to equipment being recovered and surrounding area
29.2.7 Identifies, removes and disposes of spills (where appropriate)
29.2.8 Maintains safety of site by implementing appropriate safety provisions
29.2.9 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
29.2.10 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
29.3 Carry out operator maintenance
29.3.1 Carries out shut down procedures
29.3.2 Ensures services and minor adjustments to equipment are made (where applicable)
29.3.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
29.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
29.4.1 Ensures equipment is cleaned
29.4.2 Ensures ancillary service equipment is cleaned and stored
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE
Conduct equipment recovery operations MNMUGC429A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 263
Recovery equipment may include: • Blocks • Chains • Conveyor belts • Cranes • Dozer • Dump equipment • Elevated platforms • Fixed anchorages • Hand tools • Light vehicles • Load haul • Remote • Rigging • Slings • Tackle • Toggles • Trucks Recovery situations may include: • Bogged (mud, ponds) • Broken down • Equipment rolled over Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel), cab
(horn, lights, air conditioner) • Visual and audio warning devices and lights Capacity of equipment and/or attachments may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Correct location of equipment • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Vehicle is left secured Indicators may include: • Brake air pressure • Brake oil temperature • Computer indicators • Engine oil pressure • Fuel filter • Parking brake • Retarder • Service meter
MNMUGC429A Conduct equipment recovery operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 264
• Speedometer/Odometer • Steering filters • Tachometer • Torque converter oil temperature • Transmission filter • Voltmeter/ Ammeter • Water temperature Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site MATERIALS Contaminant may include: • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Explosives • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Old piping • Old workings • Plastic • Timber • Wet fill LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Lead Code of Practice Potential risks and hazards may include: • Communication failure • Connecting to equipment being recovered • Road conditions
Conduct equipment recovery operations MNMUGC429A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 265
• Spillage • Unauthorised personnel • Unsafe ground Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE MAY INCLUDE • Environmental procedures • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements
MNMUGC429A Conduct equipment recovery operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 266
• Geological and technical data (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Recovery techniques and procedures • Road rules • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures SKILLS MAY INCLUDE • Supervision of recovery team • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Driving techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Recovery techniques • Use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 3 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 3
Undertake towing underground MNMUGC430A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 267
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC430A Undertake towing underground
MNMUGC430A This unit applies in all contexts to the towing of vehicles and/or equipment in the underground environment. This unit should be read in conjunction with C4 Ancillary Mine Support unit: 'Operate equipment services vehicle underground' for generic underground driving requirements. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
30.1 Prepare for towing 30.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
30.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
30.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
30.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
30.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
30.1.6 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
30.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
30.1.8 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
30.1.9 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
30.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
30.1.11 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
30.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
MNMUGC430A Undertake towing underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 268
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
30.1.13 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
30.2 Shackle and hitch vehicle/equipment
30.2.1 Identifies towing/lifting points on vehicle/equipment
30.2.2 Selects suitable towing equipment for type and size of vehicle/equipment
30.2.3 Hitches towing equipment to vehicle/equipment in terms of manufactures and site procedures
30.2.4 Confirms security and balance of hitch prior to commencing tow
30.3 Tow and unhitch vehicle/equipment
30.3.1 Follows vehicle and site procedures for towing
30.3.2 Monitors condition of ground and hitch and adjusts towing accordingly
30.3.3 Proceeds to destination by move direct route
30.3.4 Unhitches vehicle/equipment in authorised area using approved methods
30.3.5 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
30.3.6 Cleans towing vehicle and associated equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Tow vehicles may include: • 4 Wheel drive (diesel, electric) • 6 Wheel drive • Articulated • Rigid • Tipping or ejector tray Towing equipment may include: • steel rope • shackles • couplers • hooks • ropes • rigid link • chains
Undertake towing underground MNMUGC430A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 269
• blocks and wedges • jacks (hydraulic and mechanical) • truck mounted towing winch Safety provisions may include: • Barricades erected where necessary, • Signage visible • Stop blocks in approved condition and made to approved dimensions Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Cab condition (no rags in air conditioner vent, dirt around brake and accelerator pedals, seat
condition, all gear secured) • Cab mounts • Computer systems • Correct location of equipment • Damage to equipment • Danger tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Emergency brake checks • Emergency steering • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fire suppression unit (pins in position in triggers) • Fluid leaks (oil/fuel/water - engine, transmission, hydraulic hoses, on ground, radiator, hoses) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel,
transmission) • Light positioning and cleanliness • No combustible material around exhaust • Personnel proximity • Portable fire extinguisher (bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) • Radiator top up tank • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Tyres and rim condition • Vehicle is left secured • Vehicle number • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Wheel nuts and studs • Windows (clean, emergency exit tag in place) Indicators may include: • Brake air pressure • Brake oil temperature • Computer indicators • Engine oil pressure • Fuel filter • Parking brake • Retarder • Service meter • Speedometer/Odometer • Steering filters • Tachometer • Torque convertor oil temperature
MNMUGC430A Undertake towing underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 270
• Transmission filter • Voltmeter/ Ammeter • Water temperature Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum/ Ammeter • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Operator servicing may include: • Checking fluid levels • Filter changing • Greasing • Keeping cab clean • Tightening loose fittings Safe driving conventions may include observing: • Speed limits • Mine lighting • Site vehicle identification lights • Right of Way • Parking in stockpiles • Parking on incline/decline • Refuelling procedures • Rules at intersections • Driving regulations, rules and conventions LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Vehicle driving licensing regulations • Lead Code of Practice SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Adjoining pit walls • Brake failure
Undertake towing underground MNMUGC430A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 271
• Break and steering failure • Bund and/or wall collapse • Clean floor • Communication failure • Decline traffic • Discharge area may include: • Fatigue • Fire • Fire on equipment • Hydraulic line failure • Level surface • Mount dismount injuries • Pot holes • Road conditions • Rocks • Spillage • Stable ground • Surface free of obstructions • Unauthorised personnel • Undercut brow • Unsafe ground • Visibility Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet Emergency procedures may include: • Clean up • Equipment shut down procedures • Evacuation procedures • First aid • Notification of authorities • Safety equipment • Use of personal protective equipment
MNMUGC430A Undertake towing underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 272
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Mine operational system • Hitching systems • Towing procedures • Underground procedures • Geological and technical data • Equipment parking • Environmental procedures • Equipment safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Manufacturers' specifications • Emergency procedures • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Refuelling vehicle SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Assess towing options for vehicle/equipment • Recognising potential hazards • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Use relevant hand tools and equipment • Driving • Towing • Positioning for unhitching • Refuelling vehicle
Undertake towing underground MNMUGC430A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 273
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct integrated tool carrier operations MNMUGC431A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 275
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC431A Conduct integrated tool carrier operations
MNMUGC431A This unit applies in all contexts to the operation of integrated tool carriers in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit should be read in conjunction with C4 Ancillary Mine Support unit: ‘Operate equipment services vehicle underground’ for generic underground driving requirements. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
31.1 Plan and prepare for operations
31.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
31.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
31.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
31.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
31.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
31.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
31.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
31.1.8 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
31.1.9 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
31.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
31.1.11 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
31.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
31.1.13 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
MNMUGC431A Conduct integrated tool carrier operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 276
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
31.2 Lift and move load 31.2.1 Operates equipment safely within work environment, limitations and site conditions
31.2.2 Monitors and manages equipment performance using appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
31.2.3 Positions equipment to ensure safety of other equipment and personnel
31.2.4 Secures load utilising approved method to ensure stability of the load and equipment and safety of other equipment and personnel
31.2.5 Maintains safety of site by implementing appropriate safety provisions
31.2.6 Guides movement of equipment using approved signals (where required)
31.2.7 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
31.2.8 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
31.3 Carry out operator maintenance
31.3.1 Carries out shut down procedures
31.3.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
31.3.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
31.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
31.4.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
31.4.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Integrated tool carrier may include: • rough terrain • conventional • range of attachments • carrying personnel basket • forklift Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • visual and audio warning devices and lights • engine and stop engine lights (orange and red)
Conduct integrated tool carrier operations MNMUGC431A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 277
• fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel transmission)
• cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • air filter restriction indicator • display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • computer system • vehicle number • danger tags • personnel proximity • tyres and rim condition • wheel nuts and studs • light positioning and cleanliness • radiator top up tank • oil leaks (engine, transmission, hydraulic hoses, on ground) fuel leaks (engine, on ground) • water leaks (radiator, hoses) • no combustible material around exhaust • damage to equipment • portable fire extinguisher (bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) • fire suppression unit (pins in position in triggers) • cab mounts • windows (clean, emergency exit tag in place) • engine oil to be checked before starting engine • grease lines • cab condition (no rags in air conditioner vent, dirt around brake and accelerator pedals, seat
condition, all gear secured) Capacity of equipment and/or attachments may include: • efficient and safe operating speed • duration of operation • type of activities performed • weight and/or load limitations • operating limitations Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • correct location of equipment • vehicle is left secured Safety provisions may include: • flashing lights • sign • spotter • barricades Indicators may include: • brake oil temperature • engine oil pressure • brake air pressure • water temperature • service meter • voltmeter/ ammeter • torque convertor oil temperature • tachometer, speedometer/odometer, parking brake • steering filters
MNMUGC431A Conduct integrated tool carrier operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 278
• transmission filter • fuel filter • retarder • computer indicators • level indicator • hook indicator Operator servicing may include: • keeping cab clean • checking fluid levels • greasing • tightening loose fittings • filter changing Equipment cleaning methods may include: • water • steam cleaning • degreasing • vacuum • forced air Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • watering down site • use of water trucks • mobile/fixed sprays • screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • ventilation bags operational Safe driving conventions may include observing: • Speed limits • Mine lighting • Site vehicle identification lights • Right of Way • Parking in stockpiles • Parking on incline/decline • Refuelling procedures • Rules at intersections • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods MATERIALS Materials may include: • stores • pallets • supplies • equipment • rubbish • light materials LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Regulations Act
Conduct integrated tool carrier operations MNMUGC431A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 279
• Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Duty of Care • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendation • Lead Code of Practice Underground environmental issues may include: • dust • fumes • noise • water SITE INFORMATION Work environment may include: • confined spaces • working with capacity of equipment • road clearances • ample vision Potential risks and hazards may include: • equipment malfunction • unsafe ground • adjoining pit walls • road conditions • rocks • pot holes • spillage • decline traffic • visibility • unauthorised personnel • mount dismount injuries Site conditions may include: • wet • dry • stability of ground • broken ground • stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • slope of working surface • location of water table • ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • visibility • noise
MNMUGC431A Conduct integrated tool carrier operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 280
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • mining regulations • site procedures • underground procedures • geological and technical data (basic) • equipment parking • primary and secondary ventilation • isolation procedures • site safety requirements • equipment safety requirements • start up and shut down procedures • operational procedures and checks • equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • lifting procedures • loading procedures • slinging • manufacturers' specifications • driving regulations, rules and conventions • towing methods • refuelling vehicle SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • interpret ground conditions • equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • use relevant hand tools • driving techniques • lifting techniques
Conduct integrated tool carrier operations MNMUGC431A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 281
• towing • refuelling vehicle RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 2
Operate equipment services vehicle underground MNMUGC432A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 283
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC432A Operate equipment services vehicle underground
MNMUGC432A This unit applies in all contexts to the operation of mine services vehicles in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
32.1 Plan and prepare for operations
32.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
32.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
32.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
32.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
32.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
32.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
32.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures
32.1.8 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods
32.1.9 Manages underground environmental issues
32.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident
32.1.11 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable)
32.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
32.1.13 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
32.2 Conduct mine service vehicle activities
32.2.1 Operates equipment safely within work environment, limitations and road conditions
32.2.2 Monitors and manages equipment performance using appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
32.2.3 Operates equipment to maximise efficiency and ensure safety of other equipment and personnel
32.2.4 Maintains safety of site by implementing appropriate safety provisions
32.2.5 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
MNMUGC432A Operate equipment services vehicle underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 284
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
32.2.6 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
32.3 Follow safe driving conventions underground
32.3.1 Maintains vehicle speed within mine site limits
32.3.2 Observes mine and vehicle visual and audible indicators and warnings
32.3.3 Observes mine site road rule and obeys signs
32.3.4 Follows procedures for parking vehicle on incline and decline
32.3.5 Observes all safety requirements when refuelling vehicle
32.4 Carry out operator maintenance
32.4.1 Carries out shut down procedures
32.4.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
32.4.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
32.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
32.5.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
32.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipments
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment can be either the services vehicle and/or the equipment mounted or carried by the vehicle. • Recommended/required PPE Mine services vehicle may include: • Flat tray truck modified for carrying oils and machine useable fluids • Forklift • mechanical lifting • Light vehicles • Integrated tool carrier (carrying man cage, forklift, range of attachments) Mine services vehicle activities may include: • Carry equipment (e.g. drill rods, vent bags, explosives, materials, pipes) • Greasing • Refueling • Topping up of fluids • Transporting personnel including manned cage
Operate equipment services vehicle underground MNMUGC432A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 285
Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Cab condition (no rags in air conditioner vent, dirt around brake and accelerator pedals, seat
condition, all gear secured) • Cab mounts • Computer systems • Damage to equipment, portable fire extinguisher (bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) • Danger tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Engine oil to be checked before starting engine • Fire suppression unit (pins in position in triggers) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel,
transmission) • Fuel leaks (engine, on ground) • Grease lines • Light positioning and cleanliness • No combustible material around exhaust • Oil leaks (engine, hydraulic hoses, ground) • Personnel proximity • Radiator top up tank • Tyres and rim condition • Vehicle number • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Water leaks (radiator, hoses) • Wheel nuts and studs • Windows (clean, emergency exit tag in place) Capacity of equipment attachments may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Correct location of equipment • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Vehicle is left secured Indicators may include: • Brake air pressure • Brake oil temperature • Computer indicators • Engine oil pressure • Fuel filter • Parking brake • Retarder • Service meter • Speedometer/Odometer • Steering filters • Tachometer • Torque convertor oil temperature
MNMUGC432A Operate equipment services vehicle underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 286
• Transmission filter • Voltmeter/ Ammeter • Water temperature Operator servicing may include: • Checking fluid levels • Filter changing • Greasing • Keeping cab clean • Tightening loose fittings Safety provisions may include: • Barricades • Flashing lights • Sign • Spotter Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Safe driving conventions may include observing: • Speed limits • Mine lighting • Site vehicle identification lights • Right of Way • Parking in stockpiles • Parking on incline/decline • Refuelling procedures • Rules at intersections • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods MATERIAL Contaminant may include: • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Explosives • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Old piping • Old workings
Operate equipment services vehicle underground MNMUGC432A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 287
• Plastic • Timber • Wet fill LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Lead Code of Practice SITE INFORMATION Underground environmental and site issues may include: • Noise • Water • Visibility • Confined spaces • Road clearances • Working with capacity of equipment • Broken ground • Location of water table • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) Potential risks and hazards may include: • Adjoining pit walls • Decline traffic • Equipment malfunction • Mount dismount injuries • Pot holes • Road conditions • Rocks • Spillage • Unauthorised personnel • Unsafe ground • Visibility
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include:
• Conducting an activity safely and efficiently
MNMUGC432A Operate equipment services vehicle underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 288
• Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units:
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Road rules and signage • Visual and audible traffic indicators • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods • Refuelling vehicle SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Underground driving techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Driving methods • Interpreting visual and audible signs and indicators • Use relevant hand tools • Towing • Refueling vehicle RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability,
Operate equipment services vehicle underground MNMUGC432A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 289
equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Undertake dewatering activities MNMUGC433A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 291
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC433A Undertake dewatering activities
MNMUGC433A This unit applies in all contexts to the dewatering of the mine site in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
33.1 Organise dewatering activities
33.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
33.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
33.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
33.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
33.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
33.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
33.1.7 Uses appropriate mechanisms to control surface runoff according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and environmental guidelines
33.1.8 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
33.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
33.1.10 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
33.1.11 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
33.1.12 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
33.2 Install dewatering equipment and monitor ground water ingress
33.2.1 Installs pumps, lines, fittings and ancillary equipment
33.2.2 Maintains safety of site by implementing appropriate safety provisions
MNMUGC433A Undertake dewatering activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 292
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
33.2.3 Ensures drains are operational and divert water to pumping areas
33.2.4 Monitors and manages dewatering system to satisfy pumping requirements and to ensure that dewatered areas are operational
33.2.5 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
33.2.6 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
33.3 Carry out operator maintenance
33.3.1 Isolates dewatering system before conducting maintenance
33.3.2 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
33.3.3 Conducts routine operational servicing to ensure peak performance of equipment
33.3.4 Maintains equipment and auxiliary services
33.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
33.4.1 Clean equipment
33.4.2 Clean and store ancillary service equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Dewatering equipment may include: • Ancillary equipment • Fittings • Lines • Piping • Pumps • Sumps Ancillary equipment may include: • Air • Electricity • Hydraulic Physical barricades may include: • Chains • Flagged fencing • Hazard netting • Windrow • Wire fence (gate)
Undertake dewatering activities MNMUGC433A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 293
Signage may include: • Access requirements • Prohibited areas • Safety • Speed • Type of site Operator servicing may include: • Checking fluid levels • Filter changing • Greasing • Tightening loose fittings • Waste tanks Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Pre-start checks may include: • Computer systems • Condition of pipes • Danger tags • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Equipment number • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, oil, fuel, transmission) • Personnel proximity • Visual and audio warning devices and lights Start-up, and shutdown procedures may include: • Correct location of equipment • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Vehicle is left secured (mobile equipment) LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Environmental Agencies regulations • Isolation procedures • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Australian Standards • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations
MNMUGC433A Undertake dewatering activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 294
• Lead Code of Practice Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Flooding • Fumes • Noise SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Compressed air • Flooding • Hazardous chemicals • Pipe breakages • Pumping mediums Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Dry • Location of water table • Noise • Slope of working surface • Stability of ground • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • Visibility • Wet
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
Undertake dewatering activities MNMUGC433A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 295
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Compressed air • Dewatering methods and limitations • Energy source isolation • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hydraulic systems • Isolation procedures • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation procedures • Site procedures • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Water characteristics • Water safety • Water table control measures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Monitoring water levels • Use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMUGC433A Undertake dewatering activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 296
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Transport plant, equipment and personnel MNMUGC434A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 297
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC434A Transport plant, equipment and personnel
MNMUGC434A This unit applies in all contexts to the transporting of mine plant, equipment and personnel in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit should be read in conjunction with C4 Ancillary Mine Support unit: ‘Operate equipment services vehicle underground’ for generic underground driving requirements. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
34.1 Organise for the transportation of plant, equipment and personnel
34.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
34.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
34.1.3 Selects and uses personal protective equipment according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
34.1.4 Organises equipment and authorised personnel requirements according to transportation schedule, sit procedures, regulations and OHS
34.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
34.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
34.1.7 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
34.1.8 Minimises operational delays by adhering to schedule specifications according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
34.1.9 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
34.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
34.1.11 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
34.1.12 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
MNMUGC434A Transport plant, equipment and personnel
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 298
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
34.2 Load, unload and transport plant, equipment and materials
34.2.1 Determines load to minimise damage to equipment, injury to personnel
34.2.2 Loads and secures plant and equipment
34.2.3 Transports plant and equipment to specified destination with their condition maintained
34.2.4 Unloads plant and equipment avoiding damage to equipment and/or injury to personnel
34.2.5 Transports plant and equipment within the operating capacity of the equipment
34.2.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
34.2.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
34.3 Transport personnel 34.3.1 Adheres to transport capacity and vehicle restraint requirements
34.3.2 Transports personnel ensuring the safety of personnel, the vehicle, other vehicles/equipment and the surrounding environment
34.3.3 Ensures personnel wholly in confines of vehicle before and during transportation
34.4 Carry out operator maintenance
34.4.1 Carries out shut down procedures
34.4.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
34.4.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
34.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
34.5.1 Cleans equipment
34.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipments
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • 4WD • A frames and tow bar • Approved towing mechanisms • Graders • Light trucks • Basket
Transport plant, equipment and personnel MNMUGC434A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 299
• Man carriers • Recommended/required PPE Transport may include: • Dragging • Driving • Towing Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank • Hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel, transmission) • Visual and audio warning devices and lights Capacity of vehicles/equipment may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • Correct location of equipment • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Vehicle is left secured Load calculations may include: • Height • Safety • Weight • Width Capacity of equipment and/or attachments may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Transport routes may include: • Major and minor site roads • Rail • Shaft operations Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays, screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site
MNMUGC434A Transport plant, equipment and personnel
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 300
Towing and dragging materials may include: • tow chains • tow ropes and straps • rigid bar • tow bars • tow hooks • hitches • couplers • level alls • pull pins • quick links • safety chains • stabilisers • draw bars • auto electrical connectors Safe driving conventions may include observing: • Speed limits • Mine lighting • Site vehicle identification lights • Right of Way • Parking in stockpiles • Parking on incline/decline • Refuelling procedures • Rules at intersections • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods PERSONNEL Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons Personnel and equipment restraints may include: • Equipment restraints (hold down chains/binders, ropes) • Personnel (seat belts, man cage) LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations
Transport plant, equipment and personnel MNMUGC434A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 301
• Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Vehicle driving licensing regulations • Lead Code of Practice Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE MAY INCLUDE • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hauling procedures • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Personnel transport procedures • Primary and secondary ventilation • Site procedures • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures
MNMUGC434A Transport plant, equipment and personnel
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 302
• Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods • Refuelling vehicle SKILLS MAY INCLUDE • Driving techniques • Interpret ground conditions • Pushing techniques • Towing methods and techniques • Refuelling vehicle RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Install and maintain reticulation systems MNMUGC435A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 303
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC435A Install and maintain reticulation systems
MNMUGC435A This unit applies in all contexts to the installation and maintenance of all underground reticulation systems (air, water, power, drainage, telecommunications, firing lines) in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit does not cover the installation and termination of electrical systems where external licencing is required under legislation. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
35.1 Plan and prepare for installation of reticulation system
35.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
35.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
35.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
35.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
35.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
35.1.6 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
35.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
35.1.8 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
35.1.9 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
35.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
35.1.11 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
35.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
MNMUGC435A Install and maintain reticulation systems
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 304
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
35.1.13 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
35.2 Install and maintain service pipes
35.2.1 Installs service pipe support systems
35.2.2 Isolates and bleeds supply before connection of service maintaining safety of personnel
35.2.3 Installs and stabilises service pipes
35.2.4 Visually inspects service pipes to ensure installation is complete and stable ready for supply
35.2.5 Connects supply to service pipes
35.2.6 Locates leakages/breakages and takes appropriate action
35.2.7 Operates equipment and attachments safely within work environment and limitations
35.2.8 Hangs pipes
35.3 Install cable systems 35.3.1 Installs cable support systems
35.3.2 Distributes and connects cable using approved method
35.3.3 Isolates supply before connection of service maintaining safety of personnel
35.3.4 Connects supply and confirms operation
35.3.5 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
35.3.6 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
35.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
35.4.1 Cleans equipment
35.4.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Reticulations systems may include: • Air • Dropper manifold • Junction • Pump lines • Sand fill • Water (waste, fresh)
Install and maintain reticulation systems MNMUGC435A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 305
• building vent walls • hanging vent walls Cable systems may be permanent or temporary and may include: • Communication system • Electricity • Firing lines (isolated from all other cable systems) Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel,
transmission) • Visual and audio warning devices and lights Equipment may include: • 4WD • Basket • Cherry pickers • Crane box • Elevating work platform • Hand tools • LHD • Light trucks • Manned cage • Scissor lift Capacity of vehicles/equipment may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Start-up, and shutdown procedures may include: • Correct location of equipment • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Vehicle is left secured Capacity of equipment and/or attachments may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Cable support system may include: • Chains • Extended wire • Hanger brackets • Hanger bull halls
MNMUGC435A Install and maintain reticulation systems
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 306
• Slings Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site PERSONNEL Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operator • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Lead Code of Practice SITE INFORMATION Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Leakage of service • Noise • Water
Install and maintain reticulation systems MNMUGC435A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 307
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Electrical safety procedures • Equipment parking • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Reticulation systems • Site procedures • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Working at heights • Telecommunications cabling layout • Firing line cable systems • Water and waste water distribution systems • Clean and waster air distribution SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Use relevant hand tools • Working at heights • Pipe and cable jointing
MNMUGC435A Install and maintain reticulation systems
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 308
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Install and maintain vent MNMUGC436A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 309
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC436A Install and maintain vent
MNMUGC436A This unit applies in all contexts to the installation, maintenance and removal of underground vents in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
36.1 Plan and prepare for the installation of ventilation systems
36.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
36.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
36.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
36.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
36.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
36.1.6 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
36.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
36.1.8 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
36.1.9 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
36.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
36.1.11 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
36.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
36.1.13 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
36.2 Install and maintain vent 36.2.1 Isolates and locks out ventilation devices
MNMUGC436A Install and maintain vent
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 310
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
36.2.2 Installs and tests catenary cable and secures to existing ground support mechanisms where appropriate
36.2.3 Hangs and secures ventilation bag using approved methods
36.2.4 Checks vent for correct operation in accordance with maintenance schedule and replaces and/or adjusts vent as required
36.3 Remove vent 36.3.1 Isolates and locks out ventilation devices
36.3.2 Loosens and disconnects catenary cable from ground support mechanisms where appropriate
36.3.3 Removes vent whilst ensuring the safety of personnel and associated equipment and services
36.3.4 Seals any reticulation system openings correctly to minimise entry of foreign material
36.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
36.4.1 Cleans equipment
36.4.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary services equipment
36.4.3 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
36.4.4 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Vent may be secondary or temporary and include fans. Pre-start checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel,
transmission) • No kinks • No leaks • No tears • Vent bag affixed in position • Visual and audio warning devices and lights
Install and maintain vent MNMUGC436A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 311
Equipment may include: • 4WD • Cutting implements • Elevating work platform • Hand tools • Integrated tool carrier • Light trucks • Velcro • Recommended/required PPE Capacity of vehicles/equipment may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Start-up, and shutdown procedures may include: • Correct location of equipment • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Vehicle is left secured Capacity of equipment and/or attachments may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site PERSONNEL Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons
MNMUGC436A Install and maintain vent
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 312
LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Lead Code of Practice SITE INFORMATION Site environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Site procedures
Install and maintain vent MNMUGC436A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 313
• Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Ventilation systems • Maintenance schedules SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Sewing, repairing vent bags • Use relevant hand tools • Checking vent operation • Installing vent • Removing vents RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Install and remove a secondary fan MNMUGC437A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 315
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC437A Install and remove a secondary fan
MNMUGC437A This unit applies in all contexts to the installation, maintenance and removal of secondary fans in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
37.1 Plan and prepare for the installation of secondary fan
37.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
37.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
37.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
37.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
37.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
37.1.6 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
37.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
37.1.8 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
37.1.9 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
37.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
37.1.11 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
37.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
37.1.13 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
37.2 Install and maintain secondary fan
37.2.1 Isolates and locks out ventilation devices
MNMUGC437A Install and remove a secondary fan
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 316
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
37.2.2 Install and/or check secondary fan installation structure for soundness
37.2.3 Installs and secures secondary fan using approved methods
37.2.4 Checks secondary fan for correct operation in accordance with maintenance schedule and replaces and/or adjusts as required
37.3 Remove secondary fan 37.3.1 Isolates and locks out ventilation devices
37.3.2 Loosens and disconnects secondary fan from support structure and power safely
37.3.3 Removes secondary fan whilst ensuring the safety of personnel and associated equipment and services
37.3.4 Seals any reticulation system openings correctly to minimise entry of foreign material
37.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
37.4.1 Cleans equipment
37.4.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary services equipment
37.4.3 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
37.4.4 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Installation checks may include: • Air filter restriction indicator • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, levels) • Vibration • Correct alignment • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Types of fans • Power source connection Equipment may include: • 4WD • Cutting implements • Elevating work platform • Hand tools • Integrated tool carrier • Light trucks • Recommended/required PPE
Install and remove a secondary fan MNMUGC437A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 317
Capacity of vehicles/equipment may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Start-up, and shutdown procedures may include: • Correct location of equipment • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Vehicle is left secured Capacity of equipment and/or attachments may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site PERSONNEL Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures
MNMUGC437A Install and remove a secondary fan
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 318
• Lead Code of Practice SITE INFORMATION Site environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes • Noise • Water
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Geological and technical data (basic) • Isolation procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Site procedures • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Ventilation systems • Maintenance schedules • Types of secondary fans • Installation and removal methods for secondary fans
Install and remove a secondary fan MNMUGC437A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 319
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Use relevant hand tools • Checking fan operation • Installing secondary fan • Removing secondary fan RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct remote controlled equipment recovery operations MNMUGC438A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 321
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC438A Conduct remote controlled equipment recovery operations
MNMUGC438A This unit applies in all contexts to the recovery of all types of remotely controlled equipment (mobile, fixed) in the extractive process in the underground environment. This unit should be read in conjunction with C2 Loading & Hauling, "Conduct remote operations" This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
38.1 Organise for equipment recovery
38.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
38.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
38.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
38.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
38.1.5 Selects appropriate type of towing equipment according to SWL, WLL specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of recovery activities.
38.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start checks
38.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
38.1.8 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers' specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
38.1.9 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
38.1.10 Manages underground environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
38.1.11 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
38.1.12 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable) according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
38.1.13 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
MNMUGC438A Conduct remote controlled equipment recovery operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 322
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
38.1.14 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
38.2 Recover equipment 38.2.1 Approved personnel visually inspects and assesses equipment condition and determines best method of recovery
38.2.2 Operates recovery equipment safely within work environment, limitations and surface conditions
38.2.3 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods
38.2.4 Monitors and manages equipment performance using appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
38.2.5 Operates equipment to maximise efficiency and ensure safety of other equipment and personnel
38.2.6 Minimises damage to equipment being recovered and surrounding area
38.2.7 Identifies, removes and disposes of spills (where appropriate)
38.2.8 Maintains safety of site by implementing appropriate safety provisions
38.2.9 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
38.2.10 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
38.3 Carry out operator maintenance
38.3.1 Carries out shut down procedures
38.3.2 Services and makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
38.3.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
38.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
38.4.1 Clean equipment
38.4.2 Clean and store ancillary service equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria EQUIPMENT • Recommended/required PPE Recovery equipment may include: • blocks
Conduct remote controlled equipment recovery operations MNMUGC438A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 323
• chains • conveyor belts • cranes • dozer • dump equipment • elevated platforms • fixed anchorages • hand tools • light vehicles • LHD • Remote LHD • rigging • slings • tackle • toggles • trucks Recovery situations may include: • remote controlled LHD bogged (mud, ponds) • remote controlled LHD broken down in stope • equipment rolled over Pre-start checks may include: • air filter restriction indicator • computer systems • display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel,
transmission), cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • visual and audio warning devices and lights Capacity of equipment and/or attachments may include: • duration of operation • efficient and safe operating speed • operating limitations • type of activities performed • weight and/or load limitations Start-up, park and shutdown procedures may include: • correct location of equipment • safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • vehicle is left secured Indicators may include: • brake air pressure • brake oil temperature • computer indicators • engine oil pressure • fuel filter • parking brake • retarder • service meter • speedometer/odometer • steering filters
MNMUGC438A Conduct remote controlled equipment recovery operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 324
• tachometer • torque converter oil temperature • transmission filter • voltmeter/ ammeter • water temperature Equipment cleaning methods may include: • degreasing • forced air • steam cleaning • vacuum • water Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • mobile/fixed sprays • screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • use of water trucks • ventilation bags operational • watering down site MATERIALS Contaminant may include: • cigarette butts • consumables • ear plugs • explosives • metal bucket teeth • metal or steel rods • old piping • old workings • plastic • timber • wet fill LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Lead Code of Practice Potential risks and hazards may include: • communication failure • connecting to equipment being recovered • road conditions • spillage • unauthorised personnel
Conduct remote controlled equipment recovery operations MNMUGC438A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 325
• unsafe ground conditions Underground environmental issues may include: • dust • fumes • noise • water SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • broken ground • dry • location of water table • noise • slope of working surface • stability of ground • stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • ventilation characteristics (fumes, dust) • visibility • wet
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include:
• Conducting an activity competently and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS: This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units:
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Recovery methods • Environmental procedures • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic)
MNMUGC438A Conduct remote controlled equipment recovery operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 326
• Isolation procedures • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation • Remote operations • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Underground procedures • Towing equipment • Risk and hazards of remote recovery • Emergency procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Auxiliary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Monitoring remote equipment operation • Use relevant hand tools • Manual scaling • Dust suppression and extraction techniques • Safety assessment • Equipment inspections • Using recovery equipment safely RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct mechanical scaling MNMUGC439A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 327
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC439A Conduct mechanical scaling
MNMUGC439A This unit applies in all contexts to the set up, preparation and operation of mechanical scaling for both development and production areas in underground extraction. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
39.1 Organise for ground control provision
39.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications competently and efficiently
39.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details including relevant geo technical details
39.1.3 Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
39.1.4 Ensures work area ventilation is adequate
39.1.5 Inspects and assesses site conditions to determine scaling requirements and starting point
39.1.6 Selects appropriate type of equipment, safety equipment and scaling equipment according to job type, work plan and site conditions
39.1.7 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is safe and ready for use
39.1.8 Arranges for delivery of scaling equipment to site if necessary
39.1.9 Identifies, manages and reports hazards and potential risks according to work plan
39.1.10 Inspects and assesses appropriateness of conducting mechanical scaling
39.1.11 Erects boundaries to prevent unauthorised access if necessary
39.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant
39.2 Perform mechanical scaling operations
39.2.1 Ensures that the support legs are in the approved position.
39.2.2 Confirms that the machine is in the steady position
39.2.3 Ensures services (air, water) are connected according to site procedures
39.2.4 Performs scaling techniques competently and efficiently according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
39.2.5 Continually inspects and assesses site conditions to determine scaling requirements as manual scaling
MNMUGC439A Conduct mechanical scaling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 328
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA operations advance
39.2.6 Extends services as required
39.2.7 Uses approved dust suppressant as manual scaling operations advance
39.2.8 Maintains safety of site by implementing appropriate safety provisions
39.2.9 Reports hazards and potential risks according to work plan
39.2.10 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
39.2.11 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
39.2.12 Adheres to Emergency Procedure and Emergency automatic retreat procedures
39.3 Shutdown equipment 39.3.1 Conducts shutdown procedures according to manufactures and site procedures.
39.3.2 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for operational maintenance.
39.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
39.4.1 Cleans equipment and scaling area.
39.4.2 Cleans and stores ancillary service equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • extra lighting • hoses • lifting and handling equipment • mobile equipment (eg: support vehicles) • paint (spray cans) • power tools and hand tools and attachments • Scaling bars of various lengths • Recommended/required PPE Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • mobile/fixed sprays • screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • ventilation bags • watering down site Boundaries may include: • flags
Conduct mechanical scaling MNMUGC439A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 329
• signs • tapes • witches hats INSTRUCTIONS Instructions may include: • equipment and resource allocations/requirements • geo technical details • site drawings • type of ground control mechanisms • Pre shift instructions CONTAMINANTS Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • Explosives • Air borne particles and fibres • Fumes and gases LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine regulations and Act • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Rules and Procedures • Lead Code of Practice Site environmental requirements may cover: • drainage • dust and fumes • emissions • hazardous chemicals • noise • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality Signage may include: • danger • height • no unauthorised entry • stockpile numbering • traffic control signage SITE CONDITIONS Site conditions may include:
MNMUGC439A Conduct mechanical scaling
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 330
• limited accessibility • ground conditions(eg: dry, wet) • ground stability (eg: broken, blocky, flaky, stable, compacted, shears, faults, folds) • ground characteristics (high/low stress) • location of water table • noise • slope of working surface • ventilation characteristics • limited visibility • temperature, humidity Hazards may include: • ground control failure • lack of ventilation • loose material on working surface • misfires • gases • entry by unauthorised personnel • uncovered open holes • unstable ground conditions • airborne dust and fibres • unstable footing • poor housekeeping
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include:
• Conducting an activity competently and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units:
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • dewatering procedures and characteristics • drilling procedures • environmental procedures • equipment safety requirements
Conduct mechanical scaling MNMUGC439A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 331
• geological and technical data (basic) • ground control characteristics • hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • inspection procedures • isolation procedures • manufacturers' specifications • mining regulations • operational procedures and checks • site emergency procedures • start up and shut down procedures • working knowledge of work area SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • drilling techniques • use of hand tools • hazard identification • use of power tools • effective communication RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 3
Set-up and perform manual scaling operations MNMUGC440A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 333
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC440A Set-up and perform manual scaling operations
MNMUGC440A This unit applies in all contexts to the setup and performance of manual scaling tasks in both development and production headings for underground extraction. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
40.1 Organise for manual scaling 40.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications competently and efficiently
40.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details including relevant geo technical details
40.1.3 Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
40.1.4 Ensures work area ventilation is adequate
40.1.5 Inspects and assesses site conditions to determine scaling requirements and starting point
40.1.6 Selects appropriate type of equipment, safety equipment and scaling equipment according to job type, work plan and site conditions
40.1.7 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is safe and ready for use
40.1.8 Arranges for delivery of scaling equipment to site if necessary
40.1.9 Identifies, manages and reports hazards and potential risks according to work plan
40.1.10 Inspects and assesses appropriateness of conducting manual scaling
40.1.11 Erects boundaries to prevent unauthorised access if necessary
40.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant
40.2 Perform manual scaling operations
40.2.1 Establishes a safe, stabile standing position for manual scaling
40.2.2 Conducts manual scaling operations according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation competently and efficiently
40.2.3 Continually inspects and assesses site conditions to determine scaling requirements as manual scaling operations advance
40.2.4 Extends services as required
40.2.5 Uses approved dust suppressant as manual scaling
MNMUGC440A Set-up and perform manual scaling operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 334
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA operations advance.
40.2.6 Maintains safety of site by implementing appropriate safety provisions
40.2.7 Reports hazards and potential risks according to work plan
40.2.8 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
40.2.9 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
40.2.10 Adheres to Emergency procedures and emergency automatic retreat procedures
40.3 Conduct housekeeping activities
40.3.1 Clean equipment
40.3.2 Clean and store ancillary service equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • extra lighting • hoses • lifting and handling equipment • mobile equipment (eg: support vehicles) • paint (spray cans) • power tools and hand tools • scaling bars of various lengths • recommended/required PPE Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • mobile/fixed sprays • screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • ventilation bags • watering down site Boundaries may include: • flags • signs • tapes • witches hats INSTRUCTIONS Instructions may include: • equipment and resource allocations/requirements • geo technical details
Set-up and perform manual scaling operations MNMUGC440A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 335
• site drawings • type of ground control mechanisms • Pre shift instructions CONTAMINANTS Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • Explosives • Air borne particles and fibres • Fumes and gases LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine regulations and Act • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Rules and Procedures • Lead Code of Practice Site environmental requirements may cover: • drainage • dust and fumes • emissions • hazardous chemicals • noise • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality Signage may include: • danger • height • no unauthorised entry • stockpile numbering • traffic control signage SITE CONDITIONS Site conditions may include: • limited accessibility • ground conditions(eg: dry, wet) • ground stability (eg: broken, blocky, flaky, stable, compacted, shears, faults, folds) • ground characteristics (high/low stress) • location of water table • noise • slope of working surface • ventilation characteristics • limited visibility
MNMUGC440A Set-up and perform manual scaling operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 336
• temperature, humidity Hazards may include: • ground control failure • lack of ventilation • loose material on working surface • misfires • gases • entry by unauthorised personnel • uncovered open holes • unstable ground conditions • airborne dust and fibres • unstable footing • poor housekeeping
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include:
• Conducting an activity competently and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units:
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • dewatering procedures and characteristics • drilling procedures • environmental procedures • equipment safety requirements • geological and technical data (basic) • ground control characteristics • hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • inspection procedures • isolation procedures • manufacturers' specifications • mining regulations • operational procedures and checks • site emergency procedures
Set-up and perform manual scaling operations MNMUGC440A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 337
• start up and shut down procedures • working knowledge of work area SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • drilling techniques • use of hand tools • hazard identification • use of power tools • effective communication RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Handle and transport explosives MNMMNI303A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 339
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C4 Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMMNI303A Handle and transport explosives
MNMMNI303A This unit applies in all contexts to the storage, handling and transport of explosives and associated equipment at sites where the Australian Explosives Code has no jurisdiction for transport of explosives. This unit replaces unit of competency MNMUGC441A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
03.1 Identify and handle explosives 03.1.1. Identifies potential hazards/risks and ensures work area is safe
03.1.2. Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change details
03.1.3. Identifies the explosives and accessories used for different applications
03.1.4. Classifies explosives according to statutory criteria
03.1.5. Applies safe handling procedures and precautions according to statutory requirements and site procedures
03.2 Maintain explosives storage 03.2.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, relevant legislation, manufacturers’ specifications in a safe and efficient manner
03.2.2. Gains access to magazine as approved person
03.2.3. Maintains compliance with legislative requirements for signage, construction, safety and security of magazines
03.2.4. Receives and despatches explosives, and records transfers indicating type and quantity together with identity of recipient
03.2.5. Segregates blasting agents and explosives according to type in magazines
03.2.6. Secures blasting agents and explosives to prevent deterioration, spoilage and spillage
03.2.7. Ensures rotation of explosives in magazine
03.2.8. Restricts access to store to authorised persons
03.2.9. Maintains stock-take record and reports discrepancies
03.2.10. Maintains housekeeping of magazine
03.2.11. Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
03.2.12. Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
03.3 Prepare to transport explosives 03.3.1. Collects orders and confirms authority of receive to possess explosives
03.3.2. Selects sufficient quantities of explosives and associated materials according to firing plan for safe transport
MNMMNI303A Handle and transport explosives
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 340
03.3.3. Conducts and records result of pre-start check on explosives vehicle, and confirms presence and operability of relevant safety equipment
03.3.4. Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
03.3.5. Ensure vehicle has sufficient fuel for planned journey
03.3.6. Displays and ensures legibility of relevant signs on transport vehicles
03.3.7. Conducts work according to site procedures, relevant legislation and manufacturers specifications in a safe and efficient manner
03.3.8. Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
03.3.9. Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
03.3.10. Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
03.3.11. Ensures that vehicle is loaded in accordance with separation and segregation requirements
03.3.12. Communicates with other equipment operators and other persons using communication methods according to site procedures to advise of explosive movements
03.3.13. Manages environmental issues according to site procedures and management plan
03.3.14. Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident
03.3.15. Ensures area is properly ventilated before entry according to site procedures
03.4 Transport explosives 03.4.1. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
03.4.2. Transports explosives and associated materials to designated location using appropriate route
03.4.3. Transports blasting agents and explosives separately in approved and secured containers
03.4.4. Drives vehicle at all times in a safe manner in accordance with site procedures
03.4.5. Ensures access to restricted areas is obtained prior to entry
03.4.6. Ensures that delivery site is suited to explosives storage according to site and legislative requirements, and that consignment is not left unattended
03.4.7. Implements emergency procedures in accordance with regulations and site procedures to ensure safety of personnel and site
03.4.8. Ensures that following the delivery of explosives all
Handle and transport explosives MNMMNI303A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 341
remaining explosives are returned to magazine and relevant signage removed
03.4.9. Completes required documentation and reports promptly
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Signage and warnings may include: • Explosives signs • Class Diamonds • Flashing light(s) • Emergency information panel • Hazchem scale • Emergency Procedures Guide • Road signs • Rail signals • Block lights Explosives storage may include: • permanent licensed-to-store magazines • relocatable magazines • underground magazines • underground temporary storage • day-boxes • on site temporary areas • designated transport vehicle Explosives and associated materials may include: • ANFO • Detonators • Detonating cords • Water gels or emulsions • Bulk or packaged • Shaped charges • Permitted explosives • High explosives • Propellants Detonation mechanisms may include: • Bell wire • Delay mechanisms • Initiators • Meter reading • Safety fuses and tapes • Tape Persons may include: • Shotfirers
MNMMNI303A Handle and transport explosives
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 342
• Magazine keepers • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Miners • Visitors • Trainees/apprentices • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons Legislation, codes and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Safety and health legislation • Explosives legislation • Duty of Care • Environmental legislation • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site procedures • Lead Code of Practice Class of explosives as per the Australian Explosives Code. These provide specifications for: • Class divisions • Segregation • Compatibility Potential hazards and risks may include: • Speeding • Weather conditions • Insufficient illumination • Faulty vehicle • Poor road or rail conditions • Ground conditions • Tipping hazards • Fire/flames/ignition sources • Premature explosion • Atmospheric contaminants • Faulty equipment • Electricity • Lack of ventilation • Unauthorised persons • Radio frequencies and transmitters • EMF hazards, eg static electricity, lightning • Hot exhaust system
Handle and transport explosives MNMMNI303A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 343
Designated route may include: • Direct route • Safest route • Specified route • Preferred route • Alternative route Safe driving conventions may include observing: • Speed limits • Mine lighting • Right of Way • Parking on incline/decline • Refuelling procedures • Rules at intersections • Towing methods • Mine traffic procedures • Observing designated roads
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS
This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific site requirements KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Explosives storage regulations • Transporting explosive procedures and regulations • Maintenance of explosive magazine • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Types and application of explosives accessories • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Isolation procedures • Labelling procedures • Manufacturers' instructions • Mine operational system • Mining regulations
MNMMNI303A Handle and transport explosives
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 344
• Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Storage procedures • Types and characteristics of blasting agents, explosives and detonation mechanisms • Underground procedures • Driving regulations, rules and conventions • Towing methods • Refuelling vehicle
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Preparing explosives and equipment for transport • Controlling explosives magazine • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling techniques • Driving regulations and site procedures for explosives • Towing • Refuelling vehicle • Implementing emergency procedures • Application of mathematical processes such as algebraic calculations, trigonometrical calculations,
transposition of formulae, area and volume calculations, basic estimating RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Operate light vehicle underground MNMUGC442A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 345
STREAM UG Extraction – Underground
FIELD Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC442A Operate light vehicle underground
MNMUGC442A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation and operation of light vehicles in the underground environment. Light vehicles are defined as being of less than 4.5 tonne gross weight.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
42.1 Plan and prepare for operations
42.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other legislation and manufacturer's specifications safely and efficiently
42.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
42.1.3 Selects appropriate type of equipment and/or attachments according to job specifications and to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
42.1.4 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
42.1.5 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
42.1.6 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
42.1.7 Manages site environmental issues
42.1.8 Communicates with other personnel using approved underground communication methods
42.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel, plant and equipment
42.2 Drive light vehicle 42.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures
42.2.2 Operates equipment within recommended speed, engine capability and limitations
42.2.3 Monitors equipment performance utilising appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
42.2.4 Manoeuvres equipment to maximise efficiency and ensure safety of other equipment and personnel
42.2.5 Assesses road conditions and site conditions to determine appropriate driving technique
42.2.6 Follows mine rules for giving way to pedestrians and other vehicles
42.2.7 Completes work according to agreed work plan and outcomes
42.2.8 Carries out shut down / parking procedures
42.3 Carry out operator maintenance
42.3.1 Conducts visual inspections and fault finding
MNMUGC442A Operate light vehicle underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 346
42.3.2 Conducts routine operational servicing to ensure peak performance of equipment
42.3.3 Adheres to site underground breakdown procedures
42.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
42.4.1 Clean equipment
42.4.2 Cleans and stores attachments and other ancillary equipment
42.4.3 Completes all required records and documentation accurately and promptly
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Pre-operational checks are those checks specified by the manufacturer prior to operating the item of equipment and may include but not restricted to: • Air filter restriction indicator • Cab (horn, lights, air conditioner) • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Engine and stop engine lights (orange and red) • Fluid levels (windscreen washer tank, hydraulic oil, coolant, grease, water, engine oil, fuel) • Visual and audio warning devices and lights Capacity of equipment and/or attachments may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Type of activities performed • Weight and/or load limitations Start-up procedures may include: • Correct location of equipment • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Shut down and parking procedures may include • Vehicle is left in designated parking areas • Vehicle is left secured • Vehicle engine is not left running Indicators may include: • Brake air pressure • Brake oil temperature • Computer indicators • Engine oil pressure • Fuel filter
Operate light vehicle underground MNMUGC442A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 347
• Oil temperature • Parking brake • Retarder • Service meter • Speedometer/Odometer • Steering filters • Tachometer • Torque converter • Transmission filter • Voltmeter • Water temperature Authorised Light vehicle may include: • 4WD • Car / Sedan • Small truck • Utility • Other authorised vehicle Visual inspection and fault finding may include: • Cab condition • Cab mounts • Damage to equipment • Danger / Out of service tags • Engine oil • Fire suppression unit • Grease lines • Light positioning and cleanliness • No combustible material around exhaust • Oil leaks (engine, hydraulic hoses, ground) fuel leaks (engine, on ground), water leaks (radiator,
hoses) • Personnel proximity • Portable fire extinguisher • Radiator top up tank • Tyres and rim condition • Vehicle number • Wheel nuts and studs • Windows (clean, emergency exit tag in place) Routine operational servicing: • Checking fluid levels • Filter changing • Greasing • Keeping cab clean • Tightening loose fittings Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water
MNMUGC442A Operate light vehicle underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 348
SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Abandoned equipment • Adjoining pit walls • Adverse weather conditions (electrical storms, floods, fires) • Chemicals • Contaminants • Equipment • Fences • Holes • Materials • Over-hanging rocks • Personnel • Pot holes • Unsafe ground • Unstable faces • Vehicles Site environmental concerns may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Heritage legislation • Noise • Runoff • Spills • Water quality Contaminant may include: • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Old fencing • Old piping • Plastic • Timber LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Vehicle driving licensing regulations
Operate light vehicle underground MNMUGC442A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 349
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS: This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Emergency procedures • Environmental and heritage procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Isolation procedures • Mine operational system • Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Underground mining procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Road rules • Shutdown procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Apply diagnostic techniques • Decision making • Directing • Driving techniques in dark and enclosed conditions • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling techniques
MNMUGC442A Operate light vehicle underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 350
• Interpret ground conditions • Interpretation of plans, reports, maps, specifications • Maintain records • Organise work tasks • Plan and document reading • Report defects • Safe work practices • Select and fit personal protective equipment • Team work • Trouble shooting • Use communications equipment • Use protective equipment • Use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Refuel vehicles/machines underground MNMUGC443A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 351
STREAM UG Extraction - Underground
FIELD Ancillary Mine Support
UNIT MNMUGC443A Refuel vehicles/machines underground
MNMUGC443A This unit applies in all contexts to the refueling of all types of vehicles at a designated underground fuel bay.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
43.1 Prepares for refuelling 43.1.1 Complies with relevant regulations/standards
43.1.2 Locates designated fuel bay and manoeuvres vehicle / machine to correct refuelling location
43.1.3 Shuts down vehicle/machine by following correct shutdown procedures for refuelling area
43.1.4 Checks fire fighting equipment in refuelling area before commencing refuelling
43.1.5 Checks and/or activates for ventilation devices in refuelling area before commencing refuelling (if applicable)
43.2 Refuel vehicle / machine 43.2.1 Follows site refuelling procedures to refuel vehicle / machine, staying with vehicle during the entire operation
43.2.2 Complies with environmental procedures and response plans, according to site requirements
43.3 Conduct housekeeping activities Conduct housekeeping functions
43.3.1 Correctly rehangs hose and conducts fuel bay housekeeping
43.3.2 Completes all required records and documentation, according to site requirements
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details.
Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria.
Shutdown procedure for refuelling area may include: • Correct location of vehicle/machine • Safety mechanisms operational (horn, operating lights) • Vehicle / machine engine is switched off Site refuelling procedures may include • Checking hoses, nozzles and fittings prior to refuelling • Remove tank cap • Insert nozzle • Complete refuelling • Replace the fuel tank cap
MNMUGC443A Refuel vehicles/machines underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 352
Fuel bay housekeeping may include: • Cleaning up any minor fuel spillage • Cleaning up any rags and debris • Keeping area clean and tidy • Notifying supervisor of any large spillages and potential hazards • Re-hanging of hoses Environmental procedures and response plans may include: • Runoff control procedures • Spills clean-up procedures • Water quality procedures • Major spill response plans Ventilation devices may include: • Warning lights • Regulator doors • Ventilation louvres • warning alarms • Auxiliary fans CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS: This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Isolation procedures • Mine operational system • Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures
Refuel vehicles/machines underground MNMUGC443A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 353
• Underground mining procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Road rules • Shutdown procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Apply diagnostic techniques • Decision making • Directing • Driving techniques in dark and enclosed conditions • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling techniques • Interpret ground conditions • Interpretation of plans, reports, maps, specifications • Maintain records • Monitoring ??? • Organise work tasks • Plan and document reading • Report defects • Safe work practices • Select and fit personal protective equipment • Team work • Trouble shooting • Use communications equipment • Use computer systems • Use protective equipment • Use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments.
MNMUGC443A Refuel vehicles/machines underground
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 354
KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Maintain underground stockpiles MNMUGC542A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 355
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C5 Stockpiling & Preparation
UNIT MNMUGC542A Maintain underground stockpiles
MNMUGC542A This unit applies in all contexts to organisation of stockpiling of underground material in the extractive process. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
42.1 Organise for stockpiling 42.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
42.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
42.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
42.1.4 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
42.1.5 Manages underground environmental issues
42.1.6 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident
42.1.7 Scales loose material and makes site safe (where applicable)
42.1.8 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
42.1.9 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
42.2 Stockpile materials 42.2.1 Ensures stockpile site has adequate ground support and is accessible
42.2.2 Places stockpile materials in correct location to ensure efficient identification and access and to prevent mixing of materials
42.2.3 Operates equipment according to manufacturers instructions and avoid damaging to the stockpile and surrounding site
42.2.4 Uses appropriate stockpiling techniques to maximise the capacity of the stockpiling site
42.2.5 Identifies and removes contaminants
42.2.6 Completes all requires documentation clearly, concisely and on time
42.2.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
42.3 Conduct housekeeping activities
42.3.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
42.3.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
MNMUGC542A Maintain underground stockpiles
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 356
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Bins • Conveyors • Dozers • Dust suppression equipment • Feeders • Gates • Magnets • Ploughs • Reclaimers • Samplers • Shovels • Stackers • Trucks • Weighers • Recommended/required PPE STOCKPILES A stockpile may be temporary or permanent and may be: • A hole • Back fill • Formation of earthworks • Pass • Stope • Tailings dams Signage may include: • Access requirements • Safety • Type of site Contamination may include: • Leaching into water table • Mixing of incompatible grades of ore Contaminant may include: • Cigarette butts • Consumables • Ear plugs • Metal bucket teeth • Metal or steel rods • Old fencing • Old piping
Maintain underground stockpiles MNMUGC542A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 357
• Plastic • Timber • Wet fill Stockpile materials may include: • Backfill • Bricks • Cement • Dilution material • Gangue • Mineralised waste • Mullock • Rehabilitation soils and other materials (clay bands, gravel) • Road base • Sand • Secondary material • Various grades of ore Stockpile plan may include: • Co-ordination of activities • Map • Signage requirements • Stockpile construction details • Total area Visual checks and other checks may include: • On-site Dust suppressant and extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site PERSONNEL Personnel may include: • Blasters • Contractors • Drillers • Drivers • Holders of appropriate tickets • Inspectors • Licensed operators • Maintenance staff • Personnel authorised by mine management • Service personnel • Supervisors • Surveyors • Trades persons
MNMUGC542A Maintain underground stockpiles
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 358
LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and Regulations • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Lead Code of Practice Potential risks and hazards may include: • Brake and steering failure • Not following safety precautions near an open stope • Tipping hazards • Unauthorised personnel, contaminants SITE INFORMATION Underground environmental issues may include: • Dust • Fumes noise • Water Stockpile materials may include: • Backfill • Bricks • Cement • Dilution material • Gangue • Mineralised waste • Mullock • Rehabilitation soils and other materials (clay bands, gravel) • Road base • Sand • Secondary material • Various grades of ore Stockpile plan may include: • Co-ordination of activities • Map • Signage requirements • Stockpile construction details • Total area
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently
Maintain underground stockpiles MNMUGC542A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 359
• Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Drainage processes • Dumping procedures • Equipment parking • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data (basic) • Hauling procedures • Incline and decline rules • Isolation procedures • Material placement procedures • Mining regulations • Operational procedures and checks • Primary and secondary ventilation procedures • Principles of contamination • Signage erection procedures • Site procedures • Start up and shut down procedures • Stockpiling characteristics and limitations • Stockpiling procedures • Underground procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Driving techniques • Dumping techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Interpret ground conditions • Lifting techniques • Pushing techniques • Use relevant hand tools
MNMUGC542A Maintain underground stockpiles
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 360
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
STREAM UG Extraction Underground
FIELD C5 Stockpiling & Preparation
UNIT MNMMNI302A Conduct secondary firing
MNMMNI302A This unit applies to firing shots in all secondary blasting activities. This unit replaces unit of competency MNMUGC543A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
02.1 Plan for secondary shotfiring 02.1.1. Receives, interprets and clarifies shotfiring requirements and confirms blast objective by preliminary site inspection.
02.1.2. Identifies potential hazards/risks and ensures work area is safe
02.1.3. Applies basic calculations for shotfiring operations to validate the blast design criteria
02.1.4. Identifies and confirms the explosives and accessories required
02.1.5. Accesses safety information and site procedures in accordance with the management system.
02.1.6. Co-ordinates support requirements in accordance with site and legislative requirements
02.1.7. Selects appropriate personal protective equipment
02.2 Prepare to conduct secondary blasting
02.2.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, and current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards
02.2.2. Identifies, manages and reports potential hazards and risks
02.2.3. Receives, interprets and clarifies briefing, handover details, authorisation and clearances
02.2.4. Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
02.2.5. Identifies and locates blast objective in designated location
02.2.6. Selects appropriate type of equipment and/or attachments
02.2.7. If drilling is required, ensures correct drilling techniques are utilised
02.2.8. Assesses characteristics of blast objective material and selects blasting techniques accordingly
02.2.9. Manages environmental issues such as using dust suppressant equipment and/or dust and fume extraction methods
02.2.10. Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident
02.2.11. Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work
area
02.3 Conduct secondary firing 02.3.1. Secures shot area in accordance with site procedures
02.3.2. Activates warnings and notifies relevant personnel of intended blasting in accordance with site procedures
02.3.3. Uses appropriate blasting agents and explosives to achieve blast objective
02.3.4. Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
02.3.5. Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
02.4 Complete secondary blasting operations
02.4.1. Carries out post blast inspection in accordance with site procedures
02.4.2. Deals with misfires in accordance with legislative requirements and site procedures
02.4.3. Declares area safe for re-entry
02.4.4. Carries out post blast co-ordination, including the return of unused explosives, other equipment and withdrawing sentries in accordance with site and legislative requirements.
02.4.5. Completes reports in accordance with site and legislative requirements
02.5 Carry out equipment maintenance
02.5.1. Carries out inspection and required maintenance after secondary blasting operations in accordance with site procedures
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards and Codes • Environmental legislation • Isolation and lock-out procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation • Explosives legislation • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures • Lead Code of Practice Equipment may include: • Drill rig • Pneumatic or electric drill • Machine drill • Other hand held tools • Explosives and accessories • Poles or rods • Recommended/required PPE
• Ties and bagging material • Sandbags • Stemming • Blast mats Secondary blast objective may include: • Breaking oversize materials • Unblocking Oversize rock/blockages may include: • Rock that cannot be moved/transported (either by hauling vehicle or conveyor) • Rocks jamming passes, chutes or crushers • Oversize rock in mines, quarries or construction areas • Rock that is oversize for the installed mining or processing equipment Explosives may include: • High explosives • Permitted explosives • Propellant charges • Black powder • Shaped charges • Plaster charges or charges in drill holes Dust suppressant equipment and/or extraction methods may include: • Mobile/Fixed sprays • Screens (vent doors, vent blinds) • Use of water trucks • Ventilation bags operational • Watering down site Potential hazards and risks may include: • Ground conditions • Loose rocks from overhead • Tipping hazards • Fire/flames • Not following safety precautions near an open stope • Broken detonation leads • Premature explosion • Atmospheric contaminants • Debris • Faulty equipment • Air blast and fly • High air and water pressures • High voltage electricity • Oxygen-deficient atmosphere • Unauthorised personnel • Wet holes • Radio frequencies and transmitters • EMF hazards, eg static electricity, lightning • Hot material • Lost holes • Drilling in butts • Drilling into misfires
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific site requirements
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Australian codes and standards eg AS/NZS 2187 series • Shotfiring site procedures • Explosives and safety and health legislation • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Basic geological and technical information • Blast plans • Hazardous goods procedures (handling and transport) • Isolation and lock-out procedures • Labelling procedures • Manufacturers' instructions • Management systems • Safe operating procedures • Risk management including application of appropriate controls to identified risks • Site procedures • Job safety analysis • Start up and shut down procedures • Explosives storage procedures • Types and characteristics of blasting agents, explosives and initiation systems SKILLS MAY INCLUDE • Selection and use of PPE • Plan and document reading • Communications by electronic, radio and other means • Blast preparation techniques • Hazard identification • Use of relevant hand tools • Drilling • Mathematical calculations • Diagnostic techniques
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Processing - Units of Competency MNMPRD101A Commission / Recommission plant 369 MNMPRD102A Conduct conveyor operations 375 MNMPRD103A Conduct drying activities 381 MNMPRD104A Conduct pump operations 387 MNMPRD105A Conduct valve operations 393 MNMPRD106A Decommission Plant 399 MNMPRD107A Distribute tailings 405 MNMPRD108A Handle reagents 411 MNMPRD109A Monitor and control boiler operation 417 MNMPRD1110A Monitor tailings dam environment 423 MNMPRD111A Operate compressors 427 MNMPRD112A Operate fluid mixing equipment 433 MNMPRD113A Operate heat exchangers 437 MNMPRD1114A Perform process control room operations 443 MNMPRD115A Respond to an unplanned shut down 449 MNMPRD116A Take samples 453 MNMPRD117A Maintain auxiliary plant and equipment operation 459 MNMPRD217A Blend stockpile materials 465 MNMPRD218A Break oversize rock 471 MNMPRD219A Conduct crushing and screening 477 MNMPRD220A Conduct milling/grinding 483 MNMPRD221A Maintain stockpiles 489 MNMPRD222A Move and position materials to form stockpiles 495 MNMPRD223A Operate raw material feed systems 501 MNMPRD224A Operate and monitor filter processes 505 MNMPRD324A Conduct aeration process 511 MNMPRD325A Conduct calcination activities 517 MNMPRD326A Conduct digestion process 523 MNMPRD327A Conduct precipitation operations 529 MNMPRD328A Conduct reduction process 535 MNMPRD329A Conduct roasting operations 541 MNMPRD330A Conduct bacterial oxidation 547 MNMPRD331A Conduct filtering process 553 MNMPRD332A Conduct flotation process 559 MNMPRD333A Conduct heavy media separation 565 MNMPRD334A Conduct high tension separation 571 MNMPRD335A Conduct leaching process 577
MNMPRD336A Conduct magnetic separation 583 MNMPRD337A Conduct pressure oxidation 589 MNMPRD338A Conduct thickening and clarifying process 595 MNMPRD339A Conduct wet gravity separation 601 MNMPRD440A Conduct electrowinning/electrofining operations 607 MNMPRD441A Conduct elution processes 613 MNMPRD442A Conduct gold room operations 619 MNMPRD443A Conduct solvent extraction 625 MNMPRD444A Prepare and carry-out electrolytic cleaning process 631 MNMPRD445A Prepare for pelletising activities 635 MNMPRD446A Prepare for sintering activities 641 MNMPRD447A Produce pellets 645 MNMPRD448A Sinter materials 651 MNMPRD449A Undertake tank-farming 657 MNMPRD450A Monitor casting quality 663 MNMPRD550A Cast a blast furnace 669 MNMPRD551A Cast ingots 675 MNMPRD552A Operate a blast furnace 683 MNMPRD1553A Operate furnaces 687 MNMPRD554A Operate converters 695 MNMPRD555A Supply molten metal and additives to furnaces 703 MNMPRD556A Tap furnaces 709 MNMPRD557A Control molten metal in holding furnace/vessel 715 MNMPRD558A Monitor and control furnace combustion gases 721 MNMPRD654A Conduct acid plant operations 729 MNMPRD655A Conduct air cleaning activities 735 MNMPRD656A Monitor and co-ordinate waste water treatment processes 741 MNMPRD657A Monitor and operate waste water treatment processes 747 MNMPRD658A Reclaim and treat water systems 753 MNMPRD759A Check and evaluate records and documentation 759 MNMPRD760A Complete import/export documentation 763 MNMPRD761A Connect and disconnect reefer units 769 MNMPRD762A Maintain container/bulk cargo records 773 MNMPRD763A Organise and monitor wharf/terminal operations 777 MNMPRD764A Bulk package and store product 783 MNMPRD765A Prepare and load for transport 789 MNMPRD766A Process movement of containers and cargo 795 MNMPRD767A Secure cargo 801 MNMPRD768A Transfer cargo 807
MNMPRD169A Operate gantry crane 813 MNMPRD170A Conduct non-slewing crane operations 819 MNMPRD171A Conduct slewing crane operations 825 MNMPRD172A Operate vehicle loading crane 1
Commission / Recommission plant MNMPRD101A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 369
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD101A Commission / Recommission plant
MNMPRD101A This unit applies in all contexts to commissioning and recommissioning of plant. This unit is based on the Chemical, Hydrocarbon and Oil Refining unit PMA MAIN 400A This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1.1 Contribute to the design of plant/equipment
1.1.1 Apply process understanding to the design process
1.1.2 Identify the role and purpose of the plant and equipment
1.1.3 Ensure design meets the identified need
1.2 Participate in hazard and operability studies
1.2.1 Identify process conditions and apply to hazard and operability studies
1.2.2 Undertake investigations following hazard studies
1.2.3 Record and report findings
1.3 Participate in acceptance of plant/equipment
1.3.1 Undertake precommissioning activities
1.3.2 Complete safety acceptance documentation
1.3.3 Identify, record and report problems or non-conformances
1.4 Conduct test runs/trials 1.4.1 Conduct trials/test runs
1.4.2 Record and report performance data
1.5 Evaluate results and identify modifications
1.5.1 Identify modifications and improvements required
1.5.2 Complete documentation and report to appropriate personnel
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Personal protective equipment may include: • helmet • safety footwear
MNMPRD101A Commission / Recommission plant
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 370
• hearing protection • gloves • eye/face protection • respiratory protection • heat resistant clothing Services may include: • electricity • air • water • gas Hazards may include: • rail and road movement • cranes • molten metal • hot materials • noise • air pollution • sharp objects • moving machinery • heights • falling objects • gases Appropriate authority may include: • maintenance engineering personnel • management Fault and variances may occur in: • Product • Plant • Equipment Team members may include forepersons and informal teams. Teeming: • up-rum • down-hill • double hole • single hole Defective moulds and bottom plates: • scrappy top • badly cracked • wet • incorrectly seated Production documentation may include: • tonnages • quality • analysis/testing • identity • tracking
Commission / Recommission plant MNMPRD101A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 371
Additional Range Details for use in the Metalliferous Mining Industry LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
MNMPRD101A Commission / Recommission plant
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 372
KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL - details below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit PMA MAIN 400A Critical Aspects: Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action. The reasoning process behind the problem analysis and determining the required actions should be assessed. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster. Consistent performance at the required standard should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: • early warning signs of equipment in need of attention/with potential problems are recognised • action is taken to ensure equipment is returned to full performance in a timely manner • obvious problems in other plant areas are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to a
solution • items initiated are followed through until final resolution has occurred. Concurrent Assessment and Prerequisites: For many enterprises it will be appropriate for this unit to be assessed in conjunction with at least one unit that is concerned with a specific processing operation.(Specific Chemical, Hydrocarbon and Oil Refining units deleted.) Essential Knowledge: Competence to include the ability to apply and explain • HAZOP study process and the interpretation of findings • results and impact of a HAZAN study • the process of hazard identification, risk assessment and control • hierarchy of control • sources of hazard information (such as Material Safety Data Sheets) • principles of operation of equipment • interpretation of design drawings, schematics and manuals • principles of operation of instrumentation • principles of basic control systems • distinguish between the following problem sources, and their avoidance: • chemical
Commission / Recommission plant MNMPRD101A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 373
• instrument • equipment (electrical/mechanical) • maintenance • as is relevant to the practical operation of equipment at that job level. Assessment Method, Context and Resource Implications: It is likely that candidates will have already demonstrated competence in many areas of plant operations already under a wide range of operating conditions. Commissioning/recommissioning activities are relatively rare and experiences are less likely to be available than other operations. Competence may be assessed partially on existing plant, similar plants, trials, or simulations, or by use of a suitable simulation and/or pilot plant and/or a range of case studies/scenarios. A combination of these techniques should be used to ensure the competency is adequately assessed. In all cases it is expected that the practical assessment will be supported by targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge. Questioning will be undertaken in such a manner as is appropriate to the required language and literacy levels of the operator. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 3 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct conveyor operations MNMPRD102A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 375
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD102A Conduct conveyor operations
MNMPRD102A This unit applies in all contexts to the movement of material via conveyor during processing. This unit is based on the Extraction Underground, C2 Loading and Hauling, Unit 3 Conduct conveyor operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
2.1 Plan and prepare for conveying
2.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
2.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
2.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
2.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
2.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
2.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
2.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
2.1.8 Ensures all safety provisions are in place before conveyor is started
2.1.9 Activates audio and visual safety indicators before starting conveyor
2.1.10 Manages environmental requirements
2.1.11 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
2.1.12 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
2.1.13 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
2.2 Start-up conveyor 2.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
2.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
2.3 Convey material 2.3.1 Assesses quantity and dimension of materials using appropriate indicators to ensure conveyor is not overloaded
MNMPRD102A Conduct conveyor operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 376
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
2.3.2 On identification of contaminants follows conveyor shutdown procedures (if applicable) and manages contaminants
2.3.3 Continuously monitors and manages equipment utilising appropriate indicators
2.3.4 Continuously inspects conveyor and identifies conveying defects and potential problems
2.3.5 Identifies, manages and reports faults to appropriate personnel iin a timely manner
2.3.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
2.3.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
2.4 Carry out operator maintenance
2.4.1 Isolates conveyor before conducting minor maintenance
2.4.2 Makes minor adjustments to equipment (where applicable)
2.4.3 Visually inspects equipment and reports faults and makes equipment available for routine operational servicing
2.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
2.5.1 Cleans conveyor according to manufacturers' specifications
2.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
2.5.3 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Dust suppression and extraction equipment • Gantry cranes and attachments • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) • Lubrication systems Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • High pressure cleaning • Hosing with water
Conduct conveyor operations MNMPRD102A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 377
• Suction Indicator readings may include: • Levels • Power • Scrappers • Tension devices • Tracking devices • Turnover devices Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels • Job requirements • Personnel proximity • Walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. Start-up, procedures may include: • Belt tracking and tensioning • Cameras and monitors • Checking interlocks • Checks distribution control system (DCS) • Chutes • Conveyor components • Display instruments, lights and gauges • Drive belts • Isolations • Lighting • Suppression systems • Valves MATERIALS Materials may be wet or dry and may include: • Ore • Primary raw feed • Run of mine ore • Tailings • Waste rock Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • Containers and packaging • Fuels • Metal • Oils • Plastic • Timber LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include:
MNMPRD102A Conduct conveyor operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 378
• Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units:
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Breakdown procedures • Contaminant identification • Conveyor systems • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters
Conduct conveyor operations MNMPRD102A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 379
• Equipment safety requirements • Hauling procedures • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data (basic) • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Shutdown procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up procedures • Types of ores (basic) • Wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling techniques • Interpretation of reports, maps, specifications • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Monitoring • Organise work tasks • Repairing belts • Report defects • Safe work practices • Servicing (greasing oil) • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMPRD102A Conduct conveyor operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 380
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct drying activities MNMPRD103A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 381
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD103A Conduct drying activities
MNMPRD103A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of the drying process. This drying process covers the removal of moisture from the materials being processed. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
3.1 Plan and prepare for drying activities
3.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
3.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
3.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
3.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
3.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
3.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
3.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
3.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
3.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
3.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
3.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area, where required
3.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
3.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
3.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
3.3 Operate and monitor equipment
3.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine drying efficiency
3.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas/sumps to identify drying process defects and potential problems
3.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise and maintain efficient drying and to meet product quality targets
MNMPRD103A Conduct drying activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 382
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
3.3.4 Takes samples and conducts tests at all stages of process
3.3.5 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
3.3.6 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
3.3.7 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
3.3.8 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
3.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
3.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
3.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
3.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
3.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
3.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses • PLC systems Plant may include: • dryers (spray, kiln, rotary kiln, flash fluid dryers) • baghouses • heat exchanger • burners • lines • gas train • vessels • conveyors • valves
Conduct drying activities MNMPRD103A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 383
Drying methods may include: • heat process (ambient) • air exchange • refrigerated drying Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • flow • current (eg: agitators) • density • levels • restrictions • air flows • pressure • speed (eg: pumps) • unusual noises • vibrations • power • temperature • fuel flows • dust levels Monitoring the drying process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • feed rates • mineral content • moisture levels • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads • pressures • power draw • wear and tear • emission (eg: cynide) • levels Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels • walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • quantity of reagents • oxygen levels
MNMPRD103A Conduct drying activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 384
Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • agitators • cameras and monitors • interlocks • distribution control system • launders • hydraulic system • pumping system • screen inspections • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems MATERIALS Materials are wet and may include: • slurry • cake • crushed ore • air Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • oil • fuel • gases • organic materials • moisture LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal
Conduct drying activities MNMPRD103A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 385
• water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • drying process (basic) • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods
MNMPRD103A Conduct drying activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 386
• interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct pump operations MNMPRD104A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 387
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD104A Conduct pump operations
MNMPRD104A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation and movement of material via pump in the secondary treatment phase of the Refinement process. This unit is equivalent to unit MNMOCC213A - Conduct slurry pump operations
u This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
4.1 Plan and prepare for operations
4.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturer's specifications safely and efficiently
4.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
4.1.3 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
4.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
4.1.5 Conducts equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
4.1.6 Manages site environmental and heritage issues
4.1.7 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
4.1.8 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel, plant and equipment
4.2 Pump material 4.2.1 Carries out start-up and shut-down procedures
4.2.2 Operates equipment within recommended speed, engine capability and limitations
4.2.3 Monitors equipment performance utilising appropriate indicators to aid efficient operations
4.2.4 Completes work according to agreed work plan and outcomes
4.2.5 Conducts maintenance of piping according to maintenance plan and at location of weakness or breakage
4.3 Carry out operator maintenance
4.3.1 Conducts visual inspection and fault finding
4.3.2 Conducts routine operational servicing to ensure peak performance of equipment
4.3.3 Constantly monitors pressure and flow of material
4.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
4.4.1 Cleans equipment
4.4.2 Completes all required records and documentation accurately and promptly
MNMPRD104A Conduct pump operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 388
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Pre-operational checks are those checks specified by the manufacturer prior to operating the item of equipment and may include but not restricted to: • Computer systems • Display instrumentation and gauges (indicators, gauges, laser levels) • Pump and componentry • Visual and audio warning devices and lights Capacity of pump (indicators) may include: • Duration of operation • Efficient and safe operating speed • Operating limitations • Pressure limitations • Type of activities performed Indicators may include: • Computer indicators Visual inspection and fault finding may include: • Danger tags • Fire suppression unit (pins in position in triggers) • Light positioning and cleanliness • Oil leaks • Personnel proximity • Portable fire extinguisher (bracket, gauge, hose, ease of access) • Stress in pipelines Equipment cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Steam cleaning • Vacuum • Water SITE INFORMATION Potential risks and hazards may include: • Abandoned equipment • Adjoining pit walls • Adverse weather conditions (electrical storms, floods, fires) • Chemicals • Contaminants • Equipment • Fences
Conduct pump operations MNMPRD104A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 389
• Holes • Materials • Over-hanging rocks • Personnel • Pot holes • Unsafe ground • Unstable faces • Vehicles Site environmental and heritage concerns may include: • Culturally sensitive sights and artefacts • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Heritage legislation • Noise • Runoff • Spills • Water quality Site conditions may include: • Broken ground • Day and night • Degree of compaction • Location of water table • Slope of working surface • Stable ground (compaction) amount of scale • Wet and dry • Working over old underground workings and voids MATERIALS Materials in suspension may include : • Ore • Organic solvents • Contaminants • Precipitates Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations (duty of care) • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures
MNMPRD104A Conduct pump operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 390
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE MAY INCLUDE • Emergency procedures • Environmental and heritage procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Geological and technical data • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Isolation procedures • Material under pressure • Mine operational system • Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Open cut procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Pumping operations • Shutdown procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up procedures SKILLS MAY INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Apply diagnostic techniques • Decision making • Directing • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling techniques
Conduct pump operations MNMPRD104A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 391
• Interpret ground conditions • Interpretation of plans, reports, maps, specifications • Maintain records • Monitoring techniques • Organise work tasks • Plan and document reading • Report defects • Safe work practices • Select and fit personal protective equipment • Team work • Trouble shooting • Use communications equipment • Use computer systems • Use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct valve operations MNMPRD105A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 393
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD105A Conduct valve operations
MNMPRD105A This unit has been imported from the Chemical, Hydrocarbon and Oil Refining competency standards. Original unit - PMA HYD 203 A Operate and monitor valve systems This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA 5.1 Prepare valves for operation 5.1.1 Knowledge of valve operation and fundamental
operational principles, ratings and pressures are applied to the control and operation of valve and valve systems.
5.1.2 Valves required for operation are selected and verified against the sites specific operating pressures, temperatures, volume and velocities.
5.1.3 Valves required for operation are prepared or sequenced, ensuring that they either closed or opened as required in order to regulate the flow of liquids and systems flow rates from one vessel to another in a safe and efficient manner.
5.1.4 The valves operational integrity is checked to ensure that all valve seals are correctly positioned and fitted in order to minimise valve leakages and failures occurring.
5.2 Operate valve systems 5.2.1 Flow characteristics of the valves are monitored to ensure they correctly function and operate at high temperatures.
5.2.2 Valves blockages are alleviated through the manipulation of the valve type through the relief of pressures and liquid volumes.
5.2.3 Valves sequences are regulated or altered in order to control the flow rates of fluid and to meet changing production conditions and demands.
5.2.4 Monitoring of instances of valve seals and disc erosion is undertaken in order to prevent valve failure or fatigue occurring.
5.3 Conduct operational maintenance
5.3.1 Valve stems, threads and other operational parts are cleaned and lubricated to ensure the correct operational condition of the valve is maintained.
5.3.2 Valve bolting assemblies are evenly tightened in order to prevent and eliminate leakages.
5.3.3 Jammed or sticking valves are isolated from operation, reported and prepared in order for maintenance be conducted.
MNMPRD105A Conduct valve operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 394
This Range of Variables is taken directly from Unit PMA HYD 203 A - Operate and monitor valve systems. Several oil industry specific items have been removed. The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria.} The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Range statement from unit PMA HYD 203 A EQUIPMENT Valve types and systems may include: • Non control valves - • Ball • globe • gate • needle • orbit • Control and shut off valves • Control valves • Non return or check valves • Pressure relief valves Operational maintenance will vary form valve type to valve type but may include: • Use of sealants and lubricants • Stopping or reducing leaks • Tightening of nuts, valve casings and fasteners • Isolating and gas freeing Work conducted may be either conducted within a team related work structure or individually LEGISLATION State and Federal and local or site specific environmental and historical preservation legislative requirements are to be applied and met Relevant OHS and enterprise specific safety procedures and requirements are also to be applied Additional Range Details for use in the Metalliferous Mining Industry LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures
Conduct valve operations MNMPRD105A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 395
Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
This Evidence Guide is taken from Unit PMA HYD 203 A Operate and monitor valve systems. Mining industry specific details have been added and some oil industry specific details deleted CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. It is expected that a person undertaking this competency would possess a mechanical background or mechanical ability, in order to utilise and manipulate a range of hand tools and equipment efficiently and safely. The application of appropriate process knowledge relating to the type of product being produced is essential in underpinning this competency and indeed this knowledge should be readily applied to the specific units this person may have responsibility for. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes CONTEXT This competency should be assessed within the working environment and indeed across a range of valve types/systems, conditions and operational requirements. A person undertaking this competency must be able to demonstrate an ability to work largely unsupervised and possess an ability to troubleshoot and diagnose operational faults and indeed be able to suggest what actions should be taken to rectify the identified problem. Also they must be able to demonstrate a capacity to work with and communicate with other work groups and personnel within the production/process environment.
MNMPRD105A Conduct valve operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 396
KNOWLEDGE • physics • chemistry • process equipment operating parameters • process and product variables and reactions - including water, gas, oil, glycol and sulphates It would be expected that a person undertaking this competency would be able to demonstrate a range of the following governing principles: • operating pressures • operating temperatures • flow volume • flow velocity • fluid corrosive properties • fluid erosive properties • fluid volatility • fluid viscosity • functions of valve control and isolation REQUIRED EVIDENCE Evidence of the transferability of the skills and knowledge identified within this unit to a range of contexts, products and equipment is essential. The underpinning skills and knowledge should be directly transferable to other stated field operations where applicable and may include: • Conduct artificial lift • Undertake wellhead management • Monitor treatment facilities • Field operations The competencies identified in this unit should also be directly transferable to those persons who are conducting control room and process functions RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments.
Conduct valve operations MNMPRD105A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 397
KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Decommission Plant MNMPRD106A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 399
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD106A Decommission Plant
MNMPRD106A This Unit involves the commission and recommission of plant for metalliferous processing and refining activities This unit is based on the Chemical, Hydrocarbons and Oil Refining Training Package PMA MAIN 401 A Decommission Plant This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
6.1 Contribute to decommissioning planning
6.1.1 Apply process understanding to the planning process
6.1.2 Identify the role and purpose of the plant and equipment
6.1.3 Access all relevant information
6.1.4 Complete all appropriate documentation
6.2 Participate in hazard and operability studies
6.2.1 Identify process conditions and apply to hazard studies
6.2.2 Undertake investigations following on from hazard studies
6.2.3 Record and report findings
6.3 Isolate and decontaminate equipment/unit
6.3.1 Interpret and apply decommissioning plan
6.3.2 Identify and use appropriate safety equipment and materials
6.3.3 Isolate and decontaminate equipment components as required
6.3.4 Dispose of contaminated materials or components as required
6.3.5 Complete required documentation
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Range Statement from Unit PMA MAIN 401A
MNMPRD106A Decommission Plant
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 400
Context: This competency is typically performed by experienced operators, likely to be the leaders of an operational team, usually working in conjunction with a project team, for the purpose of decommissioning plant. Decommissioning refers to the removal from service of plant and equipment and its storage or disposal This competency unit includes the functions of : liaison with manufacturers, engineering personnel, designers, maintenance personnel participation in hazard and operability studies (HAZOP) and hazard analysis studies (HAZAN) removal of plant and equipment from service, which may include: • "mothballing" • storage • disassembly • demolition • decontamination of equipment • disposal of equipment and waste. This competency unit includes the understanding and application of: • OH&S regulations • codes of practice • disposal procedures and regulations. All operations are performed in accordance with standard operating procedures OH&S: All operations are subject to stringent OH&S requirements and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and OH&S requirements, the OH&S requirements take precedence. Knowledge and Enterprise Requirements: • Knowledge and understanding of the equipment operation and decommissioning practices,
sufficient to recognise non-standard situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines is required.
• Knowledge of the relevant OH&S, hazardous substances and environmental requirements is required along with an ability to implement them in a manner which is relevant to the decommissioning practices.
• Thorough knowledge of enterprise standard operating procedures is required. Assessment Focus: Assessment should establish the ability to recognise normal equipment operation correctly and also the ability to recognise situations requiring action, the logical approach taken to determining the action required and then the ability to carry that action out efficiently to completion. Updating Information: This competency is not expected to need rapid updating, however, learning resources supporting this competency will need to be updated with changes in technology, procedures and government regulations. Additional Range Details for use in the Metalliferous Mining Industry
Decommission Plant MNMPRD106A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 401
LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL - details below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
MNMPRD106A Decommission Plant
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 402
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit PMA MAIN 401A Critical Aspects: Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action. The reasoning process behind the problem analysis and determining the required actions should be assessed. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster. Consistent performance at the required standard should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: • early warning signs of equipment in need of attention/with potential problems are recognised • action is taken to ensure equipment is returned to full performance in a timely manner • obvious problems in other plant areas are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to a
solution • items initiated are followed through until final resolution has occurred. Concurrent Assessment and Prerequisites: For many enterprises it will be appropriate for this unit to be assessed in conjunction with at least one unit concerned with processing operations. (Chemical, Hydrocarbon and Oil Refining specific unit deleted) Essential Knowledge: Competence to include the ability to apply and explain • chemistry of materials involved • principles of operation of the process • principles of operation of the equipment involved • HAZOP study process and the interpretation of findings • results and impact of a HAZAN study • hazardous substances legislation • the process of hazard identification, risk assessment and control • sources of hazard information (such as Material Safety Data Sheets) • safe disposal methods of materials and equipment • decontamination processes as is relevant to the practical operation of equipment at that job level. Assessment Method, Context and Resource Implications: It is likely that candidates will have already demonstrated competence in many areas of plant operations already under a wide range of operating conditions. Decommissioning activities are relatively rare and experiences are less likely to be available than other operations.
Decommission Plant MNMPRD106A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 403
Competence may be assessed partially on existing plant, similar plants, trials, or simulations, or by use of a suitable simulation and/or pilot plant and/or a range of case studies/scenarios. A combination of these techniques should be used to ensure the competency is adequately assessed. In all cases it is expected that the practical assessment will be supported by targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge. Questioning will be undertaken in such a manner as is appropriate to the required language and literacy levels of the operator. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 3 4 Working With Others and in Teams 3 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 3
Distribute tailings MNMPRD107A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 405
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD107A Distribute tailings
MNMPRD107A This unit applies in all contexts to the distribution of tailings as part of the processing cycle. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
7.1 Plan and prepare for the distribution of tailings
7.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
7.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
7.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
7.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
7.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
7.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
7.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
7.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
7.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
7.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
7.1.11 Prepares site for positioning of equipment
7.1.12 Positions and stabilises equipment according to work plan
7.1.13 Ensures tailings meet fill plant operating parameters (where applicable)
7.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
7.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
7.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
7.3 Monitor and disperse tailings 7.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine deposition parameters
7.3.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies defects and potential problems
7.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise performance, maintain efficiency and to meet tailings quality targets
MNMPRD107A Distribute tailings
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 406
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
7.3.4 Controls feed to equipment
7.3.5 Monitor and maintain bunded overflow areas
7.3.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
7.3.7 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
7.3.8 Monitors and reports spillages to meet environmental guidelines
7.3.9 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
7.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
7.4.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
7.4.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
7.4.3 Monitors and reports spillages to meet environmental guidelines
7.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
7.5.1 Flushes lines to remove all material
7.5.2 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
7.5.3 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Compressors • Cyclones • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) • Lines and ropes • Loaders, pontoons, boats • Thickening agents (e.g. de-scaling) Plant may include: • Decant towers and ponds • Pumps and siphons • Spigots • Tailings pipeline • Valves
Distribute tailings MNMPRD107A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 407
Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Hosing with water Indicator readings may measure: • Concentration (e.g. cyanide) • Current • Density • Flow • Levels • Pressure • Speed (e.g. pump) • Unusual noises Monitoring may include the checking of: • Blockages • Current draw • Detecting noises and smells • Flow rates • Missing components (eg: spigots) • Overloads • Pressures • Spillage's • Wear and tear Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Drive through plant • Personnel availability Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • Beaching • Density • Location of discharge points • Regulate decant water removal • Relocation of spigots Start-up, procedures may include: • Checking interlocks • Checks distribution control system (DCS) • Chutes • Drive belts • Isolations • Material transfer system condition (eg: leaks, blockages) • Pumping system • Remote systems (eg: telemetry) • Valves MATERIALS Materials may include: • Reagents
MNMPRD107A Distribute tailings
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 408
• Slurry • Tailings • Water Contaminants are anything highly dangerous to the environment. Overflow areas may include: • Collection dams • Scour pits LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Recycling (e.g. water) • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely
Distribute tailings MNMPRD107A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 409
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Anchor and tying techniques • Breakdown procedures • Emergency procedures • Environmental and heritage procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Flushing lines • Hazard identification and management • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data (basic) • Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Pumping system • Reclaim ponds/dams • Safety requirements • Securing pipes • Security procedures (e.g. shutting of gates) • Site procedures • Spillage procedures • Tailings • Water craft safety procedures • Wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling techniques and management • Interpretation of reports • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Maintain records • Rope/Line tying • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Water craft operation • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
MNMPRD107A Distribute tailings
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 410
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Handle reagents MNMPRD108A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 411
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD108A Handle reagents
MNMPRD108A This unit applies in all contexts to the transportation, storage, mixing and usage of reagents. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
8.1 Plan and prepare for reagents handling
8.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
8.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
8.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
8.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
8.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
8.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
8.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
8.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
8.1.9 Selects appropriate reagent
8.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
8.1.11 Uses approved fume suppressant and extraction methods
8.2 Start up equipment in sequence
8.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
8.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
8.3 Mix reagents (where applicable)
8.3.1 Safely mixes reagents to required parameters
8.3.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies defects and potential problems
8.4 Add reagents 8.4.1 Adds reagent according to specified dosage and recommended location
8.4.2 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
8.4.3 Passes on shift change over details to oncoming shift
MNMPRD108A Handle reagents
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 412
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
8.5 Transfers and stores reagents 8.5.1 Transfers reagents
8.5.2 Stores reagents in approved storage facility
8.5.3 Confirms sufficient quantities of reagents are maintained according to site requirements
8.6 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
8.6.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
8.6.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
8.7 Conducts housekeeping activities
8.7.1 Cleans plant to maintain conditons of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
8.7.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Feeders • Gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) • Hydraulic units • Pump systems • Racks • Radiation gauges • Spray systems Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • High pressure cleaning • Hosing with water • Suction Indicator readings may include: • Concentrations • Current • Densities • Flow • Levels • Power • Pressure
Handle reagents MNMPRD108A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 413
• Size • Speed • Temperature • Unusual noises • Vibrations • Weight Monitoring may include the checking of: • Blockages and spillages • Pressures • Temperatures Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment (e.g. conveyor) • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. Start-up procedures may include: • Auxiliary check equipment • Establish relevant communications • Plant checks • Safety mechanisms • Shift change over details Storage facilities may include: • Box • Silo • Tank Transfer of reagents may include: • Conveyors • Mobile equipment • Pump-line Methods reagent mixing may include: • Automated • Manual • Some reagents may not require mixing LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation
MNMPRD108A Handle reagents
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 414
• Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Contaminant identification • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data (basic) • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Reagent types and how to mix them • Site procedures
Handle reagents MNMPRD108A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 415
• Site safety requirements • Thickening and clarifying procedures • Types of ores (basic) • Wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling techniques • Interpretation of reports • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Monitor and control boiler operation MNMPRD109A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 417
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD109A Monitor and control boiler operation
MNMPRD109A This unit is based on the Forest Industries - Pulp and Paper competency standards unit - FPPSTM2A Monitor and control boiler. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
9.1 Confirm operational status 9.1.1 Continuing process supplies are maintained.
9.1.2 Combustion processes are confirmed to be within operational specifications.
9.1.3 Operational log confirms boiler performance parameters have been within specifications.
9.1.4 Operational status is communicated to relevant personnel
9.1.5 Work is completed within OH&S, Standard Operating Procedures (SOP), environmental and safe working requirements and practices.
9.2 Monitor and control boiler and ancillary plant operation
9.2.1 Operational status is confirmed by visual and audible observations, and process monitoring systems.
9.2.2 Water quality tests are conducted according to SOP.
9.2.3 Steam pressures are monitored and maintained as required.
9.2.4 Fuel efficiency calculations/recordings are made in compliance with SOP
9.2.5 Boiler control adjustments are made in accordance with SOP to maintain operation within specification.
9.2.6 Boiler water chemicals levels tested and adjusted as required by SOP.
9.2.7 Make up pre-treatment systems for water to be monitored, tested and maintained as per SOP.
9.2.8 Steam distribution systems are monitored and maintained to client requirements.
9.2.9 Operator level maintenance is carried out according to SOP.
9.2.10 Work is completed within OH&S, SOP, environmental and safe working requirements and practices.
9.3 Place boiler in stand-by/banked/stored mode
9.3.1 Fuel and air supplies are shutdown according to SOP.
9.3.2 Steam pressures and water condition and levels are maintained and monitored.
MNMPRD109A Monitor and control boiler operation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 418
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
9.3.3 Relevant personnel/customers are notified of system status in compliance with SOP.
9.3.4 Work is completed within OH&S, SOP, environmental and safe working requirements and practices.
9.4 Record and document boiler and plant performance
9.4.1 Operating log is maintained in accordance with SOP requirements.
9.4.2 Maintenance requirements are identified and documented.
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Range Statement from Unit FPPSTM2A EQUIPMENT Equipment appropriate to steam generation processes and may include the following: • boiler and auxiliary plant • boiler heating systems • fuel and fuel delivery system plant • dust removal and combustion waste • fuel management system • extraction systems • water distribution systems • compressed air systems • steam temperature control plant • chemical dosing system • water treatment system • flare detection equipment • hand and power tools MATERIALS • chemicals • coal • oil • gas • additives • air • water • wood waste • steam • recovery process products • power
Monitor and control boiler operation MNMPRD109A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 419
LEGISLATION • OH&S • environmental and statutory legislation • enterprise policies and procedures • Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) • appropriate boiler/pressure vessel operator certification Additional Range Details for use in the Metalliferous Mining Industry LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work
MNMPRD109A Monitor and control boiler operation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 420
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL INCLUDES The following statement of skill and knowldge is as stated in the original unit - FPPSTM2A • Explains and implements isolation and access procedures. • Describes plant layout and status identification. • Explains purpose and operation of plant and systems. • Reads and interprets instruments, gauges and data recording equipment. • Conducts pre-operational checks. • Starts up and operates boiler system. • Reads and interprets specifications and customer orders. • Reports and documents information. • Uses effective verbal and written communication. • Explains boiler water treatment system and reasons for treatment. • Explains statutory responsibilities. • Complies with all OH&S requirements. • Completes all pre-start checks and procedures. • Sets-up and starts boiler within specified time. • Handles and/or rectifies start-up problems in compliance with SOP or site agreements. • Safely places boiler in standby mode, banked mode, stored mode, and status maintained in
accordance with SOP. • Maintains documentation requirements. • Inspects and maintains boiler and auxiliary equipment and services to operating standards. • Works within OH&S, SOP, environment and safe working requirements and practices RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
Monitor and control boiler operation MNMPRD109A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 421
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Monitor tailings dam environment MNMPRD1110A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 423
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD1110A Monitor tailings dam environment
MNMPRD1110A This unit applies in all contexts to the monitoring of the environment as a part of the tailings management process. This unit replaces unit of competency MNMPRD110A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
10.1 Monitor impact on flora and fauna
10.1.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
10.1.2. Records presence/status of flora and fauna
10.1.3. Checks and maintains condition of mine site parameters
10.1.4. Rescues wildlife to sustain life where safe and practical
10.1.5. Manages environmental requirements
10.1.6. Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
10.1.7. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
10.1.8. Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
10.2 Monitor integrity of the dam 10.2.1. Visually checks and monitors dam wall characteristics and any sign of seepage
10.2.2. Maintains access to decant tower (where applicable)
10.2.3. Controls quantity of water in dam to avoid weakening dam structure
10.2.4. Monitors water table depth and water quality to determine source of water and integrity of dam
10.2.5. Visually checks for depositing of unauthorised materials
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT AND CONDITIONS Flora and fauna may include:
MNMPRD1110A Monitor tailings dam environment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 424
• Bird life • Mammals • Native trees and vegetation Site environmental issues may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Heritage legislation • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
Monitor tailings dam environment MNMPRD1110A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 425
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Catchment/dam procedures • Flora and fauna habits • Contaminants • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Safety requirements • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Pumping systems • Reagents • Site procedures • Site safety requirements SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling techniques • Interpretation of reports, maps • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Monitoring • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments.
MNMPRD1110A Monitor tailings dam environment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 426
KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Operate compressors MNMPRD111A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 427
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD111A Operate compressors
MNMPRD111A This competency covers the operation of high pressure and volume gas compressors. It includes the operation of equipment ancillary to the compressor. This unit is based on the Chemical, Hydrocarbons and Oil Refining Training Package, Unit PMA PROC 304 A, Operate Compressors This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
11.1 Start up compressor 11.1.1 Perform pre-start-up checks
11.1.2 Start up individual items of equipment and the entire compressor system
11.1.3 Start up normally and after maintenance
11.1.4 Build pressure steadily with no surging
11.1.5 Stabilise compressor system to produce specified pressures and flows within minimum time
11.2 Monitor and control the compressor
11.2.1 Complete routine checks, logs and paper work
11.2.2 Recognise the signs of potential and actual problems
11.2.3 Take action to minimise the impact on safety, health, the environment and the business of potential and actual problems
11.2.4 Monitor temperatures and lubrication oil and take action as required
11.2.5 Trim plant to achieve required pressures and flows while maximising plant efficiency
11.3 Change compressor output 11.3.1 Predict the need to change compressor output to meet process requirements
11.3.2 Change compressor output as required
11.3.3 Manage changes smoothly and in a timely manner
11.4 Maintain plant effectiveness 11.4.1 Frequently and critically monitor all plant throughout shift
11.4.2 Use measured/indicated data and smell, sight, sound and feel as appropriate to monitor plant
11.4.3 Identify critical equipment/processes and tune their performance
11.4.4 Identify issues likely to impact on plant performance and take appropriate action
11.4.5 Predict impact of a change in one unit/area on other plant units/area and communicate this to relevant people
MNMPRD111A Operate compressors
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 428
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
11.4.6 Test trips and alarms
11.4.7 Prepare plant for maintenance/vessel entry as required
11.4.8 Complete minor maintenance according to standard procedures
11.4.9 Receive plant back from maintenance
11.4.10 Prepare plant for the introduction of gas and operation
11.5 Shut down compressor 11.5.1 Determine type of shut down required
11.5.2 Give advanced warning of shutdown where possible
11.5.3 Change over individual items of equipment
11.5.4 Shutdown individual items of equipment and the entire compressor system
11.5.5 Shut down in an emergency when required
11.5.6 Reset trips and alarms after a shut down
11.5.7 Leave plant in a condition ready to restart
11.5.8 Shut down for maintenance when required
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Range Statement from Unit PMA PROC 304 A Context: This competency is typically performed by more experienced operators. This competency may be performed independently in a plant with local control or in liaison with the control room operator in a plant with DCS type control. This competency unit includes items of equipment typified by: • reciprocating compressors • rotary compressors (eg, screw, centrifugal) which are distinguished by features such as: • multistage • intercoolers • advanced lubrication systems It does not include packaged compressors. This competency unit includes all such items of equipment and unit operations which form part of the compressor system. Typically this will include:
Operate compressors MNMPRD111A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 429
• pumps • utilities • heat exchangers and may also include other equipment as well as the compressor itself. Typical problems include: • surging • control of temperature • variations to feed All operations are performed in accordance with standard operating procedures OH&S: All operations are subject to stringent OH&S requirements and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and OH&S requirements, the OH&S requirements take precedence. Knowledge and Enterprise Requirements: • Knowledge and understanding of the fundamental heat transfer processes, sufficient to recognise
non-standard • situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines is
required. • Knowledge of the relevant OH&S and environmental requirements is required along with an
ability to implement them in a manner which is relevant to the operation of heat exchangers (this includes pressure vessel requirements and leakages)
• Thorough knowledge of enterprise standard operating procedures is required. Assessment Focus: Assessment should establish the ability to recognise situations requiring action, the logical approach taken to determining the action required and then the ability to carry that action out efficiently to completion. Updating Information: This competency is not expect to need rapid updating, however, learning resources supporting this competency will need to be updated with changes in technology, procedures and government regulations. Additional Range Details for use in the Metalliferous Mining Industry LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes
MNMPRD111A Operate compressors
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 430
• Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
Evidence statement for the metalliferous mining industry CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE: • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE: • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
Operate compressors MNMPRD111A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 431
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit PMA PROC 304 A Critical Aspects: It is essential that the process be understood and that the importance of critical parameters is known. Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster. Consistent performance at the required standard should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: • early warning signs of equipment in need of attention/with potential problems are recognised • possible causes of a plant trip are recognised and action taken to avoid a trip • action is taken to ensure equipment is returned to full performance in a timely manner • obvious problems in other plant areas are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to a
solution • items initiated are followed through until final resolution has occurred. Competence must be demonstrated in the operation of all ancillary equipment to the level specified in the relevant competency unit. Concurrent Assessment and Prerequisites: This unit has the prerequisite competencies of: • Process 201 Operate fluid flow equipment • Process 204 Use utilities and services • Process 205 Operate heat exchangers Individual enterprises may choose to add other prerequisites relevant to their process. Essential knowledge: Competence to include the ability to apply and explain • principles of operation • physics of operation • effects of temperature and compression ratio/the need for multi staging • pressure/temperature relationships and effects on condensation (eg moisture an/or gas) • control of output • causes and remedies for surging • methods of resolving problem and also the ability to: • distinguish between • process gas • instrument • equipment (electrical/mechanical) • maintenance • cause of problem • isolate problem to item of equipment as is relevant to the practical operation of equipment at that job level.
MNMPRD111A Operate compressors
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 432
This knowledge is required of all major items of equipment which comprise the compressor system. Assessment Method, Context and Resource Implications: Competence in this unit may be assessed by observation over time on an operating plant. Where this is done, the timeframe must allow for adequate assessment of operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions. Where this is not practical, additional assessment techniques must be used. Competency may also be assessed by use of a suitable simulation and/or pilot plant and/or a range of case studies/scenarios. A combination of these techniques should be used to ensure the competency is adequately assessed. In all cases it is expected that the practical assessment will be supported by targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge. Questioning will be undertaken in such a manner as it appropriate to the required language and literacy levels of the operator. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Operate fluid mixing equipment MNMPRD112A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 433
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD112A Operate fluid mixing equipment
MNMPRD112A This unit is concerned with fluid mixing processes in mining processing operations. This unit is based on the Chemical, Hydrocarbon and Oil Refining competency standards - unit PMA PROC 202 A Operate fluid mixing equipment This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
12.1 Operate fluid mixing equipment
12.1.1 Recognise the type of fluid mixer
12.1.2 Identify appropriate application form the mixer type
12.1.3 Start up/shut down fluid mixing equipment
12.1.4 Complete routine checks logs and paper work, taking action on unexpected readings and trends
12.2 Solve fluid mixing problems 12.2.1 Frequently and critically monitor all plant throughout shift
12.2.2 Use measured/indicated data and smell, sight, sound and feel as appropriate to monitor plant
12.2.3 Recognise operational problems and inefficient mixing
12.2.4 Analyse cause of operational problems
12.2.5 Take action to solve operational problems
12.3 Carry out maintenance procedures
12.3.1 Isolate fluid mixing equipment and prepare for maintenance as required
12.3.2 Complete minor maintenance according to standard procedures
12.3.3 Receive plant back from maintenance
12.3.4 Prepare plant for the introduction of chemicals and operation
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. In some cases fluid mixing may occur in reactors as part of the leaching process. This competency is typically performed by all operators who use fluid mixing equipment.
MNMPRD112A Operate fluid mixing equipment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 434
Equipment may include: • mixers for: • low viscosity • medium viscosity • high viscosity • jet mixing • top and side entry mixers • propeller and pitched and square bladed turine impellers Fluid mixing principles may include: • shear • viscosity • concepts of uniformity Characteristics of efficient mixing may include: • mixing time • power consumed • uniformity • vortexing • aeration Remedial action would include changes to: • baffles position and angle where appropriate • impellor (size, shape, speed) as appropriate All operations are performed in accordance with standard operating procedures OH&S All operations are subject to stringent OH&S requirements and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and OH&S requirements, the OH&S requirements take precedence. Knowledge and Enterprise Requirements: • Knowledge and understanding of the process sufficient to recognise non-standard situations and
then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines is required. • Knowledge of the relevant OH&S and environmental requirements is required along with an
ability to implement them in a manner which is relevant to the operation of the mixing equipment. Thorough knowledge of enterprise standard operating procedures is required. Some awareness of the plant's business goals is required as a basis for decision making and action. LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures
Operate fluid mixing equipment MNMPRD112A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 435
Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
Evidence statement for the metalliferous mining industry CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE: • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE: • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors.
MNMPRD112A Operate fluid mixing equipment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 436
All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit PMA PROC 202 A Critical Aspects: Competencies must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action. The reasoning process behind the problem analysis and determining the required actions should be assessed. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster Consistent performance at the required standard should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: • early warning signs of equipment in need of attention/with potential problems are recognised • action is taken to ensure equipment is returned to full performance is a timely manner • obvious problems in other plant areas are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to a
solution • items initiated are followed through until final resolution has occurred Essential Knowledge: Competence to include the ability to apply and explain: • principles of operation • physics of operation, and also the ability to distinguish between types and causes of fluid mixing
problems as is relevant to the practical operation of equipment at that job level. Concurrent Assessment ad Prerequisites: There are no prerequisites. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Operate heat exchangers MNMPRD113A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 437
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD113A Operate heat exchangers
MNMPRD113A This competency covers the operation of heat exchangers. It includes the operation of heat exchangers which form part of a heating, cooling or refrigeration system. This unit is based on unit PMA PROC 205 A Operate heat exchangers from the Chemical, Hydrocarbon and Oil Refining standards. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
13.1 Operate heat exchangers 13.1.1 Recognise the type of heat exchanger
13.1.2 Start up and shut down heat exchanger in a manner appropriate to the type and duty
13.1.3 Adjust flow rates, temperatures and pressure in a manner appropriate to the heat exchanger type
13.1.4 Start up from standby and after maintenance
13.1.5 Complete routine checks logs and paper work, taking action on unexpected readings and trends
13.2 Solve heat exchanger problems
13.2.1 Frequently and critically monitor all plant throughout shift
13.2.2 Use measured/indicated data and smell, sight, sound and feel as appropriate to monitor plant
13.2.3 Recognise operational problems
13.2.4 Analyse cause of operational problem
13.2.5 Take action to solve operational problems
13.3 Carry out maintenance procedures
13.3.1 Isolate heat exchanger and prepare for maintenance or vessel entry as required
13.3.2 Complete minor maintenance according to standard procedures
13.3.3 Receive plant back from maintenance
13.3.4 Prepare plant for the introduction of chemicals/hydrocarbons and operation
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Range Statement from Unit PMA PROC 205 A
MNMPRD113A Operate heat exchangers
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 438
Context: This competency is typically performed by an operator. Heat exchangers are found in most process manufacturing plants and units. This competency unit includes all types of heat exchangers, such as: • plate • u-tube • spiral • bayonet • air cooled fin • shell and tube (all all variants of design) • scraped surface • vessel jackets / coils Duties covered include: • heating • cryogenic • condensers • gas coolers • cooling • reboilers • gas dryers • refrigeration (evaporators/condensers) This competency unit does not cover superheaters or waste heat boilers, which are treated as part of steam generating equipment. Typical problems include: • care to be taken to avoid damage to the heat exchanger (overheating, over/underpressurising) • factors which would affect efficiency of operation (scale build-up, fouling, internal leakage,
turbulence, corrosion) • leakage or gasket problems • recognising when maintenance is required All operations are performed in accordance with standard operating procedures. OH&S: All operations are subject to stringent OH&S requirements and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and OH&S requirements, the OH&S requirements take precedence. Knowledge and Enterprise Requirements: Knowledge and understanding of the fundamental heat transfer processes, sufficient to recognise non-standard situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines is required. Knowledge of the relevant OH&S and environmental requirements is required along with an ability to implement them in a manner which is relevant to the operation of heat exchangers (this includes pressure vessel requirements and leakages) Thorough knowledge of enterprise standard operating procedures is required. Assessment Focus: Assessment should establish the ability to recognise situations requiring action, the logical approach taken to determining the action required and then the ability to carry that action out efficiently to
Operate heat exchangers MNMPRD113A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 439
completion Updating Information: This competency is not expect to need rapid updating, however, learning resources supporting this competency will need to be updated with changes in technology, procedures and government regulations. Additional Range Details for use in the Metalliferous Mining Industry LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
MNMPRD113A Operate heat exchangers
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 440
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE: • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE: • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit PMA PROC 205 A Critical Aspects: Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action. The reasoning process behind the problem analysis and determining the required actions should be assessed. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster. Consistent performance at the required standard should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: • early warning signs of equipment in need of attention/with potential problems are recognised • action is taken to ensure equipment is returned to full performance in a timely manner • obvious problems in other plant areas are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to a
solution • items initiated are followed through until final resolution has occurred. Concurrent Assessment and Prerequisites: For many enterprises, it will be appropriate for this unit to be assessed in conjunction with: • Process 201 Operate fluid flow equipment • Process 204 Use utilities and services • Communication 200 Process and record information Individual enterprises may choose to add other prerequisites relevant to their process. Essential Knowledge: Competence to include the ability to apply and explain • principles of operation (including heat transfer) • physics of operation • isolate problem to item of equipment • corrective action appropriate to the problem cause
Operate heat exchangers MNMPRD113A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 441
• differing heat transfer rates applicable to gasses, liquids and solids • the basis of the design • various cleaning methods including, backflushing, chemical cleaning, mechanical drilling and
brushing and hydrostatic blasting as is relevant to the practical operation of equipment at that job level.
Assessment Method, Context and Resource Implications: Competence in this unit may be assessed by observation over time on an operating plant. Where this is done, the timeframe must allow for adequate assessment of operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions. Where this is not practical, additional assessment techniques must be used. Competence may also be assessed by use of a suitable simulation and/or pilot plant and/or a range of case studies/scenarios. A combination of these techniques should be used to ensure the competency is adequately assessed. In all cases it is expected that the practical assessment will be supported by targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge. Questioning will be undertaken in such a manner as is appropriate to the required language and literacy levels of the operator. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Perform process control room operations MNMPRD1114A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 443
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD1114A Perform process control room operations
MNMPRD1114A This unit applies in all contexts to process control room operations. This unit is a modified version of Unit of Competency MNMPRD114A Perform process control room operations. This unit replaces unit of competency MNMPRD114A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
14.1 Plan and prepare for process control room operations
14.1.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
14.1.2. Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
14.1.3. Establishes and maintains communications with other personnel using approved communication methods
14.1.4. Selects and uses relevant personal protective equipment
14.1.5. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
14.1.6. Completes computer systems and equipment pre-start checks
14.1.7. Manages environmental requirements
14.1.8. Checks records and records outstanding maintenance inspections and identified defects
14.2 Perform start-up operations 14.2.1. Confirms plant readiness for operation
14.2.2. Carries out start-up checks and procedures according to plant configurations and system requirements
14.2.3. Starts up individual plant and processes and entire system
14.2.4. Builds production rate steadily with no surges and lulls
14.2.5. Stabilises plant operation to meet process output and quality requirements
14.3 Monitor and manage operations
14.3.1. Monitors and manages processing utilising appropriate indicators for safe and efficient operations
14.3.2. Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators, and takes action where required to maintain operations according to operating parameters
14.3.3. Identifies, manages and reports faults to appropriate personnel in a timely manner
14.3.4. Coordinates support personnel to ensure continuity of process
14.3.5. Manages material flow within specified parameters
MNMPRD1114A Perform process control room operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 444
14.3.6. Responds to alarms to, investigates conditions, and takes corrective action
14.3.7. Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
14.3.8. Passes on shift change over details to oncoming shift
14.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
14.4.1. Maintains and cleans control room ensuring work area is free of obstructions
14.4.2. Reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
14.5 Shut down in sequence and/or isolate plant and equipment
14.5.1. Shuts down or isolates plant and equipment based on process or safety requirements
14.5.2. Performs post shut-down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Process control room equipment may include: • Communication devices • Computers and database management system accessories • Desks and chairs • Monitors • Power controls • Touch pad Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Cleaning agents and chemicals • Dusting • Mopping • Screen cleaning • Vacuuming • Wiping Pre-start checks may include but not be limited to: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Levels • Pressures • Flows • Vibration • Communications Agitators
Perform process control room operations MNMPRD1114A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 445
Cameras and monitoring Interlocks Distribution Control System Launders Hydraulic systems Pumps and pumping systems Screen, pipe, valve Valves Visual and audible warning devices and lights Suppression systems Motors Availability of oxygen and blower and plant air Cooling water supply Fans and draft systems
Equipment indicator readings may include: • Current • Flow • Levels • Pressure • Weight • Speed • Unusual noises • Vibrations Monitoring may include but not be limited to: • Blockages and spillages • Feed rates • Overloads • Pressures • Power draw • Wear and tear • Emissions • Levels • Temperatures • Moisture content • On-stream analysis (OSA) • Filtering • Corrosion Support personnel may include: • Operators • Transport • Maintenance • Plant attendants Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. Inspections may include: • Distribution control system (panel) • Equipment fluid levels • Isolations (electronic) • Light positioning and cleanliness • Pages through equipment • Personnel proximity
MNMPRD1114A Perform process control room operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 446
• Possible faults and problems • Safety equipment LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Colour codes (eg: pipes) • Contaminant identification
Perform process control room operations MNMPRD1114A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 447
• Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • Distribution Control System operation • Equipment safety requirements • Function of plant • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data (basic) • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Optimal plant capacity and throughput • Physical layout of plant • Shutdown procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up and shut down procedures • Wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Handle emergencies in a methodical calm manner • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling techniques • Interpretation of plans, reports, specifications • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Maintaining continuous and accurate monitoring • Monitoring • Problem solving • Report defects • Responds to information • Safe work practices • Use computer and database management systems • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMPRD1114A Perform process control room operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 448
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 3 3 Planning and Organising Activities 3 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 1
Respond to an unplanned shut down MNMPRD115A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 449
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD115A Respond to an unplanned shut down
MNMPRD115A This unit applies in all contexts to unplanned shut down of plant. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
15.1 Shutdown plant 15.1.1 Identifies and decides how the plant will be shut down
15.1.2 Shuts down plant in response to an unplanned incident
15.1.3 Clearly communicates to all personnel the status of plant and their required action
15.2 Make site safe 15.2.1 Monitors conditions of plant ensuring site is stabilised
15.2.2 Monitor readings and reports conditions to appropriate authority
15.2.3 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas to identify other possible defects and potential problems
15.2.4 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Making site safe may include: • power isolations • keep system cool • monitor readings (temperatures, pressure) • evacuating all personnel from a particular area or site An unplanned shut down may include: • Break down in the processing and refining site circuit that causes immediate danger to plant and
personnel if not rectified immediately • other unexpected circumstances LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards
MNMPRD115A Respond to an unplanned shut down
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 450
• Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment and plant emergency shutdown procedures • equipment and plant safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements
Respond to an unplanned shut down MNMPRD115A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 451
• isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMPRD115A Respond to an unplanned shut down
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 452
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Take samples MNMPRD116A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 453
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD116A Take samples
MNMPRD116A This unit applies in all contexts to taking samples and readings during all stages of processing. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA 16.1 Plan and prepare for
sampling 16.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS,
regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
16.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
16.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
16.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment 16.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for
work activities 16.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to
ensure equipment is ready for operation 16.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and
hazards according to the work plan 16.1.8 Manages environmental requirements 16.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety
of personnel and plant 16.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction
methods 16.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into
work area 16.2 Take samples / record
reading 16.2.1 Ensures sample receptacle is free from
contamination 16.2.2 Takes samples according to plant requirements 16.2.3 Continuously monitors equipment for defects and
potential problems 16.2.4 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators
to determine sample characteristics (where applicable)
16.2.5 Observes radiation safety procedures maintaining radiation elements (where applicable)
16.2.6 Passes on samples to approved personnel (where applicable)
16.3 Conduct housekeeping activities
16.3.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
16.3.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment 16.3.3 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe
working environment
MNMPRD116A Take samples
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 454
The following range of variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) Sampling may be manual or automated and may include the use of the following equipment: • Auto samplers • Hydrometer • Process equipment indicators • Sample scoops and containers Samples types may be wet or dry and may include: • Filter cakes • Gas • Ore • Reagents (e.g. strength) • Slurry • Solutions (e.g. titrations) Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Forced air • Hosing with water Indicator readings may measure: • Assays • Concentrations • Density • pH levels • Size Monitoring may include the checking of: • Blockages • Calibration • Equipment operation • Feed rates • Pressures (e.g. filter sample) • Temperatures Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Job requirements • Personnel availability
Take samples MNMPRD116A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 455
Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. Start-up, procedures may include the inspection of: • Check for isolations • Cutter • Drive chain • Material transport system • Power • Safety mechanisms • Sample container • Screens • Splitters Contaminants may include any foreign substance: • Carbon • Chemicals • From previous sample (e.g. residues left in sample container) LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Duty of Care • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures • Heritage legislation Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Day and night • Weather conditions
MNMPRD116A Take samples
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 456
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Contaminant identification • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identify, report and repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Manual sampling techniques • Metallurgical and technical data (basic) • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Sample characteristics • Sample taking and reading • Sampling components • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Types of ores (basic) SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Diagnosing • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Hazard identification and management • Hazardous goods handling • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Monitoring
Take samples MNMPRD116A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 457
• Select and fit personal protective equipment • Use distribution control systems (DCS) • Use relevant hand tools • Working in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Maintain auxiliary plant and equipment operation MNMPRD117A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 459
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD General processing
UNIT MNMPRD117A Maintain auxiliary plant and equipment operation
MNMPRD117A This unit applies to ensuring the safe efficient operation of auxiliary and ancillary plant in smelting and associated operations.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
17.1 Prepare for plant and equipment operation
17.1.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
17.1.2. Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
17.1.3. Establishes and maintains communication with other personnel using approved communication methods
17.1.4. Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
17.1.5. Carries out equipment visual pre-start checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
17.1.6. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
17.1.7. Complies with environmental requirements
17.1.8. Follows emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
17.1.9. Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
17.1.10. Ventilates work area before entry
17.2 Carry out plant inspections and checks
17.2.1. Checks DCS for correct plant operation prior to start-up
17.2.2. Checks condition of plant and equipment and faults, identifies damaged and inoperable equipment and reports to relevant personnel
17.2.3. Records check/inspection outcomes and hands over to oncoming shift personnel
17.2.4. Physically, continuously inspects plant and identifies and rectifies defects and potential problems
17.3 Operate and monitor plant and equipment
17.3.1. Carries out plant and equipment start-up checks and procedures according to plant/equipment configurations and system requirements
17.3.2. Monitors operating plant with DCS for correct, efficient performance
17.3.3. Changes over auxiliary/ancillary plant to meet operational and maintenance requirements
17.3.4. Interprets and responds to plant alarms, takes remedial actions and notifies appropriate personnel
MNMPRD117A Maintain auxiliary plant and equipment operation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 460
17.3.5. Identifies basic faults and adjustments and makes repairs to running/operating plant where necessary to maintain plant performance
17.3.6. Completes all required document clearly, concisely and on time
17.3.7. Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
17.4 Maintain plant and equipment efficiency
17.4.1. Carries out minor plant and equipment maintenance and lubrication
17.4.2. Checks and adjusts plant condition to maintain efficient operation
17.4.3. Clears pipeline and pumping system blockages which can impede plant efficiency
17.4.4. Maintains materials storage vessel levels to meet plant operating demands
17.4.5. Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment and work area hygiene and ensure safe and efficient operation
17.4.6. Identifies and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
17.4.7. Takes and tests samples to monitor quality and production rates
17.5 Shut down and/or isolate plant and equipment
17.5.1. Carries out plant and equipment shut-down procedures according to plant/equipment configurations, system or safety requirements
17.5.2. Isolates plant and equipment for maintenance and plant configuration purposes
17.5.3. Performs post shut-down or isolation checks
17.5.4. Provides support for maintenance personnel and activities
17.5.5. Passes on shift change-over details to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but is not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Plant may include but not be limited to: Distribution control system (DCS) Motors Pumps and pumping systems Hydraulic systems and equipment Conveyors and conveyor systems Compressors and compressed air systems Pipes and flanges Storage vessels/tanks Valves Heat exchangers
Maintain auxiliary plant and equipment operation MNMPRD117A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 461
Fans and guards Dampers Pulleys LCUs Drive belts Compressors Burners Gas train Conveyors/conveyor systems Rollers Grates Thickener plant Hand and power tools Hoses (air and water) Scrubbers Gauges and meters Agitators Silos/bins Cranes Screens Feeders Sumps Limit switches
Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: Hosing with water High pressure cleaning Manual removal of build-up Air spear De-greasing Forced air Suction
Monitoring may include but not be limited to: • Blockages and spillages • Feed rates • Overloads • Pressures • Power draw • Wear and tear • Emissions (eg. cyanide) • Levels • Temperatures • Moisture content • On-stream analysis (OSA) • Filtering • Corrosion Pre-start checks may include but not be limited to: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Levels • Communications
MNMPRD117A Maintain auxiliary plant and equipment operation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 462
Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: Agitators Cameras and monitoring Interlocks Distribution Control System Launders Hydraulic systems Pumps and pumping systems Screen inspections Pipes and flanges Drive belts Valves Visual and audible warning devices and lights Suppression systems
Equipment indicator readings may include: • Current • Flow • Levels • Pressure • Speed • Unusual noises • Vibrations Minor maintenance can include, but is not limited to: Lubrication Minor adjustments to operational plant Temporary small repairs Cleaning plant, equipment and work area Fixing leaks Adjusting seals
Personal Protective Equipment can include but not be limited to: Rubber gloves Rubber boots Safety boots Goggles Face shield PVC overalls and apron Heat jacket Spats Hearing protection Respirator Clean are supply equipment
Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures • Confined Space Legislation
Maintain auxiliary plant and equipment operation MNMPRD117A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 463
Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Main plant configuration and function • Auxiliary and ancillary plant configuration and function • Breakdown procedures • Emergency procedures • Troubleshooting techniques • Sampling and testing purpose and procedures • Confined space entry procedures • Plant and equipment limitations and operating parameters • Plant and equipment safety requirements • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical processes and effects on product • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems)
MNMPRD117A Maintain auxiliary plant and equipment operation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 464
• Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Wet and dry working procedures • Thickening and clarifying procedures • Environmental requirements and procedures associated with smelting operations • Contaminant identification SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance and cleaning • Identifying plant and equipment faults • Hazard identification and management (use of MSDS) • Hazardous goods handling • Lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • Interpretation of alarms and indicators • Maintain records • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Trouble shooting • Using hand tools • Working in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Blend stockpile materials MNMPRD217A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 465
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D2 Handling and Pre-treatment
UNIT MNMPRD217A Blend stockpile materials
MNMPRD217A This unit applies in all contexts to the blending of ore and concentrates. This unit is based on the Extraction Open Cut, Stream C5 Stockpiling and Preparation, Unit 3 Blend stockpile materials. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
17.1 Identify and assess material for blending
17.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
17.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
17.1.3 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
17.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
17.1.5 Identify and locate material grade according to stockpile plan
17.1.6 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
17.1.7 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
17.1.8 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
17.1.9 Manages environmental requirements
17.2 Blend materials 17.2.1 Manages quantity and grade of material to achieve blend according to blending specification
17.2.2 Maintains surrounding site and access roads to avoid contamination
17.2.3 Identifies and manages contaminants
17.2.4 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
17.2.5 Passes on end of shift information to incoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations.
MNMPRD217A Blend stockpile materials
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 466
STOCKPILES A stockpile may be temporary or permanent and may be: • A hole • Bulk storage • Formation of earthworks (cone, flat) • Silo • Warehouse MATERIALS Materials may be wet or dry and may include: • Concentrate • Gravel • Primary raw feed • Road base • Run of mine ore • Sand • Tailings • Topsoil • Waste rock Contaminated material is removed in some processes to maintain quality of the ore and avoid damaging processing equipment. Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • Containers and packaging • Fuels • Metal • Oils • Piping • Reagents • Rubbish • Timber Grade of ore may include: • Class • Colour • High • Low • Mineral content • Moisture content • Size weight • Type LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations
Blend stockpile materials MNMPRD217A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 467
• Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Day and night • Degree of compaction • Dry and wet • Location of water table • Slope of working surface • Stable ground and broken ground • Working at heights • Working over old underground workings and voids
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Blending procedures • Breakdown procedures
MNMPRD217A Blend stockpile materials
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 468
• Bund construction and maintenance procedures • Contaminant identification and management • Drainage principles • Dumping and material placement procedures • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Hauling procedures • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data (basic) • Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Road rules • Shutdown procedures • Signage erection procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up procedures • Stockpiling characteristics and limitations • Stockpiling procedures • Towing procedures • Types of ores (basic) • Wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Driving • Dumping • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Handling hazardous goods • Hazard identification • Interpretation of plans, reports, maps, specifications • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Organise work tasks • Report defects • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
Blend stockpile materials MNMPRD217A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 469
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Break oversize rock MNMPRD218A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 471
STREAM PR Processing FIELD D2 Handling and Pre-treatment
UNIT MNMPRD218A Break oversize rock
MNMPRD218A This unit applies in all contexts to the breaking of oversize rock. This unit is based on the Extraction Open Cut, C5 Stockpiling and Preparation, Unit 4 Break oversize rock. Refer to the Extraction Open Cut, C1 Drilling, Blasting & Ground Support Stream for details on drilling and blasting. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA 18.1 Locate and assess rock 18.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS,
regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
18.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
18.1.3 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
18.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment 18.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for
work activities 18.1.6 Identifies and locates oversized rocks 18.1.7 Assess rock to determine efficient rock breaking
method to apply 18.1.8 Communicates with other personnel using approved
communication methods 18.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety
of personnel and equipment 18.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction
methods 18.1.11 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to
ensure equipment is ready for operation 18.1.12 Manages environmental issues 18.2 Break rock 18.2.1 Notifies relevant personnel of rock breaking process
and where appropriate, site is barricaded and signage erected
18.2.2 Uses effective rock breaking techniques to break rock
18.2.3 Completes all required documentation, clearly, concisely and on time
18.2.4 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
18.3 Clean up site 18.3.1 Removes broken rocks 18.3.2 Identifies and manages contaminants 18.3.3 Removes barricades and signage where appropriate
MNMPRD218A Break oversize rock
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 472
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. ROCK BREAKING Rock breaking techniques may include: • Cranes • Drilling and blasting techniques • High pressure water • Slings and tackle • Utilising rock- breaking equipment (pounding, dropping) Ancillary equipment may include: • Air compressor units • Air purification systems (eg: extracting fumes, smoke, dust) • Extraction equipment • Filtration units • Gantry cranes or bridge cranes • Oxygen generation plant • Small boiler • Water filtration plants Identification methods may include: • Cones • Danger • Ribbons • Sprayed symbols EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Drilling and blasting equipment • Rock-breaker • Shovel and hand tools MATERIALS Materials may be wet or dry and may include: • Run of mine ore • Waste rock • Gravel • Road base • Sand • Tailings • Topsoil Contaminated material is removed in some processes to maintain quality of the ore and avoid damaging processing equipment.
Break oversize rock MNMPRD218A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 473
Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • Containers and packaging • Fuels • Metal • Oils • Piping • Timber LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Heritage legislation • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Day and night • Degree of compaction • Dry and wet • Location of water table • Slope of working surface • Stable ground and broken ground • Working at heights • Working over old underground workings and voids
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues
MNMPRD218A Break oversize rock
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 474
Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Blasting procedures • Breakdown procedures • Contaminant identification and management • Dumping and material placement procedures • Emergency procedures • Environmental and heritage procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Hauling procedures • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data • Mine operational system • Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Optimal plant capacity and throughput • Product • Road rules • Rock breaking procedures • Shutdown procedures • Signage erection procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up procedures • Stockpiling characteristics and limitations • Stockpiling procedures • Towing procedures • Types of ores (basic) • Wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Diagnosing • Directing • Driving • Dumping • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning
Break oversize rock MNMPRD218A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 475
• Handling hazardous goods • Hazard identification • Interpretation of plans, reports, maps, specifications • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Maintain records • Organise work tasks • Plan, document, monitor reading • Pushing • Report defects • Rock breaking • Safe work practices • Select and fit personal protective equipment • Use communications equipment • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct crushing and screening MNMPRD219A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 477
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D2 Handling and Pre-treatment
UNIT MNMPRD219A Conduct crushing and screening
MNMPRD219A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of both fixed and mobile crushing plant. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
19.1 Plan and prepare for crushing and screening process
19.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
19.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
19.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
19.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
19.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
19.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
19.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
19.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
19.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
19.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
19.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
19.1.12 Prepares site for positioning of mobile crushing equipment (where applicable)
19.1.13 Positions and stabilises mobile crushing equipment according to work plan (where applicable)
19.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
19.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
19.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
19.3 Operate and monitor equipment
19.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine crushing and screening efficiency
19.3.2 Continuously inspects plant to identify crushing and screening operation defects and potential problems and takes appropriate action
19.3.3 Adjusts equipment to optimise crusher and screen
MNMPRD219A Conduct crushing and screening
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 478
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA performance and product quality
19.3.4 Controls feed to crushing and screening equipment (where applicable)
19.3.5 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
19.3.6 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of the equipment
19.3.7 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
19.3.8 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift or next shift
19.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
19.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all eqiupment to ensure safe and efficient operations
19.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
19.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
19.5.1 Clears ore from crushing and screening equipment before commencing shutdown (where applicable)
19.5.2 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
19.5.3 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT The level of operational, health and safety may be determined by the following: • hazards • risks • controls Personal protective equipment may include: • chemical/gas detectors • eye protection (eg: glasses) • hearing protection (eg: ear plugs) • protection from the elements (eg: sunblock) • protective clothing (eg: gloves, safety boots, helmet, shin guards, long sleeved shirt and trousers)) • respiratory devices • safety harness when working at heights Potential risks, hazards and emergencies may include: • personal safety (eg: crush injuries, burns, slips, trips, falls, chemical exposure, fatigue) • plant (eg: structural damage, emergency shut down)
Conduct crushing and screening MNMPRD219A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 479
• environment (eg: seepage, emissions, chemical spills, pollution, anything detrimental to fauna and flora)
Safe operating procedures may include: • adhering to all site procedures • awareness and access to emergency exits • emergency procedures • first aid procedures • hazard identification and recognition procedures • hot work procedures • observing electrical and mechanical procedures • observing right of way of heavy equipment • observing site speed limits • occupational health safety and environment procedures around equipment, vehicles and personnel • use of two way radio • use of barricades and guards • use of fire extinguishers • use of material safety data sheets (MSDS) • tagging procedures (eg service tags, danger tags, restrictive operations tags) • use of respiratory devices • wearing equipment restraints • wearing personal protective equipment • working in confined spaces • use of material safety data sheets • carrying out safety checks (eg: safety showers and eye washes) • hold worker access permit LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Material safety data sheets • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health Safety Environment Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
MNMPRD219A Conduct crushing and screening
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 480
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • cooling system • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • crushing and screening media • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • isolation procedures • lubrication system • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • crushing and screening circuit components and functions • crushing and screening principles • night and day working procedures • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • shutdown procedures • site procedures • site safety requirements • start up procedures • types of ores (basic) SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary and auxiliary equipment operation, minor maintenance, cleaning • assessing particle size of ore • equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • hazard identification and management • hazardous goods handling techniques • identify and report defects • interpretation of reports • lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • safe work practices • select and fit personal protective equipment • use data control systems (DCS) • use relevant hand tools • work at heights • work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
Conduct crushing and screening MNMPRD219A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 481
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct milling/grinding MNMPRD220A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 483
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D2 Handling and Pre-treatment
UNIT MNMPRD220A Conduct milling/grinding
MNMPRD220A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of the milling/grinding plant This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
20.1 Plan and prepare for milling/grinding process
20.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
20.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
20.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
20.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
20.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
20.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
20.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
20.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
20.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
20.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
20.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
20.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
20.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
20.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
20.3 Operate and monitor equipment and lubrication system
20.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine milling/grinding efficiency
20.3.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies defects and potential problems
20.3.3 Adjusts equipment to optimise plant performance
20.3.4 Controls feed to plant
20.3.5 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
MNMPRD220A Conduct milling/grinding
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 484
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
20.3.6 Attends to lubrication system ensuring oil and grease levels are maintained to mill requirements
20.3.7 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of the equipment
20.3.8 Completes all required documentation, clearly, concisely and on time
20.3.9 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
20.4 Monitor and control classification
20.4.1 Checks for density and/or size of ore according to specified parameters
20.4.2 Adjusts and calibrates equipment where required to meet density requirements (where applicable)
20.4.3 Accurately samples and records density of product (where applicable)
20.5 Charge mill 20.5.1 Selects grinding media type and quantity according to mill application
20.5.2 Loads grinding media into mill as required
20.6 Conduct housekeeping activities
20.6.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
20.6.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
20.7 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
20.7.1 Clears ore from milling/grinding equipment before commencing shutdown
20.7.2 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
20.7.3 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
20.8 Manage flows 20.8.1 Manipulates flow opening and closing valves to correct circuit flows
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT The level of operational, health and safety may be determined by the following: • hazards • risks • controls Personal protective equipment may include: • chemical/gas detectors • eye protection (eg: glasses)
Conduct milling/grinding MNMPRD220A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 485
• hearing protection (eg: ear plugs) • protection from the elements (eg: sunblock) • protective clothing (eg: gloves, safety boots, helmet, shin guards, long sleeved shirt and trousers)) • respiratory devices • safety harness when working at heights Potential risks, hazards and emergencies may include: • personal safety (eg: crush injuries, burns, slips, trips, falls, chemical exposure, fatigue) • plant (eg: structural damage, emergency shut down) • environment (eg: seepage, emissions, chemical spills, pollution, anything detrimental to fauna and
flora) Safe operating procedures may include: • adhering to all site procedures • awareness and access to emergency exits • emergency procedures • first aid procedures • hazard identification and recognition procedures • hot work procedures • observing electrical and mechanical procedures • observing right of way of heavy equipment • observing site speed limits • occupational health safety and environment procedures around equipment, vehicles and personnel • use of two way radio • use of barricades and guards • use of fire extinguishers • use of material safety data sheets (MSDS) • tagging procedures (eg service tags, danger tags, restrictive operations tags) • use of respiratory devices • wearing equipment restraints • wearing personal protective equipment • working in confined spaces • use of material safety data sheets • carrying out safety checks (eg: safety showers and eye washes) • hold worker access permit LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Material safety data sheets • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health Safety Environment Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures
MNMPRD220A Conduct milling/grinding
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 486
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • cooling system • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • grinding media • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • isolation procedures • lubrication system • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • milling circuit components and functions • milling principles • night and day working procedures • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • shutdown procedures • site procedures • site safety requirements • start up procedures • types of ores (basic) SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary and auxiliary equipment operation, minor maintenance, cleaning • assessing particle size of ore • equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning
Conduct milling/grinding MNMPRD220A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 487
• hazard identification and management • hazardous goods handling techniques • identify and report defects • interpretation of reports • lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • safe work practices • select and fit personal protective equipment • use data control systems (DCS) • use relevant hand tools • work at heights • work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Maintain stockpiles MNMPRD221A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 489
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D2 Handling and Pre-treatment
UNIT MNMPRD221A Maintain stockpiles
MNMPRD221A This unit applies in all contexts to the maintenance of stockpiles and the suppression of dust on surface operations This unit is based on the Extraction Open Cut, C5 Stockpiling and Preparation, Unit 2 Maintain stockpiles. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
21.1 Maintain stockpiles 21.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
21.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
21.1.3 Maintains angle of stockpile to maintain stability of stockpile according to stockpile plan
21.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
21.1.5 Visually inspects stockpile structure and surrounding area to assess the safety and progress of stockpile formation
21.1.6 Promptly reports and manages spills
21.1.7 Identifies and manages contaminants in the stockpiles
21.1.8 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
21.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
21.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
21.1.11 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
21.1.12 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
21.2 Suppress dust 21.2.1 Suppresses dust and unwanted material movement by maintaining stockpile
21.2.2 Limits stockpiling activities during adverse weather conditions and follows dust suppression policy
21.2.3 Covers stockpile to prevent exposure to the elements using approved tarp (where applicable)
21.3 Maintain stockpile access roads and bunds
21.3.1 Waters stockpile access roads to suppress dust and contamination
21.3.2 Maintains condition of bunds
MNMPRD221A Maintain stockpiles
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 490
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
21.3.3 Maintains stockpile access roads for efficient stockpiling activities
21.4 Decompact stockpile 21.4.1 Turns stockpile material utilising appropriate equipment and techniques
The following range of variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. STOCKPILES A stockpile may be temporary or permanent and may be: • A hole • Bulk storage • Formation of earthworks (cone, flat) • Silo • Warehouse Bund may include: • Berm • Comprises of various material (old tyres, materials, rocks) • Windrow Signage may include: • Danger • Height • One way • Safety • Stockpile numbering • Stop MATERIALS Materials may be wet or dry and may include: • Concentrate • Gravel • Road base • Run of mine ore • Sand • Tailings • Topsoil • Waste rock Contaminated material is removed in some processes to maintain quality of the ore and avoid damaging processing equipment.
Maintain stockpiles MNMPRD221A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 491
Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • Animal carcasses • Containers and packaging • Fuels • Metal • Oils • Piping • Rubbish • Solvents • Timber LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Day and night • Degree of compaction • Dry and wet • Location of water table • Slope of working surface • Stable ground and broken ground • Working at heights
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements
MNMPRD221A Maintain stockpiles
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 492
• Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Breakdown procedures • Bund construction and maintenance procedures • Contaminant identification and management • Drainage principles • Dumping and material placement procedures • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Hauling procedures • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data • Mine operational system (basic) • Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Road rules • Shutdown procedures • Signage erection procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Start up procedures • Stockpiling characteristics and limitations • Stockpiling procedures • Towing procedures • Types of ores (basic) • Wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Driving • Dumping • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Hazardous goods handling
Maintain stockpiles MNMPRD221A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 493
• Identifying hazards • Interpretation of plans, reports, maps, specifications • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Move and position materials to form stockpiles MNMPRD222A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 495
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D2 Handling and Pre-treatment
UNIT MNMPRD222A Move and position materials to form stockpiles
MNMPRD222A This unit applies in all contexts to organisation and stockpiling of material. This unit is based on the Extraction Open Cut, C5 Stockpiling and Preparation, Unit 1 Move and position materials to form stockpiles. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
22.1 Organise for stockpiling 22.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
22.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
22.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
22.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
22.1.5 Manages environmental requirements
22.1.6 Erects stockpile boundaries and signage to limit unauthorised personnel and to identify grades of material
22.1.7 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to the method of stockpiling and work specifications
22.1.8 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and equipment
22.1.9 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
22.2 Stockpile materials 22.2.1 Stockpiles materials in specified location to prevent contamination and for identification purposes
22.2.2 Visually inspections stockpile structure and surrounding area to assess the safety and progress of stockpile formation
22.2.3 Identify and manage contaminants to protect quality of ore and protect downstream equipment
22.2.4 Operates mobile equipment avoiding damage to stockpile and surrounding site
22.2.5 Compact stockpile according to stockpile plan (where applicable)
22.2.6 Ensures stockpile has adequate drainage to minimise contamination of stockpile and surrounding areas
22.2.7 Constructs pad according to site parameters (where applicable)
MNMPRD222A Move and position materials to form stockpiles
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 496
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
22.2.8 Completes all rquired documentation clearly, concisely and on time
22.2.9 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. STOCKPILES A stockpile may be temporary or permanent and may be: • A hole • Bulk storage • Formation of earthworks (cone, flat) • Silo • Warehouse Boundaries may be fixed or mobile and may include: • Chalk and paint markings • Cones • Flag and string fences • Wire Signage may include: • Danger • Height • One way • Safety • Stop • Stockpile numbering Stockpile plan may include: • Map • Co-ordination of activities • Total area • Segregation of material types • Signage requirements • Stockpile construction details (angle of repose, height) EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Bins • Conveyors • Dust suppression equipment • Mobile equipment
Move and position materials to form stockpiles MNMPRD222A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 497
Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Hosing with water Visual inspections may include: • Detection of contaminants and hazards • Isolations • Ore types • Overhead clearance (e.g. height limitations or power links for cranes or trucks) • Personnel proximity • Possible faults and problems • Safety equipment MATERIALS Materials may be wet or dry and may include: • Beneficiation product • Crushed ore • Road base • Run of mine ore • Sand • Tailings • Topsoil • Waste rock Contaminated material is removed in some processes to maintain quality of the ore and avoid damaging processing equipment. Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • Containers and packaging • Fuels • Metal • Oils • Piping • Rubbish • Timber LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions
MNMPRD222A Move and position materials to form stockpiles
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 498
• Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Day and night • Degree of compaction • Dry and wet • Location of water table • Mobile equipment in area • Overhead power-lines • Persons on foot • Slope of working surface • Stable ground and broken ground • Working at heights • Working over old underground workings and voids
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Contaminant identification and management • Drainage principles • Dumping and material placement procedures • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters
Move and position materials to form stockpiles MNMPRD222A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 499
• Equipment safety requirements • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Mine operational system (basic) • Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Road rules • Shutdown procedures • Signage erection procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Stacking procedures • Start up procedures • Stockpiling characteristics and limitations • Stockpiling procedures • Types of ores (basic) • Wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Driving • Dumping • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling • Interpretation of plans, reports, maps, specifications • Lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • Monitoring • Occupational health and safety procedures • Report defects • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMPRD222A Move and position materials to form stockpiles
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 500
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 2
Operate raw material feed systems MNMPRD223A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 501
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D2 Handling and Pre-treatment
UNIT MNMPRD223A Operate raw material feed systems
MNMPRD223A This Unit involves reclaiming bedded raw materials for use in cokemaking, sintering and ironmaking This unit is based on the Steel Industry Competencies, Unit 42 CM4, Reclaim bedded raw materials This unit must be read in conjunction with the core units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
23.1 Prepare for delivery of raw materials
23.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
23.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
23.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
23.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
23.1.5 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
23.1.6 Manages environmental requirements
23.1.7 Conducts visual and physical inspection of mobile and equipment and plant before operations commence
23.2 Deliver raw materials 23.2.1 Clears conveyor belts at the earliest opportunity when stopped in an emergency
23.2.2 Empties conveyor belts prior to stopping (where applicable)
23.2.3 Removes tramp metals from materials to prevent damage to equipment and conveyors
23.2.4 Conveys materials to bunkers minimising spillage
23.2.5 Operates mobile and fixed equipment efficiently
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS
MNMPRD223A Operate raw material feed systems
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 502
Personal protective equipment may include: • Helmet • Eye/face protection • Respiratory protection • Gloves • Hearing protection • Safety footwear Appropriate authority may include: • Senior operative • team leader Hazards may include: • Rail and road movement • Cranes • Noise • Wind borne dust • Sharp objects • Moving machinery • Falling • Falling objects • Gases Team members may include: • Formal Faults and variances: • product • plant • equipment Oral communication may include: • face-to-face • telecommunication LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off
Operate raw material feed systems MNMPRD223A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 503
• Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE: See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE: See below Evidence Statement modified from the Steel Industry Competencies, Unit 42 CM4, Reclaim bedded raw materials EVIDENCE OF COMPETENCY This evidence statement from the original steel unit has been retained to maximise the portability of this unit. Evidence must include observation of performance Tests of knowledge such as oral and written assessments may be used to support evidence of candidates where there is insufficient evidence from performance Evidence must include: • Reclaiming materials • Storing materials • Stored/blended materials • Dealing with hazards • Communication within work group • Reporting of faults and variances • Productive team • Safe working
MNMPRD223A Operate raw material feed systems
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 504
Evidence must include underpinning knowledge of: • Precautions necessary for safe working • System for accessing safe working procedures • Use of protective clothing and equipment • Operating procedures • Quality procedures • Reclaiming operation • Tramp metal detection and removal • Conveyor belt procedures • Associated hazards • Dangers presented by specific plant and equipment • Report faults • Limits of authority • Team working practices • Minimising conflict • Information to be communicated, to whom and when • Requirements on job holder of quality systems RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Operate and monitor filter processes MNMPRD224A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 505
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD Handling & pre-treatment
UNIT MNMPRD224A Operate and monitor filter processes
MNMPRD224A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of a filtering circuit from a centralised location (control room). This unit is adapted from MNMPRD331A Conduct filtering process.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
24.1 Prepare for filtering process 24.1.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
24.1.2. Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
24.1.3. Establishes and maintains communication with other personnel using approved communication methods
24.1.4. Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
24.1.5. Checks and tests remote control and monitoring systems for correct operation
24.1.6. Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities and checks for availability
24.1.7. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
24.1.8. Potential risks and hazards are identified, managed and reported according to the work plan
24.1.9. Identifies and manages environmental requirements
24.1.10. Follows emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
24.1.11. Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
24.1.12. Ventilates work area before entry
24.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
24.2.1. Carries out start-up checks and procedures according to plant configurations and system requirements
24.2.2. Confirms plant readiness for operation
24.3 Operate and monitor equipment
24.3.1. Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine filtering efficiency
24.3.2. Continuously monitors plant and identifies defects and potential problems
24.3.3. Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise performance, maintain efficient filtering and to meet product quality targets
24.3.4. Controls feed to equipment (if applicable)
MNMPRD224A Operate and monitor filter processes
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 506
24.3.5. Monitors moisture in cake and density of filtrate
24.3.6. Monitors cleaning processes are
24.3.7. Monitors and maintains air systems to specified moisture parameters
24.3.8. Maintains cleanliness of pressure/vacuum systems
24.3.9. Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
24.3.10. Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
24.4 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
24.4.1. Clears slurry from filtering circuit after commencing shutdown
24.4.2. Checks and cleans filter chamber and changes failed filter components
24.4.3. Shuts down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
24.4.4. Performs post shut-down or isolation checks
24.4.5. Passes on shift change-over details to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Belt weighs • Distribution control systems • Gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) • Pump systems Filtering methods may include: • Candle • Drum • Pressure • Compression • Leaf • Hyperbaric Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Hosing with water
Operate and monitor filter processes MNMPRD224A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 507
Equipment indicator readings may include: • Current • Flow • Levels • Pressure • Time • Speed • Unusual noises • Vibrations Monitoring may include the checking of: • Air systems • Blockages and spillages • Feed rates • Filters • Levels of ponds and catchment areas • Mineral content • Overloads • Power draw • Pressures • Temperatures • Wear and tear Pre-start checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Walk through plant • Communications Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. Start-up procedures may include: • Air systems • Cameras and monitors • Checking interlocks • Checking Distribution Control System (DCS) • Chutes • Display instruments, lights and gauges • Equipment stop engine lights • Filters • Hydraulic system • Isolations • Lighting • Suppression systems • Valves • Visual and audio warning devices and lights CONTAMINANTS Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • Oils • Plastic
MNMPRD224A Operate and monitor filter processes
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 508
• Solvents • Pot glue • Fauna LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures • Confined Space Legislation Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adherence to relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adherence to environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each processing operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
Operate and monitor filter processes MNMPRD224A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 509
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Air systems plant and configuration • Contaminant identification • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Filter plant configurations and functions • Filter plant operation • Plant and equipment limitations and operating parameters • Plant and equipment safety requirements • Filtering procedures • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Troubleshooting techniques • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data (basic) • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Ore characteristics • Confined Space entry procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • DCS operation and monitoring • Ancillary equipment operation • Changing filters • Equipment operation • Hazard identification • Interpretation of reports, • Monitoring • Reporting defects • Safe work practices RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors.
All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments.
MNMPRD224A Operate and monitor filter processes
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 510
KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct aeration process MNMPRD324A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 511
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD324A Conduct aeration process
MNMPRD324A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of the aeration circuit. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
24.1 Plan and prepare for reduction activities
24.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
24.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
24.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
24.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
24.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
24.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
24.1.7 Manages environmental requirements
24.1.8 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
24.1.9 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
24.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
24.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
24.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
24.3 Operate and monitor equipment
24.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine reduction efficiency
24.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas to identify process defects and potential problems
24.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise and maintain efficient reduction and to meet product quality targets
24.3.4 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
24.3.5 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
24.3.6 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
24.4 Conduct housekeeping 24.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment
MNMPRD324A Conduct aeration process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 512
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA activities to ensure safe and efficient operations
24.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
24.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
24.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
24.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses Plant may include: • agitators • blowers • valves • pumps • hoppers • vessels (aerator) • hoses • air/slurry/water lines • silences • tank (process liquor, reagent holder) • conveyors • weight and vibrating feeder Aeration methods may include: • batch • continuous Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • flow • current (eg: agitators)
Conduct aeration process MNMPRD324A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 513
• density • levels • restrictions • air flows • pressure • speed (eg: pumps) • unusual noises • vibrations • power • temperature Monitoring the aeration process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • feed rates • mineral content • moisture levels • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads • pressures (eg in air lines) • power draw • wear and tear • emission (eg: cyanide) • levels • hydrogen bubbles • end point testing (batch) • temperature Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels • walk through plant Tests may include: • magnetic tests • on-line conductivity • temperature measurements Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks Shutdown procedures may include: • cleaning of sparge lines • charge and empty discharge lines Operating parameters may include: • reagent additions • reduce produce/feed/tonnes • hectalilte of processes liquor Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • agitators • cameras and monitors
MNMPRD324A Conduct aeration process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 514
• interlocks • distribution control system • launders • hydraulic system • pumping system • screen inspections • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems MATERIALS Materials may include: • slurry (reagent, dry product, liquor) Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • oil • fuel • gases • organic materials • moisture LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
Conduct aeration process MNMPRD324A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 515
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • aeration process (basic) • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports
MNMPRD324A Conduct aeration process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 516
• lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct calcination activities MNMPRD325A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 517
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD325A Conduct calcination activities
MNMPRD325A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of the leaching circuit. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
25.1 Plan and prepare for calcination operations
25.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
25.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
25.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
25.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
25.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
25.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
25.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
25.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
25.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
25.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
25.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
25.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
25.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
25.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
25.3 Operate and monitor equipment
25.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine calcination efficiency
25.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas to identify process defects and potential problems
25.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise and maintain efficient calcining and to meet product quality targets
25.3.4 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
MNMPRD325A Conduct calcination activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 518
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
25.3.5 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
25.3.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
25.3.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
25.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
25.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
25.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
25.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
25.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
25.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • conveyor • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses Plant may include: • airblowers • bag filters • calciner • electrostatic precipitator • silos • heat exchangers • weigh feeder • lines • gas train • vessels • conveyors • valves Calcining methods may include: • coke bedding
Conduct calcination activities MNMPRD325A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 519
• fluid bed • rotary kilns Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • density • levels • restrictions • air flows • levels • oxygen • pressure • speed (eg: pumps) • unusual noises • vibrations • power • temperature Monitoring the calcining process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • feed rates • mineral content • moisture levels • in stream analysis (ISA) • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads • pressures • power draw • wear and tear • levels (sodium) • particle size Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels • walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • quantity of reagents • oxygen levels Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • agitators • cameras and monitors • interlocks • distribution control system
MNMPRD325A Conduct calcination activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 520
• launders • hydraulic system • pumping system • screen inspections • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems MATERIALS Materials are wet and may include: • hydrate (feed) • filter cake • gases (natural) • oil • air • coke Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • oil • fuel • gases • organic materials • moisture LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
Conduct calcination activities MNMPRD325A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 521
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • calcining process (basic) • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports
MNMPRD325A Conduct calcination activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 522
• lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct digestion process MNMPRD326A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 523
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD326A Conduct digestion process
MNMPRD326A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of the digestion process. The digestion process involves the increase of pressure and temperature in order to dissolve the metalliferous component. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
26.1 Plan and prepare for digestion operations
26.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
26.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
26.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
26.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
26.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
26.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
26.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
26.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
26.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
26.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
26.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
26.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
26.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
26.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
26.3 Operate and monitor equipment
26.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine efficiency
26.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas to digestion process defects and potential problems
26.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise and maintain efficient digestion and to meet product quality targets
MNMPRD326A Conduct digestion process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 524
26.3.4 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
26.3.5 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
26.3.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
26.3.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
26.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
26.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
26.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
26.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
26.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
26.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses Plant may include: • heat exchanger • burners • lines • gas train • vessels • conveyors • valves Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • flow • current (eg: agitators)
Conduct digestion process MNMPRD326A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 525
• density • levels • restrictions • pressure • speed (eg: pumps) • unusual noises • vibrations • power • temperature Monitoring the drying process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • feed rates • mineral content • moisture levels • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads • pressures • power draw • temperature • wear and tear • emission (eg: cyanide) • levels • laboratory results Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels • walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • quantity of reagents • flow • temperature • pressure • A/C ratio • condensate quality Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • cameras and monitors • interlocks • distribution control system • flash vessels • launders • heat exchangers • hydraulic system • pumping system • screen inspections • scuttling pumps
MNMPRD326A Conduct digestion process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 526
• pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves • vessels • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems MATERIALS Materials may include: • slurry • steam Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • oil • fuel • gases • organic materials • moisture LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements
Conduct digestion process MNMPRD326A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 527
• Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • digestion process (basic) • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces
MNMPRD326A Conduct digestion process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 528
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct precipitation operations MNMPRD327A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 529
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD327A Conduct precipitation operations
MNMPRD327A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of the precipitation process. Precipitation involves chemical processes to reduce the metal concentration in a liquor stream, and may also involve seeding and selectively cooling the liquor stream through a crystallisation process. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
27.1 Plan and prepare for precipitation operations
27.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
27.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
27.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
27.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
27.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
27.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
27.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
27.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
27.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
27.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
27.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
27.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
27.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
27.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
27.3 Operate and monitor equipment
27.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine precipitation efficiency
27.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas to identify defects and potential problems
MNMPRD327A Conduct precipitation operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 530
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
27.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise and maintain efficient precipitation and to meet product quality targets
27.3.4 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
27.3.5 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
27.3.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
27.3.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
27.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
27.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
27.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
27.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
27.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
27.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Precipitation can cover sulphide and neutralisation processes, and a seed recycle, crystal growth process to precipitate metals or other items in solution. EQUIPMENT Plant may include: • precipitators • liquor stream seeding equipment • thickeners • clarifiers • sand filters • heat exchanger • vessels • conveyors • valves • conglomerators • agitators • ejectors
Conduct precipitation operations MNMPRD327A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 531
Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools hoses Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • degree of separation • flow • current (eg: agitators) • density • levels • restrictions • air flows • pressure • speed (eg: pumps) • temperature • unusual noises • vibrations • power • temperature Monitoring and control of the precipitation or crystallisation process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • feed rates • mineral content • moisture levels • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads • pressures • power draw • wear and tear • emission (eg: cyanide) • laboratory results • levels • residual content in liquor stream • productivity of extraction Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels • walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks
MNMPRD327A Conduct precipitation operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 532
Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • agitators • cameras and monitors • interlocks • distribution control system • hydraulic system • pumping system • screen inspections • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems MATERIALS Materials are wet and may include: • slurry • effluent LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures • Lead Code of Practice Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include:
Conduct precipitation operations MNMPRD327A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 533
• Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • precipitation process • chemistry - basic solubility • sulphide precipitation • neutralisation precipitation • liquid and solid separation processes in precipitation and cyrstallisation • floculation agents • filtration methods • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • reagent types • seeding and crystallisation processes • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • handling and measuring reagents • temperature control • end-point identification • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning
MNMPRD327A Conduct precipitation operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 534
• diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • sampling and monitoring • critical control issues relevant to the process • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct reduction process MNMPRD328A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 535
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD328A Conduct reduction process
MNMPRD328A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of the reduction circuit. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
28.1 Plan and prepare for reduction operations
28.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
28.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
28.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
28.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
28.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
28.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
28.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
28.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
28.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
28.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
28.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
28.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
28.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
28.3 Operate and monitor equipment
28.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine reduction efficiency
28.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas to identify reduction process defects and potential problems
28.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise reduction, maintain efficient reduction and to meet product quality targets
28.3.4 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
28.3.5 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
MNMPRD328A Conduct reduction process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 536
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
28.3.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
28.3.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
28.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
28.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
28.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
28.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
28.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
28.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses (air and water) Plant may include: • rotary kilns • fans • hoppers • pumps • vessels • lines • screens • blowers • weigh feeder • auxiliary drives • conveyors • valves Reduction methods may include: • open hearth furnace • rotary kiln • multi-hearth • blast furnace
Conduct reduction process MNMPRD328A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 537
Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • speed • current • assaying • density • carbon levels • restrictions • air volume and pressure • speed (eg: pumps) • unusual noises • vibrations • power • temperature • feed rates (rpm, amps) • magnetic content Monitoring the reduction process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • feed rates • mineral content • moisture levels • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads • pressures • power draw • wear and tear • emission (eg: cyanide) • levels Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels • walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • cameras and monitors • conveyors • fans • interlocks • distribution control system • launders • hoppers • screen inspections • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges
MNMPRD328A Conduct reduction process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 538
• drive belts • valves • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems MATERIALS Materials may include: • illminite • coal car • sulfur • reagents Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • oil • fuel • gases • organic materials • moisture LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements
Conduct reduction process MNMPRD328A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 539
• Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • reduction process (basic) • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces
MNMPRD328A Conduct reduction process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 540
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct roasting operations MNMPRD329A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 541
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD329A Conduct roasting operations
MNMPRD329A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of the roasting activities. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
29.1 Prepare for and conduct roaster operations
29.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
29.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
29.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
29.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
29.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
29.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
29.1.7 Manages environmental requirements
29.1.8 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
29.1.9 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
29.1.10 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
29.2 Manage delivery of zinc concentrate to fluid bed roaster
29.2.1 Monitors feed mechanism operation (eg. conveyor systems)
29.2.2 Monitors operating requirements
29.2.3 Adjusts feed rate in accordance with operating requirements
29.3 Monitor operation of fluid bed roaster
29.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine roaster efficiency
29.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas to identify roaster process defects and potential problems
29.3.3 Adjusts cooling systems to optimise roaster operation temperature
29.3.5 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
29.3.6 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
MNMPRD329A Conduct roasting operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 542
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
29.4 Manage roaster products 29.4.1 Monitors gas by -product output and cooling
29.4.2 Monitors calcine cooling systems
29.4.3 Regulates the operation of calcine and gas cooling systems
29.4.4 Actions and reports all roaster operating and cooling system alarms
29.4.5 Communicates with personnel to ensure effect management of roaster products and by-products
29.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
29.5.1 Cleans plant or ensures plant is cleaned to maintain condition of all equipment for safe and efficient operations
29.5.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
29.5.3 Maintains standards of equipment to Australian standards through planned general inspections
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses Plant may include: • roaster • boilers • cyclones • drum coolers • gas precipitators • heat exchanger • burners • gas train • vessels • conveyors • valves • ladders • rails
Conduct roasting operations MNMPRD329A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 543
Roasting method may include: • fluid bed roaster • tantaline roaster • filtrate roasting Equipment or plant cleaning methods may include: • hammer & bar • air lance • shovel and wheel barrow • vacuum • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Monitoring of roasting process may include the checking of: • product composition eg sulphate / sulphide % Indicator readings may measure: • temperature • gas pressure • air flows • speed (eg: cooling system pumps) • unusual noises • vibrations • power Monitoring the roasting process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • feed rates • moisture levels • overloads • pressures • power draw • wear and tear • emission (eg: Sulphides) MATERIALS Materials may include: • ore concentrate • calcine • feed material Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • oil • fuel • gases • organic materials • moisture LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations
MNMPRD329A Conduct roasting operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 544
• Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • roasting process • operating parameters and roasting capacities • cooling systems • boiler operation • concentrate blending • calcine storage
Conduct roasting operations MNMPRD329A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 545
• gas management systems • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • pumping system • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS MAY INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments.
MNMPRD329A Conduct roasting operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 546
KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct bacterial oxidation MNMPRD330A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 547
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD330A Conduct bacterial oxidation
MNMPRD330A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shutdown of a bacterial oxidation plant. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
30.1 Plan and prepare for bacterial oxidation process
30.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
30.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
30.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication method
30.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
30.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
30.1.6 Performs equipment prestart (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
30.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
30.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
30.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
30.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
30.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
30.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
30.3 Operate and monitor equipment
30.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine bacterial oxidation progress
30.3.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies bacterial oxidation process defects and potential problems
30.3.3 Assesses sulphuric content of ore according to bacterial oxidation parameters
30.3.4 Makes appropriate adjustments to oxidation process to optimise targets
30.3.5 Adjust equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise oxidation performance, maintain efficient oxidation and to meet product quality targets
30.3.6 Controls feed to oxidation equipment (where applicable)
MNMPRD330A Conduct bacterial oxidation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 548
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
30.3.7 Adds nutrients and oxygent to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
30.3.8 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
30.3.9 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
30.3.10 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
30.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
30.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
30.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
30.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
30.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
30.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Forklift • Gantry cranes and attachments • Hand and power tools • Hoses for water and air • Loader and bobcat • Pump systems Plant may include: • Acid pumping system • Acid storage tank • Agitators and gearboxes • Air ducting and air sparge pipes • Bacterial oxidation / leaching tanks • Conditioning tanks • Cooling water pipelines • Counter current decantation thickeners • Flocculent mixing/storage/pumping system • Lime mixing/storage/pumping system • Limestone ball mill • Limestone storage and pumping system • Neutralisation circuit tanks • Nutrient hold tanks
Conduct bacterial oxidation MNMPRD330A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 549
• Nutrient mixing tanks • Nutrient pumping systems • Pumps • Slurry pipelines Bacterial oxidation methods may include: • High temperature bacterial leaching • Low temperature bacterial leaching Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • High pressure cleaning • Hosing with water • Use of bobcat Indicator readings may measure: • Air flows • Concentrations (e.g. dissolved oxygen) • Conductivity • Current • Densities • Heat - temperature • Levels • Mass flow • pH • Power • Pressure • Reagent flows • Speed • Vibrations Monitoring may include the checking of: • Air flows • Air pressure • Bacteria concentration • Blockages and spillages • Cooling water flows • Densities • Dissolved oxygen • Feed rates • In stream analysis (ISA) • Nutrient levels • On stream analysis (OSA) • Overloads • pH • Power draw • Pressures • Reagent flow • Temperatures • Wear and tear Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels
MNMPRD330A Conduct bacterial oxidation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 550
• Job requirements • Personnel availability • Work through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. The methods used to optimise the plant may include adjustment to: • Air flow • Mass flow • Nutrient levels • pH • Solids densities Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • Cameras and monitors • Distribution control system (DCS) • Interlocks • Isolations • Pipes and flanges • Pumping system • Valves • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Water systems MATERIALS Materials may be wet and may include: • Air • Nutrients • Slurry • Acid • Lime/Limestone Contaminants are anything other than the slurry and nutrients and required reagents. Most common contaminants may include: • Oil • Organic solvents • Plastic • Wood fibre Some chemicals and elements can destroy or significantly reduce bacteria populations these may include: • Cyanide and chemicals resulting from cyanide decay • Stibnite in the ore • Sulfite (e.g. sodium sulfate) LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations
Conduct bacterial oxidation MNMPRD330A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 551
• Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Weather conditions • Working at heights
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Bacteria inhibitors • Bacterial oxidation plant (basic) and process • Break down procedures • Contaminants • Depressant identification and activator principles • Emergency procedures
MNMPRD330A Conduct bacterial oxidation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 552
• Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Hazardous good procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data • Nutrient types and how to use then • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Types of ores and grades (basic) SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, minor maintenance and cleaning • Handling hazardous goods • Hazard identification and management • Lifting techniques (manual, automated) • Maintain records • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work at heights • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct filtering process MNMPRD331A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 553
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD331A Conduct filtering process
MNMPRD331A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of a filtering circuit. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
31.1 Plan and prepare for filtering process
31.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
31.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
31.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
31.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
31.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
31.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
31.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
31.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
31.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
31.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
31.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
31.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
31.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
31.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
31.3 Operate and monitor equipment
31.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine filtering efficiency
31.3.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies defects and potential problems
31.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise performance, maintain efficient filtering and to meet product quality targets
31.3.4 Controls feed to equipment (if applicable)
31.3.5 Monitors moisture in cake and density of filtrate
MNMPRD331A Conduct filtering process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 554
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
31.3.6 Monitors reagent addition for cleaning (where applicable)
31.3.7 Monitors and maintains air systems to specified moisture parameters
31.3.8 Maintains cleanliness of vacuum systems (where applicable)
31.3.9 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
31.3.10 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
31.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
31.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
31.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
31.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
31.5.1 Clears ore from filtering circuit before commencing shutdown (where applicable)
31.5.2 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
31.5.3 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
31.5.4 Passes on shift change over details to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Belt weighs • Compressors • Distribution control systems • Feeders • Gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) • Pump systems Filtering methods may include: • Candle • Drum • Pressure • Compression • Leaf
Conduct filtering process MNMPRD331A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 555
Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • Hosing with water • Suction Equipment indicator readings may include: • Current • Flow • Levels • Pressure • Speed • Unusual noises • Vibrations Monitoring may include the checking of: • Air systems • Blockages and spillages • Feed rates • Filters • In stream analysis (ISA) • Levels of ponds and catchment areas • Mineral content • On stream analysis (OSA) • Overloads • Particle size indicators (PSI) • Power draw • Pressures • Temperatures • Wear and tear Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. Start-up procedures may include: • Air systems • Cameras and monitors • Checking interlocks • Checks distribution control system (DCS) • Chutes • Display instruments, lights and gauges • Equipment stop engine lights • Filters • Hydraulic system • Isolations • Lighting • Suppression systems
MNMPRD331A Conduct filtering process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 556
• Valves • Visual and audio warning devices and lights MATERIALS Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • Oils • Plastic • Solvents LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace
Conduct filtering process MNMPRD331A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 557
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Air systems • Contaminant identification • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Filtering procedures • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data (basic) • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Types of ores (basic) • Wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, minor maintenance, cleaning • Changing filters • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Handling hazardous goods • Hazard identification • Interpretation of reports, • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMPRD331A Conduct filtering process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 558
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct flotation process MNMPRD332A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 559
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD332A Conduct flotation process
MNMPRD332A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of a flotation plant. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
32.1 Plan and prepare for flotation process
32.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
32.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
32.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
32.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
32.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
32.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
32.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
32.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
32.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
32.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
32.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
32.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
32.3 Operate and monitor equipment
32.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine flotation efficiency
32.3.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies flotation process defects and potential problems
32.3.3 Assesses mineral content of ore according to flotation parameters
32.3.4 Makes appropriate adjustments to flotation process to optimise targets
32.3.5 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise flotation performance, maintain efficient flotation and to meet product quality targets
32.3.6 Controls feed to flotation equipment (where applicable)
MNMPRD332A Conduct flotation process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 560
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
32.3.7 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
32.3.8 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
32.3.9 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
32.3.10 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
32.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
32.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
32.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
32.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
32.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
32.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Gantry cranes and attachments (eg: overhead) • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) • Pump systems Plant may include: • Compressors and blowers • Conditioning tanks • Flotation cells and columns • Reagent dosing Floatation methods may include: • Bulk flotation • Controlled potential sulfide (CPS ) • Pre-float Floatation quality targets may include: • Concentrate grade • Consumption targets • Density • Eh (electro chemical potential) • Percentage of recovery
Conduct flotation process MNMPRD332A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 561
• pH level Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Hosing with water Indicator readings may measure: • Concentrations • Current • Densities • Grade • Heat • Levels • Pressure flows • Unusual noises Monitoring may include the checking of: • Air flows • Blockages and spillages • Check current draw • Feed rates • In stream analysis (ISA) • On stream analysis (OSA) • Particle size indicators (PSI) • Power • Pressures • Pulp density • Pulp levels • Temperatures • Wear and tear Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • Adjustment to reagent usage Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • Cameras and monitors • Distribution control system (DCS) • Drive belts • Filters • Fluid levels (grease, oil, water) • Hoppers and launders • Interlocks • Isolations • Pipes and flanges • Pumping system
MNMPRD332A Conduct flotation process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 562
• Valves • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Water systems (e.g. sprays and columns) MATERIALS Materials may be wet and may include: • Air • Reagents • Slurry Contaminants are anything other than the slurry and reagents. Most common contaminants may include: • Oil • Plastic • Wood fibre LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Day and night • Weather conditions • Working at heights
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations.
Conduct flotation process MNMPRD332A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 563
These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Breakdown procedures • Contaminants • Depressant identification and activator principles • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Flotation plant (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Reagent types and how to mix them • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Types of ores and grades (basic) SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, minor maintenance, cleaning • Handling hazardous goods • Hazard identification and management • Interpretation of reports • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Maintain records • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Select and fit personal protective equipment • Use relevant hand tools • Work at heights
MNMPRD332A Conduct flotation process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 564
• Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct heavy media separation MNMPRD333A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 565
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD333A Conduct heavy media separation
MNMPRD333A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shutdown of a heavy media separation process. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
33.1 Plant and prepare for heavy media separation
33.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
33.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
33.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
33.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
33.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
33.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
33.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
33.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
33.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
33.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
33.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
33.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
33.3 Operate and monitor equipment
33.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine oxidation progress
33.3.2 Continuously inspects plant to identify separation defects and potential problems and takes appropriate action
33.3.3 Adjusts equipment to optimise separation performance and product quality
33.3.4 Controls feed to plant
33.3.5 Manages and monitors heavy media levels
33.3.6 Manages and monitors levels of separating baths
33.3.7 Monitors the efficiency of the heavy media separation process
MNMPRD333A Conduct heavy media separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 566
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
33.3.8 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of the equipment
33.3.9 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
33.3.10 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift or next shift
33.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
33.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
33.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
33.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
33.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
33.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Gantry cranes and attachments • Hand and power tools • Pump systems Plant may include: • Heavy media circuit • Separating baths • Cyclones • Screens (drawing, washing, separating) Indicator readings may measure: • Concentrations • Densities • Levels • Pressure flows • Viscosity Monitoring may include the checking of: • Air flows • Blockages and spillages • Feed rates • Power • Pressures
Conduct heavy media separation MNMPRD333A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 567
• Temperatures • Wear and tear Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Work through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • Adjustment to heavy media levels • Pulp density • Stability of slurry • Viscosity Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • Cameras and monitors • Distribution control system (DCS) • Interlocks • Isolations • Pipes and flanges • Pumping system • Valves • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Water systems MATERIALS Materials may include: • Heavy media • Slurry • Waste • Gangue minerals Heavy media may include: • Magnetite • Ferrosilicon Contaminants are anything other than the slurry and nutrients. Most common contaminants may include: • Oil • Plastic • Wood fibre LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act
MNMPRD333A Conduct heavy media separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 568
• Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Weather conditions • Working at heights
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Break down procedures • Contaminants • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures
Conduct heavy media separation MNMPRD333A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 569
• Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Gravitation separation process (fines and heavy) • Hazardous good procedures and consequences of spills • Heavy media types • High pressures dangers and characteristics • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Pressure oxidation plant (basic) and process • Site procedures • Types of ores and grades (basic) SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, minor maintenance and cleaning • Handling hazardous goods • Hazard identification and management • Lifting techniques (manual, automated) • Maintain records • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work at heights • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMPRD333A Conduct heavy media separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 570
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct high tension separation MNMPRD334A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 571
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD334A Conduct high tension separation
MNMPRD334A This unit applies in all contexts to the electrostatic separation process for mineral sands. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
34.1 Plan and prepare for electrostatic separation
34.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
34.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
34.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
34.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
34.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
34.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
34.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
34.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
34.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
34.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
34.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
34.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
34.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
34.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
34.3 Operate and monitor equipment
34.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine separation efficiency
34.3.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies defects and potential problems
34.3.3 Assesses mineral content of ore according to separation parameters
34.3.4 Makes appropriate adjustments to separation process to optimise targets
34.3.5 Adjust equipment to approved parameters to optimise separation performance, maintain efficient separation and to meet product quality targets
MNMPRD334A Conduct high tension separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 572
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
34.3.6 Controls feed to separation equipment (where applicable)
34.3.7 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
34.3.8 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely, and on time
34.3.9 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
34.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
34.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
34.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
34.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
34.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
34.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Gantry cranes and attachments • Hand and power tools • Hoses (air) Plant may include: • Compressors and blowers • Vibrating screens • Electrostatic rolls and plates • Dry stream analyser • Weightometers • Dryers and burners • Conveyors, screw feeders and elevators Separation methods may include: • High tension • Sizing Separation quality targets may include: • Grades • Consumption targets • Percentage of recovery
Conduct high tension separation MNMPRD334A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 573
Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Shovels • Compressed air Indicator readings may measure: • Current • Grade • Heat • Unusual noises • Levels • Radiation Monitoring may include the checking of: • Air flows • Blockages and spillages • Current draw • Feed rates • Power • Pressures • Wear and tear • Temperatures • Particle size • Throughput Pre start visual checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Personnel availability • Walk through plant • Isolation and/or lockout checks • Job requirements • Post shut down checks are like pre start checks Methods used to optimise the plant may include: • Adjust mineral cuts • Adjust feed input rate • Adjust temperatures • Adjust high tension settings Start up procedure may include the inspection of: • Cameras and monitors • Distribution systems • Drive belts • Screens • Fluid levels (grease, oil) • Hoppers and launders • Interlocks • Isolations • Pipes and flanges • Conveyor systems • Elevators and screw feeders • Valves • Visual and audio warning devices
MNMPRD334A Conduct high tension separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 574
Materials: • Gas • Oil Contaminants are anything other than the slurry most common contaminants may include: • Wood fibre • Gravel • Silica LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine regulations Act • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Day and night • Weather conditions • Working at heights
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
Conduct high tension separation MNMPRD334A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 575
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Breakdown procedures • Contaminants • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Separation plant (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Types of ores and grades (basic) SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, minor maintenance, cleaning • Handling hazardous goods • Hazard identification and management • Interpretation of reports • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work at heights • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
MNMPRD334A Conduct high tension separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 576
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct leaching process MNMPRD335A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 577
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD335A Conduct leaching process
MNMPRD335A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of the leaching circuit. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
35.1 Plan and prepare for leaching circuit operation
35.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
35.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
35.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
35.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
35.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
35.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
35.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
35.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
35.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
35.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
35.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
35.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
35.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
35.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
35.3 Operate and monitor equipment
35.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine leaching efficiency
35.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas to identify leaching process defects and potential problems
35.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise leaching, maintain efficient leaching and to meet product quality targets
35.3.4 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
MNMPRD335A Conduct leaching process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 578
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
35.3.5 Adjusts flows to meet down stream requirements, where required
35.3.6 Monitors and adjusts circuitry volumes
35.3.7 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
35.3.8 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
35.3.9 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
35.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
35.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
35.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
35.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
35.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
35.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Compressors • Distribution control systems (DCS) • Feeders • Gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) Plant may include: • Lines • Overhead sprinklers • Piping • Pumps • Tanks • Heat exchangers • Airlines • Streamlines • Thickeners & Clarifiers • Filters • Agitators • Reactors
Conduct leaching process MNMPRD335A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 579
• Conveyors • Sumps • Grinding Mills Leaching methods may include: • Acid • Alkaline • Bacterial leach • Dump (run of mine ore) • Heap (processed ore for leaching) • In situ • Pressure Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • High pressure cleaning • Hosing with water Indicator readings may measure: • Air flows • Current (e.g. agitators) • Density • Flow • Levels • Power • Pressure • Restrictions • Speed (e.g. pumps) • Unusual noises • Vibrations Monitoring may include the checking of: • Blockages and spillages • Carbon levels and movement • Feed rates • Gas emission (e.g. cyanide) • In stream analysis (ISA) • Mineral content • On stream analysis (OSA) • Overloads • Particle size indicators (PSI) • Power draw • Pressures • Titrations • Wear and tear Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment (e.g. conveyor) • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks.
MNMPRD335A Conduct leaching process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 580
The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • Oxygen levels • Quantity of reagents Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • Agitators • Cameras and monitors • Distribution control system • Drive belts • Hydraulic system • Interlocks • Launders • Pipes and flanges • Pumping system • Screen inspections • Scuttling pumps • Suppression systems • Valves • Visual and audio warning devices and lights MATERIALS Wet materials may include: • Agglomerated • Crushed • Slurry Dry materials may include: • calcine (dry prior to adding) • liquors (ie. spent from electrolysis) Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • Chemicals • Containers and packaging • Fuels • Metal • Oils • Plastic • Timber LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage
Conduct leaching process MNMPRD335A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 581
• Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Breakdown procedures • Contaminant identification • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Leaching principles (e.g. absorption principles - gold) • Metallurgical and technical data (basic) • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • Reagent types • Sampling • Site procedures
MNMPRD335A Conduct leaching process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 582
• Site safety requirements • Types of ores (basic) • Wet and dry working procedures • Chemical/metallurgical interactions with other processes on site • Process interactions in the leach circuit SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Diagnosing • Handling hazardous goods • Hazard identification and management • Interpretation of reports • Lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • Maintain records • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Trouble shooting • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct magnetic separation MNMPRD336A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 583
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD336A Conduct magnetic separation
MNMPRD336A This unit applies in all contexts to the magnetic separation process for mineral sands. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
36.1 Plan and prepare for magnetic separation
36.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturer's specifications
36.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
36.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
36.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
36.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
36.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
36.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
36.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
36.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
36.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
36.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
36.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
36.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
36.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
36.3 Operate and monitor equipment
36.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine separation efficiency
36.3.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies defects and potential problems
36.3.3 Assesses mineral content of ore according to separation parameters
36.3.4 Makes appropriate adjustments to separation process to optimise targets
36.3.5 Adjusts equipment to approved parameters to optimise separation performance, maintain efficient separation and to meet product quality targets
MNMPRD336A Conduct magnetic separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 584
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
36.3.6 Controls feed to separation equipment (where applicable)
36.3.7 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
36.3.8 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
36.3.9 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
36.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
36.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
36.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
36.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
36.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
36.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Gantry cranes and attachments • Hand and power tools • Hoses (air) Plant may include: • Compressors and blowers • Vibrating screens • Induction roll magnets • Cross belt magnets • Weightometers • Dryers and burners • Conveyors, screw feeders and elevators Separation methods may include: • Magnetic • Sizing Separation quality targets may include: • Grades • Consumption targets • Percentage of recovery
Conduct magnetic separation MNMPRD336A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 585
Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Shovels • Compressed air Indicator readings may measure: • Current • Grade • Heat • Unusual noises • Levels • Radiation Monitoring may include the checking of: • Air flows • Blockages and spillage's • Current draw • Feed rates • Power • Pressures • Wear and tear • Temperatures • Particle size • Throughput Pre start visual checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Personnel availability • Walk through plant • Isolation and/or lockout checks • Job requirements • Post shut down checks are like pre start checks Methods used to optimise the plant may include: • Adjust mineral cuts • Adjust feed input rate • Adjust temperatures • Adjust magnetic intensity Start up procedure may include the inspection of: • Cameras and monitors • Distribution systems • Drive belts • Screens • Fluid levels ( grease, oil) • Hoppers and launders • Interlocks • Isolations • Pipes and flanges • Conveyor systems • Elevators and screw feeders • Valves • Visual and audio warning devices
MNMPRD336A Conduct magnetic separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 586
Materials may include: • Gas Contaminants are anything other than the slurry most common contaminant may include. • Wood fibre • Gravel • Silica LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine regulations Act • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Day and night • Weather conditions • Working at heights
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
Conduct magnetic separation MNMPRD336A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 587
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Breakdown procedures • Contaminants • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Separation plant (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Types of ores and grades (basic) SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, minor maintenance, cleaning • Handling hazardous goods • Hazard identification and management • Interpretation of reports • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work at heights • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors.
MNMPRD336A Conduct magnetic separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 588
All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct pressure oxidation MNMPRD337A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 589
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD337A Conduct pressure oxidation
MNMPRD337A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shutdown of a pressure oxidation process. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
37.1 Plan and prepare for pressure oxidation process
37.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
37.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
37.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
37.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
37.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
37.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
37.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
37.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
37.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
37.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
37.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
37.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
37.3 Operate and monitor equipment
37.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine oxidation progress
37.3.2 Continuously inspects plant to identify oxidation defects and potential problems and takes appropriate action
37.3.3 Adjusts equipment to optimise oxidation performance and product quality
37.3.4 Controls feed to oxidation equipment (where applicable)
37.3.5 Adds oxygen to approved operating parameters
37.3.6 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of the equipment
37.3.7 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
MNMPRD337A Conduct pressure oxidation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 590
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
37.3.8 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift or next shift
37.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
37.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
37.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
37.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
37.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
37.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Gantry cranes and attachments • Hand and power tools • Pump systems Ancillary equipment may include: • Autoclave • Vent system Plant may include: • Conditioning tanks and columns • Oxygen tanks Indicator readings may measure: • Concentrations • Densities • Heat • Levels • Pressure flows Monitoring may include the checking of: • Air flows • Blockages and spillage's • Feed rates • Power • Pressures • Temperatures • Wear and tear
Conduct pressure oxidation MNMPRD337A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 591
Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Work through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • Adjustment to oxygen levels Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • Cameras and monitors • Distribution control system (DCS) • Interlocks • Isolations • Pipes and flanges • Pumping system • Valves • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Water systems MATERIALS Materials may include: • Oxygen Contaminants are anything other than the slurry and nutrients. Most common contaminants may include: • Oil • Plastic • Wood fibre LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise
MNMPRD337A Conduct pressure oxidation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 592
• Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Weather conditions • Working at heights
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Break down procedures • Contaminants • Depressant identification and activator principles • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Hazardous good procedures and consequences of spills • High pressures dangers and characteristics • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Pressure oxidation plant (basic) and process • Site procedures
Conduct pressure oxidation MNMPRD337A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 593
• Types of ores and grades (basic) SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, minor maintenance and cleaning • Handling hazardous goods • Hazard identification and management • Lifting techniques (manual, automated) • Maintain records • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work at heights • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct thickening and clarifying process MNMPRD338A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 595
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD338A Conduct thickening and clarifying process
MNMPRD338A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of a thickening and clarifying circuit. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
38.1 Plan and prepare for thickening and clarifying process
38.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
38.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
38.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
38.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
38.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
38.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
38.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
38.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
38.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
38.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
38.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
38.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
38.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
38.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
38.3 Operate and monitor equipment
38.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine torque, bed characteristics, flow characteristics and reagent dosage
38.3.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies defects and potential problems
38.3.3 Controls discharge of underflow/overflow agents (where applicable) to approved operating parameters
38.3.4 Directs underflow/overflow to alternate location according to work specifications
MNMPRD338A Conduct thickening and clarifying process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 596
38.3.5 Monitors performance of thickener to meet approved operating parameters
38.3.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
38.3.7 Passes on shift change over details to oncoming shift
38.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
38.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
38.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
38.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
38.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
38.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following range of variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Air spears • Hand and power tools • Hydraulic units (eg: porta-paks) • Pump systems Plant may include: • Compressors • Distribution control systems (DCS) • Feeders • Froth beams and sprays • Gantry cranes • Hoses (water & air) • Lubrication • Racks • Radiation gauges • Spray systems Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • (Plant cleaning normally occurs during shutdown) • Degreasing • Forced air • Hosing with water • High pressure cleaning • Suction Indicator readings may include:
Conduct thickening and clarifying process MNMPRD338A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 597
• Concentrations • Current • Densities • Flow • Levels • Power • Pressure • Size • Speed • Temperature • Unusual noises • Vibrations • Weight • Overflow clarity • Bed levels • Reagent additions • Flow recycles Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment (e.g. conveyor) • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. Start-up procedures may include: • Auxiliary check equipment • Establish relevant communications • Plant checks • Safety mechanisms • Shift change over details MATERIALS Materials may include: • Reagents • Slurry Reagents may include: • Depressant (e.g. flocculent) Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • Plastic • Oil LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act
MNMPRD338A Conduct thickening and clarifying process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 598
• Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE
• Breakdown procedures • Contaminant identification • Depressant principles • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data (data)
Conduct thickening and clarifying process MNMPRD338A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 599
• Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Reagent types • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Thickening and clarifying procedures • Types of ores (basic) • Wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE
• Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Handling hazardous goods handling techniques • Hazard identification • Interpretation of reports • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Report defects • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct wet gravity separation MNMPRD339A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 601
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D3 Beneficiation
UNIT MNMPRD339A Conduct wet gravity separation
MNMPRD339A This unit applies in all contexts to the wet gravity separation process for mineral sands. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
39.1 Plan and prepare for wet gravity separation
39.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
39.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
39.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
39.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
39.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
39.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
39.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
39.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
39.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
39.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
39.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
39.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
39.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
39.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
39.3 Operate and monitor equipment
39.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine separation efficiency
39.3.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies separation process defects and potential problems
39.3.3 Assesses mineral content of ore according to separation parameters
39.3.4 Makes appropriate adjustments to separation process to optimise targets
MNMPRD339A Conduct wet gravity separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 602
39.3.5 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise separation performance, maintain efficient separation and to meet project quality targets
39.3.6 Controls feed to separation equipment (where applicable)
39.3.7 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
39.3.8 Completes all required documentation, clearly, concisely and on time
39.3.9 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
39.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
39.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
39.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
39.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
39.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
39.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • Gantry cranes and attachments • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water and air) • Pumps systems Plant may include: • Attritioners • Compressors and blowers • Cyclones • Elutriator • Pumps • Rotating screens • Spirals • Wet shaker tables Separation methods may include: • High tension Separation quality targets: • Consumption targets
Conduct wet gravity separation MNMPRD339A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 603
• Density • Grades • Percentage of recovery • pH level Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Brush scrubbing • Hosing with water Indicator readings may measure: • Current • Density • Levels • Pressure flows • Unusual noises Monitoring may include the checking of: • Air flows • Blockages and spillage's • Current draw • Feed rates • Power • Pressures • Temperatures • Wear and tear Pre start visual checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels • Isolation and/or lockout checks • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Post shut down checks are like pre start checks • Walk through plant Methods used to optimise the plant may include: • Adjust mineral cuts (table and spirals) • Adjust feed input rate Start up procedure may include the inspection of: • Cameras and monitors • Distribution systems • Drive belts • Fluid levels ( grease, oil, water) • Hoppers and launders • Interlocks • Isolations • Pipes and flanges • Pumping systems • Screens • Valves • Visual and audio warning devices • Water systems (sprayers and columns)
MNMPRD339A Conduct wet gravity separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 604
Materials may include: • Air • Slurry • Water Contaminants are anything other than the slurry most common contaminants may include. • Gravel • Wood fibre LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Day and night • Weather conditions • Working at heights
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
Conduct wet gravity separation MNMPRD339A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 605
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Breakdown procedures • Contaminants • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, limitations and operating parameters • Equipment safety requirements • Separation plant (basic) • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Types of ores and grades (basic) SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, minor maintenance, cleaning • Handling hazardous goods • Hazard identification and management • Interpretation of reports • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work at heights • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors.
MNMPRD339A Conduct wet gravity separation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 606
All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct electrowinning/electrofining operations MNMPRD440A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 607
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D4 Refining
UNIT MNMPRD440A Conduct electrowinning/electrofining operations
MNMPRD440A This unit applies in all contexts to the electrorefining or electrowinning operation including managing the process and stripping plates. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
40.1 Plan and prepare for electrowinning/electrofining
40.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
40.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
40.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
40.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
40.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
40.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
40.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
40.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
40.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
40.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
40.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
40.2 Monitor electrowinning/electrofining
40.2.1 Monitors, gathers and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine electrofining efficiency
40.2.2 Monitors and adjusts solution volume, feed quality and rate of flow in cells
40.2.3 Monitors cooling system
40.2.4 Monitors and maintains correct temperature levels
40.2.5 Continuously inspects operations to identify potential defects problems
40.2.6 Minimises and monitors emissions by correctly dosing cells with appropriate agents
40.2.7 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
MNMPRD440A Conduct electrowinning/electrofining operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 608
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
40.2.8 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
40.2.9 Conducts cell inspections to prevent hot spots and maintain clear and straight flows
40.2.10 Observes and follows electricity safety techniques
40.3 Pull and strip plates 40.3.1 Ensures that electrofining systems are safe for plate removal
40.3.2 Pulls and strips plates using appropriate equipment
40.3.3 Inspects electrodes and identifies rejects
40.3.4 Manually strips plates if required
40.3.5 Stacks and dispatches stripping products for further treatment or shipping
40.3.6 Cleans plates for reuse if required
40.3.7 Handles stripping products safely
40.4 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
40.4.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
40.4.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
40.4.3 Plan for shutdown/isolation and returning cells to service
40.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
40.5.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
40.5.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
40.5.3 Maintains busbar cleanliness
40.5.4 Isolates cell and removes scale from anodes and cell using appropriate methods
40.5.5 Disposes of scale in accordance with site and environmental regulations
40.5.6 Returns cell to service in correct sequence
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders
Conduct electrowinning/electrofining operations MNMPRD440A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 609
• gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools Plant may include: • tanks • lines • pumps • piping • cells • plates • fixed stripping machines • monorails Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • digging Indicator readings may measure: • current flow • solvent density • restrictions • air flows • pressure • unusual noises • temperature Monitoring may include the checking of: • solution levels • spillages and hot spots • flow rates • pressures • power draw • emission levels • reagent addition Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor or gantry) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • fluid levels • walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • cameras and monitors • interlocks • distribution control system • pumping system • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves • visual and audio warning devices and lights
MNMPRD440A Conduct electrowinning/electrofining operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 610
• suppression systems • cells and surround site MATERIALS Materials may include: • slurry • solution • reagents Contaminates are any substance or item found in the feed that is not normally found in a feed of purified solution. LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality • management of residues
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
Conduct electrowinning/electrofining operations MNMPRD440A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 611
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • electrowinning principles (basic) • electricity dangers • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • plate stripping • diagnosing process faults • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces
MNMPRD440A Conduct electrowinning/electrofining operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 612
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct elution processes MNMPRD441A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 613
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D4 Refining
UNIT MNMPRD441A Conduct elution processes
MNMPRD441A This unit applies in all contexts to elution operations in the gold refining process This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
41.1 Plan and prepare for elution process
41.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
41.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
41.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
41.1.4 Uses appropriate personnel protective equipment
41.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
41.1.6 Performs equipment pre start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
41.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
41.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
41.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
41.1.10 Uses approved dust suppression and extraction methods
41.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
41.2 Start up equipment in sequence
41.2.1 Completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
41.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
41.2.3 Prepares carbon regeneration kilns and heat exchanges for operation where appropriate
41.2.4 Prepares elution column for loading
41.2.5 Loads elution column
41.2.6 Samples column for carbon content and measures level of carbon
41.2.7 Prepares circuit for start up and starts circuit in sequence
41.3 Operate and monitor equipment
41.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine efficiency
MNMPRD441A Conduct elution processes
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 614
41.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas for defects and potential problems
41.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise and maintain efficient solvent recovery and to meet product quality targets
41.3.4 Operates pumps and valves to mix reagents
41.3.5 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters where required
41.3.6 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain the condition of equipment
41.3.7 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
41.3.8 Passes on end of shift information to incoming shift
41.3.9 Samples pregnant solution and barren solution for gold
41.3.10 Returns barren solution to circuit
41.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
41.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
41.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
41.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
41.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
41.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses Plant may include: • elution columns • pumps • valves • reagent vessels • carbon regeneration kilns • heat exchanges
Conduct elution processes MNMPRD441A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 615
Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • flow • current • density • levels • restrictions • pressure • speed (eg: pumps) • unusual noises • vibrations • power • temperature Monitoring the drying process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • carbon content • gold content • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads • power draw • temperature • wear and tear • emission • laboratory results Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • quantity of reagents • flow • temperature • pressure • current flow Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • cameras and monitors • distribution control system • pumping system • pipes • valves • vessels • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems
MNMPRD441A Conduct elution processes
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 616
MATERIALS Materials may include: • slurry • reagents Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • oil • fuel • gases • organic materials • moisture LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • emissions • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE
Conduct elution processes MNMPRD441A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 617
• elution process principles • circuit control systems • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • regeneration kiln operations • heat exchanges application • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS MAY INCLUDE • column preparation • column loading • sampling techniques • circuit control techniques • pump operation • valve operation • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMPRD441A Conduct elution processes
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 618
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct gold room operations MNMPRD442A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 619
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D4 Refining
UNIT MNMPRD442A Conduct gold room operations
MNMPRD442A This unit applies in all contexts to electrowinning in gold refining operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
42.1 Plan and prepare for gold room operation
42.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
42.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
42.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
42.1.4 Uses appropriate personnel protective equipment
42.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
42.1.6 Performs equipment pre start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
42.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
42.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
42.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
42.1.10 Uses approved dust suppression and extraction methods
42.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
42.2 Start up equipment in sequence
42.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
42.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
42.3 Operate and monitor electrowinning equipment
42.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine efficiency
42.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas for defects and potential problems
42.3.3 Samples electrolysis cell solutions
42.3.4 Reads and interprets analysis reports
42.3.5 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters where required
MNMPRD442A Conduct gold room operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 620
42.3.6 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise and maintain efficient gold recovery
42.3.7 Observes and follows electricity safety techniques
42.3.8 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain the condition of equipment
42.3.9 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time in accordance with gold processing requirements
42.3.10 Passes on end of shift information to incoming shift
42.4 Prepare electrowinning products for smelting
42.4.1 Strips electrowinning cell cathodes
42.4.2 Treats stripping products in preparation for smelting - fluxing and/or drying
42.4.3 Records all required information accurately and in accordance with gold processing requirements
42.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
42.5.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
42.5.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
42.5.3 Isolates and removes waste from cathodes using appropriate methods
42.5.4 Disposes of waste in accordance with site and environmental regulations
42.5.5 Maintains records of gold room processes in accordance with site requirements
42.6 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
42.6.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
42.6.2 Performs post shutdown/isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • hand and power tools • sampling equipment • hoses
Conduct gold room operations MNMPRD442A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 621
Plant may include: • electrowinning cells • cathodes • power control • reagent vessels and delivery systems • drying systems Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • flow • current • density • levels • restrictions • pressure • speed (eg: pumps) • unusual noises • vibrations • power • temperature Monitoring the electrowinning process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • mineral content • moisture levels • overloads • pressures • power draw • temperature • wear and tear • emission (eg: cyanide) • levels • laboratory results Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg cathodes) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels • walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • quantity of reagents • current flow • temperature • pressure Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • cameras and monitors • electrowinning cells • cathodes • power control systems
MNMPRD442A Conduct gold room operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 622
• distribution control system • pumping system • pipes and flanges • valves • vessels • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems MATERIALS Materials may include: • pregnant calcine from elution • reagents Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • other metals • gases • organic materials LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS
Conduct gold room operations MNMPRD442A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 623
This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • elution process (Basic) • smelting process (Basic) • electrowinning process (Detailed) • use of fluxes • precipitate drying procedures • accurate record keeping • handling requirements for gold concentrates • accounting requirements for gold processing • security requirements for gold processing • safe use of cyanide • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • specific operational procedures and checks • pumping systems • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • electrowinning process control • reagent handling • cathode stripping • precipitate drying and fluxing • OSA sampling • gold concentrate handling and recording • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads)
MNMPRD442A Conduct gold room operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 624
• maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct solvent extraction MNMPRD443A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 625
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D4 Refining
UNIT MNMPRD443A Conduct solvent extraction
MNMPRD443A This unit applies in all contexts to the solvent extraction process. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
43.1 Plan and prepare for solvent extraction
43.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
43.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
43.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
43.1.4 Uses appropriate personnel protective equipment
43.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
43.1.6 Performs equipment pre start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
43.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
43.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
43.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
43.1.10 Uses approved dust suppression and extraction methods
43.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
43.2 Start up equipment in sequence
43.2.1 Carries out tart-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
43.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
43.3 Operate and monitor equipment
43.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine efficiency
43.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas for defects and potential problems
43.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise and maintain efficient solvent recovery and to meet product quality targets
43.3.4 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters where required
43.3.5 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain the condition of equipment
MNMPRD443A Conduct solvent extraction
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 626
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
43.3.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
43.3.7 Passes on end of shift information to incoming shift
43.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
43.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
43.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
43.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
43.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
43.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses Plant may include: • heat exchanger • burners • lines • gas train • vessels • conveyors • valves Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • flow • current (eg: agitators) • density • levels • restrictions • pressure
Conduct solvent extraction MNMPRD443A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 627
• speed (eg: pumps) • unusual noises • vibrations • power • temperature Monitoring the drying process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • feed rates • mineral content • moisture levels • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads • pressures • power draw • temperature • wear and tear • emission (eg: cyanide) • levels • laboratory results Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels • walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • quantity of reagents • flow • temperature • pressure • A/C ratio • condensate quality Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • cameras and monitors • interlocks • distribution control system • flash vessels • launders • heat exchangers • hydraulic system • pumping system • screen inspections • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves
MNMPRD443A Conduct solvent extraction
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 628
• vessels • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems MATERIALS Materials may include: • slurry • steam Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • oil • fuel • gases • organic materials • moisture LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues
Conduct solvent extraction MNMPRD443A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 629
Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • solvent extraction process (basic) • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces
MNMPRD443A Conduct solvent extraction
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 630
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Prepare and carry-out electrolytic cleaning process MNMPRD444A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 631
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D4 Refining
UNIT MNMPRD444A Prepare and carry-out electrolytic cleaning process
MNMPRD444A This Unit involves the preparation for and conduct of electrolytic cleaning process for a metalliferous facility This unit is based on the Steel Industry Competencies Unit SCWEC1, Prepare for electrolytic cleaning Unit SCWEC2, Carry out electrolytic cleaning process Unit SCWEC3, Control preparation for electrolytic cleaning Unit SCWEC4, Control electrolytic cleaning process This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
44.1 Prepare for electrolytic cleaning process
44.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
44.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
44.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
44.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
44.1.5 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
44.1.6 Manages environmental requirements
44.1.7 Prepares tanks and scrubbing equipment
44.1.8 Prepares and sets temperature and chemical composition of cleaning solution
44.1.9 Renews or replaces terminals (where applicable)
44.2 Conduct electrolytic cleaning 44.2.1 Monitors solution during process
44.2.2 Monitors cleaning process according to specifications
44.2.3 Identifies cleaning process end-point
44.2.4 Shuts down electrolysis according to specification
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations.
MNMPRD444A Prepare and carry-out electrolytic cleaning process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 632
EQUIPMENT AND CONDITIONS Personal protective equipment may include: • Helmet • Eye/face protection • Respiratory protection • Heat resistant clothing • Gloves • Hearing protection • Safety footwear Appropriate authority may include: • Senior operative • Team leader Hazards may include: • Rail and road movement • Cranes • Noise • Wind borne dust • Sharp objects • Moving machinery • Falling • Falling objects Team members may include: • Formal • Informal Faults and variances may include: • Product • Plant • Equipment Raw materials may include those involved in: • Coating protection • Cleaning Production documentation may include: • Tonnage’s • Quality • Analysis/testing • Identity • Tracking Oral communication may include: • Face-to-face • Telecommunication LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations
Prepare and carry-out electrolytic cleaning process MNMPRD444A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 633
• Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Precautions necessary to ensure safety • Potential dangers inherent in specific plant and equipment • Safe working procedures and systems • Use of protective clothing and equipment • Handling of chemicals • Dispatch of waste products • Storage and scheduling requirements for production • Plant requirements for various schedules • Service requirements and specifications • Manning and competence requirements
MNMPRD444A Prepare and carry-out electrolytic cleaning process
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 634
• Fault finding, rectification and reporting • Materials specifications • Optimisation of processing • Standard operating procedures • Tolerances allowable in the quality system and when action should be taken • Production documentation requirements and procedures • Relevant quality assurance and inspection procedures and systems • Limits of authority • Teamwork practices and team building techniques • Minimising conflict and conflict resolution SKILL WILL INCLUDE • Dealing with hazards • Use of protective clothing and equipment • Rescheduling of materials to meet plant availability • Receipt and deployment of materials • Manning to competence • Stored scheduled materials • Plant at operational status and competently manned • Smooth product flow • Good communication with work group, suppliers and customers • Dealing with faults and variances RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Prepare for pelletising activities MNMPRD445A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 635
STREAM PR Processing FIELD D4 Refining
UNIT MNMPRD445A Prepare for pelletising activities
MNMPRD445A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation for pelletising operations for metalliferous operations This unit is based on the following Steel Industry Competency Standards: Unit 66 IPP1, Receive raw materials for pelletising Unit 67 IPP2, Blend raw materials for pelletising Unit 68 IPP3, Distribute raw materials for pelletising This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA 45.1 Prepare for pelletising 45.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS,
regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
45.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
45.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
45.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment 45.1.5 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and
hazards according to the work plan 45.1.6 Completes computer systems and equipment pre-
start (visual) checks 45.1.7 Manages environmental requirements 45.2 Discharge and store raw
materials 45.2.1 Discharges materials from transportation
minimising spillage and / or delays 45.3 Manage reclaimer piles and
blend materials 45.3.1 Blends materials in specified sequence (where
applicable) 45.3.2 Maintains sufficient amount of materials to meet
pile building requirements 45.3.3 Ensures plant feed meets variable requirements to
ensure quality outcomes are achieved 45.4 Distribute raw materials for
pelletising 45.4.1 Suppresses dust using appropriate method
45.4.2 Supplies materials to required usage flow rates 45.4.3 Stores materials ready for use in designated area 45.4.4 Accurately identifies blended materials and transfers
to designated area 45.4.5 Identifies and removes oversize material before
processing begins 45.4.6 Monitors and controls material feed rate 45.4.7 Monitors and controls moisture content of materials
MNMPRD445A Prepare for pelletising activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 636
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details.
Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses Plant may include: • heat exchanger • burners • lines • gas train • conveyors • valves • rollers • shredder • pelletising drum • feed bins • grate Transportation may include: • rail • mobile equipment • conveyor Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels • walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • agitators • cameras and monitors • interlocks • distribution control system
Prepare for pelletising activities MNMPRD445A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 637
• launders • hydraulic system • pumping system • screen inspections • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
MNMPRD445A Prepare for pelletising activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 638
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE MAY INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • pelletising process (basic) • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS MAY INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces
Prepare for pelletising activities MNMPRD445A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 639
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 2
Prepare for sintering activities MNMPRD446A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 641
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D4 Refining
UNIT MNMPRD446A Prepare for sintering activities
MNMPRD446A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation for sintering operations for metalliferous operations This unit is based on the following Steel Industry Competency Standards: Unit 61 IPS1, Receive raw materials for sintering Unit 62 IPS2, Blend raw materials for sintering Unit 63 IPS3, Distribute raw materials for sintering This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
46.1 Prepare for sintering operations
46.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
46.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
46.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
46.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
46.1.5 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
46.1.6 Completes computer systems and equipment pre-start (visual) checks
46.1.7 Manages environmental requirements
46.1.8 Checks records and identifies outstanding maintenance inspections and records identified defects
46.2 Discharge and store raw materials
46.2.1 Discharges materials from transportation minimising spillage and / or delays
46.3 Blend raw materials 46.3.1 Constructs required bed size by bedding materials to specification
46.3.2 Maintains sufficient amount of materials to meet bed building requirements
46.3.3 Blends materials in specified sequence (where applicable)
46.4 Distribute raw materials in readiness for sintering
46.4.1 Suppresses dust using appropriate method
46.4.2 Supplies materials to required usage flow rates
46.4.3 Stores materials ready for use in designated area
46.4.4 Accurately identifies blended materials and transfers to designated area
MNMPRD446A Prepare for sintering activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 642
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT AND CONDITIONS Hazards may include: • rail and road movements • cranes • noise • wind borne dust • sharp objects • moving machinery • falling • falling objects Transportation may include: • conveyor • truck Teams may be formal or informal Appropriate authority may include: • senior operative • team leader Faults and variances may include: • product • plant • equipment LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off
Prepare for sintering activities MNMPRD446A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 643
• Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • precautions necessary for safe working • system for accessing safe working procedures • use of protective clothing and equipment • operating procedures • quality procedures • blending procedures • transportation types • discharging methods • dangers presented by specified plant and equipment • report faults • limits of authority • team working practices • minimising conflict • information to be communicated, to whom and when • requirements on job holder of quality systems SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • discharging materials • bedding materials • stocking materials • dealing with hazards • communication within work group • reporting of faults and variances
MNMPRD446A Prepare for sintering activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 644
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 2
Produce pellets MNMPRD447A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 645
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D4 Refining
UNIT MNMPRD447A Produce pellets
MNMPRD447A This unit applies in all contexts to the production of pellets for metalliferous operations. This unit is based on the following Steel Industry Competency Standards: Unit 69 IPP4, Produce pellets Unit 70 IPP5, Process pellets This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
47.1 Pelletise materials 47.1.1 Separates pellets not meeting specified size to reject bin
47.1.2 Monitors and maintains required pressure throughout the bed
47.1.3 Monitors and adjusts temperature to maintain uniform distribution across the bed and to ensure correct bonding of pellets and prevent dust generation
47.1.4 Confirms roll feeder is clear of debris and build-up
47.1.5 Checks and confirms condition of pallet seal and wind box to prevent leakage
47.1.6 Deposits pellets across full width of the grate
47.1.7 Operates at full bed depth and grate speed
47.2 Cool and load out pellets 47.2.1 Maintains maximum depth of pellets on cooling pallets
47.2.2 Regulates cooling rate to ensure correct temperature in specified time
47.2.3 Minimises leakage of cooler air
47.2.4 Crushes and screens oversize material
47.2.5 Extracts required quantity of material at specified size to satisfy user specifications
47.2.6 Uses appropriate safety clothing and equipment
47.2.7 Maintains walkways free of spillage and scrap
47.2.8 Follows safe working procedures at all times
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations.
MNMPRD447A Produce pellets
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 646
EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses Plant may include: • heat exchanger • burners • lines • gas train • conveyors • valves • rollers • shredder • pelletising drum • feed bins • grate Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • roller feeder operation • temperature • feed • energy expenditure levels Monitoring the pelletising process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • feed rates • mineral content • moisture levels • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads • pressures • power draw • wear and tear • emission (eg: cyanide) • levels • corrosion (grate, fan, cyclones) Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels
Produce pellets MNMPRD447A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 647
• walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks Optimisation pelletising activities include: • correct temperature levels • correct pellet size • minimisation of dust creation • pellet chemistry • pellet porosity Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • agitators • cameras and monitors • interlocks • distribution control system • launders • hydraulic system • pumping system • screen inspections • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems MATERIALS Materials are wet and may include: • agglomerated material Contaminants are anything other than the ore. Most common contaminants may include: • oil • fuel • gases • organic materials • moisture LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump)
MNMPRD447A Produce pellets
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 648
• emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • pelletising process (basic) • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures
Produce pellets MNMPRD447A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 649
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Sinter materials MNMPRD448A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 651
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D4 Refining
UNIT MNMPRD448A Sinter materials
MNMPRD448A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation for sintering operations for metalliferous operations This unit is based on the following Steel Industry Competency Standards: Unit 64 IPS4, Produce sinter Unit 65 IPS4, Process sinter This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
48.1 Prepare materials for feeding into sinter strand
48.1.1 Adds (reagents) to meet production targets and sintering specifications
48.1.2 Monitors and controls moisture content of materials
48.1.3 Monitors and controls material feed rate
48.1.4 Identifies and removes feedstock material before processing begins
48.2 Sinter materials 48.2.1 Monitors and adjusts correct suction rate throughout bed to ensure sintering is complete
48.2.2 Identifies and separates materials not meeting material size to raw material mix or other specified location
48.2.3 Monitors and adjusts temperature to maintain uniform distribution across the bed
48.2.4 Screens hot sinter where applicable
48.2.5 Checks and confirms strand discharge chutes are working
48.2.6 Confirms roll feeder is clear of debris and build-up
48.2.7 Checks and confirms condition of pallet seal and wind box to prevent leakage
48.2.8 Checks and confirms fire bars and spade pins are intact to minimise fall through of material
48.2.9 Deposits blend across full width of strand
48.2.10 Operates at full bed depth and constant waste gas temperature
48.3 Cool and screen sinter and fines
48.3.1 Receives and assesses material size according to hearth layer requirements
48.3.2 Maintains hopper levels ensuring contract feed to screening station
48.3.3 Crushes oversize material from scalping screens (where applicable)
48.3.4 Monitors and cools sinter to the required
MNMPRD448A Sinter materials
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 652
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA temperature
48.3.5 Monitors cooler operations to maintain required temperature, minimise air leakage, and meet cooling rate requirements
48.3.6 Monitors and maintains appropriate depth of sinter on cooling pallets
48.4 Operate environmental controls
48.4.1 Ensures environmental systems are operating correctly
48.4.2 Checks wastes and emission collection meets operational compliance
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses Plant may include: • heat exchanger • burners • lines • conveyors • valves • roll feeder • drums (mixing, granulating) • feed bins Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels • walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks
Sinter materials MNMPRD448A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 653
Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • agitators • cameras and monitors • interlocks • distribution control system • launders • hydraulic system • pumping system • screen inspections • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems Indicator readings may measure: • roller feeder operation • bed depth • temperature • feed rate • energy expenditure levels • fan suction Monitoring the sintering process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • feed rates • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads • pressures • power draw • wear and tear • levels • waste gas Optimisation of sintering process includes: • correct temperature levels • correct bed depth and height MATERIALS Feedstock materials may include: • ore blend • limestone fines • return fires • burnt lime • water LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act
MNMPRD448A Sinter materials
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 654
• Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality Hazards may include: • rail and road movements • cranes • noise • wind borne dust • sharp objects • moving machinery • falling • falling objects Teams may be formal or informal Appropriate authority may include: • senior operative • team leader Faults and variances may include: • Product • Plant • Equipment
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
Sinter materials MNMPRD448A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 655
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • precautions necessary for safe working • system for accessing safe working procedures • use of protective clothing and equipment • sinter feedstock • sinter yield • sinter feedstock additions • operating procedures • quality procedures • blend profile to give optimum strand conditions • sinter techniques and production • cooling requirements • screening • hearth layer requirements • importance of correct pallet side walls • reasons for maintaining maximum depth of sinter in cooler pallets • cooler air leakage • danger of high temperature sinter/pellets on conveyors • importance of no over size material after final cold fines screen • temperature distribution • combustion requirements • suction requirements • processing of sinter and fines • effects of strand leakage’s • importance of correct strand disposition • importance of roll feeder operation • over size material • hot screening • dangers presented by specific plant and equipment • report faults • limits of authority • team working practices • minimising conflict • information to be communicated, to whom and when • requirements on job holder of quality systems SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • discharging materials • bedding materials • stocking materials • dealing with hazards • communication within work group
MNMPRD448A Sinter materials
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 656
• reporting of faults and variances RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Undertake tank farming MNMPRD449A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 657
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D4 Refining
UNIT MNMPRD449A Undertake tank-farming
MNMPRD449A This competency covers the operation of tank farms. It covers the storage and bulk transfer of chemicals and hydrocarbon products including raw materials. This unit refers to the Chemical, Hydrocarbons and Oil Refining Training Package, PMA PROC 307 A, Unit Undertake tank-farming operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
49.1 Prepare storage facilities 49.1.1 Recognise the storage types, products, hazards and locations for tank farm
49.1.2 Monitor and inspect storage for product or vapour leakages, and that storage integrity, capacities and condition, are maintained within agreed parameters
49.1.3 Check fire protection, purging and deluge systems to verify operational condition and status, and corrective actions to rectify any identified equipment failures
49.1.4 Conduct general housekeeping of storage and tank farms, to remove any foreign matter or hazards
49.1.5 Record and communicate any maintenance requirements identified
49.2 Monitor storage facilities 49.2.1 Confirm tank mixes, capacities and quality, and determine if these are being maintained within the agreed product requirements prior to transfer
49.2.2 Monitor gas detection systems, to ensure that the storage area is maintained safely and in a gas free environment
49.2.3 Inform appropriate personnel of the storage, operational and status conditions of the storage facilities
49.3 Conduct product loadout 49.3.1 Liaise with control operations prior to product loadout, to ensure that all start-up permissions have been satisfied and produce is ready for transfer
49.3.2 Monitor and adjust loadout pumps to meed agreed loading capacities and product flow rates
49.3.3 Monitor loadout pumps to ensure operation is within stated operational requirements and without excessive vibration
49.3.4 Take and record product shipping samples during loadout for quality monitoring
49.4 Clean tanks/vessels 49.4.1 Identify cleaning requirements
MNMPRD449A Undertake tank farming
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 658
49.4.2 Clean to requirements according to standard procedure
49.5 Carry out maintenance procedures
49.5.1 Isolate tank farm equipment and prepare for vessel entry or maintenance as required
49.5.2 Complete minor maintenance according to standard procedures
49.5.3 Receive plant back from maintenance
49.5.4 Prepare plant for the introduction of chemicals/hydrocarbons and operation
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Range Statement from Unit PMA PROC 307 A Context: This competency is typically performed by all operators. This competency includes items of equipment such as: • tanks • vessels • pumps • compressors • gauges • fire protection and deluge systems • gas detection systems and equipment • tank dipping and measurements equipment Product may include: • hydrocarbons (oil, LPG, LNG, naphth) • chemicals (raw materials and products) Typical problems include: • seal/gasket leaks • product quality issues • safety equipment readiness • liaison with other areas • tank capacities and space All operations are performed in accordance with standard operating procedures. OH&S All operations are subject to stringent OH&S requirements and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and OH&S requirements, the OH&S requirements take precedence.
Undertake tank farming MNMPRD449A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 659
Knowledge and Enterprise Requirements: • Knowledge and understanding of the storage equipment, sufficient to recognise non-standard
situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines is required.
• Knowledge of the relevant OH&S and environmental requirements is required along with an
ability to implement them in a manner which is relevant to the operation of storage equipment. • Thorough knowledge of enterprise standard operating procedures is required Assessment Focus: Assessment should establish the ability to start-up and shut down transfers correctly and also the ability to recognise situations requiring action, the logical approach taken to determining the action required and then the ability to carry that action out efficiently to completion. Additional Range Details for use in the Metalliferous Mining Industry LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality Typical problems include: • generation of sulphuric dioxide gas • corrosion • hydrogen evolution from sulphuric acid and steel
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues
MNMPRD449A Undertake tank farming
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 660
Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit PMA PROC 307 A Critical Aspects: Competency must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action. The reasoning process behind the problem analysis and determining the required actions should be assessed. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster. Consistent performance at the required standard should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: • early warning signs of equipment in need of attention/ with potential problems are recognised • action is taken to ensure equipment is returned to full performance in a timely manner • obvious problems in other plant areas are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to a
solution • items initiated are followed through unit final resolution has occurred.
Undertake tank farming MNMPRD449A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 661
Competence must be demonstrated in the operation of all ancillary equipment to the level required for this competency unit. Concurrent Assessment and Prerequisites: There are no prerequisites. • For many enterprises it will be appropriate to assess this unit in conjunction units associated with
related processes. Individual enterprises may choose to add other prerequisites relevant to their process. Essential Knowledge: • Competency to include the ability to apply and explain • principles of operation • physics of operation • correction action appropriate to the problem cause • confined space entry and vessel entry requirements and procedures • testing techniques • equipment isolation and purging • use and operation of safety equipment, including breathing apparatus • tank and product mixing • flow rates and measures • tank capacities and percentages • static electricity principles • mechanical principles and also the ability to distinguish between types and causes of storage management problems as is relevant to the practical operation of equipment at that job level. Assessment Method, Context and Resource Implications: Competency in this unit may be assessed by observation over time on an operating plant. Where this is done, the timeframe must allow for adequate assessment of operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions. Where this is not practical, additional assessment techniques must be used. Competency may also be assessed by use of a suitable simulation and/or pilot plant and/or a range of case studies/scenarios. A combination of these techniques should be used to ensure the competency is adequately assessed. In all cases it is expected that the practical assessment will be supported by targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge. Questioning will be undertaken in such a manner as it appropriate to the required language and literacy levels of the operator. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Monitor casting quality MNMPRD450A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 663
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD Refining
UNIT MNMPRD450A Monitor casting quality
MNMPRD450A This unit applies to the inspection and quality monitoring of castings.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
50.1 Prepare for operations 50.1.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
50.1.2. Establishes and maintains communications with other personnel using approved communication methods
50.1.3. Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
50.1.4. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
50.1.5. Complies with environmental requirements
50.1.6. Follows emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
50.1.7. Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
50.1.8. Ventilates work area before entry
50.1.9. Checks tools and required equipment availability and checks for operational readiness
50.1.10. Sets up equipment according to Company Standard Work Procedures
50.2 Maintain efficient operation of casting area
50.2.1. Carries out plant and equipment start-up checks and procedures according to plant/equipment configurations and system requirements
50.2.2. Controls systems supplying air and water to the casting and quality inspection area
50.2.3. Cleans and conditions ladles and launders for safe, efficient casting to operating standard
50.2.4. Prepares ladles and launders for maintenance and/or repair as required
50.2.5. Maintains work area in a clean, safe condition
50.3 Control quality of castings 50.3.1. Carries out and records pre-start quality control equipment checks
50.3.2. Visually inspects castings in their mould for compliance with specification
50.3.3. Operates equipment to remove reject castings
50.3.4. Dresses cooled castings to allow efficient refining
50.3.5. Batches and identifies castings according to organisational requirements
MNMPRD450A Monitor casting quality
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 664
50.3.6. Completes production documentation to Company requirements
50.3.7. Passes on shift change-over details to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Burners may be: Diesel Natural gas
Personal protective equipment may include: Helmet Safety footwear Hearing protection Gloves Eye/face protection Respiratory protection Heat resistant clothing
Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: Degreasing Forced air Hosing with water Suction
Air and water supplies to casting area may include: Plant compressed air Instrument air Fresh (potable) water Process water Chilled water Fire supply water
Pre-start checks include: Identification and reporting of defective auxiliary equipment Work area hazards Chipping gun operation Sledgehammer Hoists Casting cooling tank plant and equipment
Area communications may include: PA system Warning sirens and lights Alarms Clear calls Phones
Monitor casting quality MNMPRD450A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 665
Ladles and launders may be cleaned by: Digging out Jack hammer Chipping gun
Preparation of ladles and launders includes: Cleaning Patching Coating
Maintenance can include, but is not limited to: Lubrication Minor adjustments to operational plant Cleaning plant, equipment and work area Installation/removal of devices Patching
Fault and variances may occur in: Product Plant Equipment
Production documentation may include: Tonnages Quality Analysis/testing Identity Tracking
Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures • Confined Space Legislation Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality Hazards may include: Rail and road movement Cranes
MNMPRD450A Monitor casting quality
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 666
Molten metal Hot materials Noise Air pollution Sharp objects Moving machinery Heights Falling objects Gases Automatic equipment start-up
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adherence to relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adherence to environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each processing operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Casting plant construction components and operation • Basic metallurgy • Characteristics of molten metal • The ability to distinguish between:
- chemical (including combustion) - instrument - equipment (electrical/mechanical)
• Ability to isolate problem to item of equipment • Hazards associated with hot molten metal • Safe working procedures with molten metal • Protective equipment for working with hot materials • Potential dangers inherent in specific plant and equipment • Safe working procedures and systems • Identification of reject castings • Storage and scheduling requirements for production • Service requirements and specifications • Manning and competence requirements • Fault finding, rectification and reporting
Monitor casting quality MNMPRD450A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 667
• Standard operating procedures • Tolerances allowable in the quality system and when action should be taken • Relevant quality assurance and inspection procedures and systems SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Troubleshooting • Working with/handling high temperature materials • Equipment operation, minor maintenance and cleaning • Hazard identification • Interpretation of reports, • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • System/plant monitoring • Reporting defects • Quality control • Safe work practices • Use of relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors.
All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Cast a blast furnace MNMPRD550A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 669
STREAM PR Processing FIELD D5 Smelting
UNIT MNMPRD550A Cast a blast furnace
MNMPRD550A This Unit involves casting a blast furnace. It is based on National Steel Industry Competency Standards unit IM6 Cast a blast furnace This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA 50.1 Prepare for casting 50.1.1 Safe working procedures are followed at all times 50.1.2 Appropriate safety clothing and equipment is used
as provided 50.1.3 All runners, dams and skimmers are correct and in
place and operate correctly 50.1.4 Tools are at the correct temperature for effective
operations 50.1.5 Casting equipment is ready for correct operation 50.1.6 Tap hole is correctly maintained for efficient
operation 50.2 Cast ore and slag 50.2.1 Safe working procedures are followed at all times 50.2.2 Appropriate safety clothing and equipment is used
as provided 50.2.3 Runners are drained after cast, as required Off blast
activities are safely and correctly completed 50.2.4 The tap hole is correctly and securely plugged 50.2.5 Only iron enters the iron receiving vessel 50.2.6 The tap hole is correctly opened and kept clear
during cast 50.2.7 Correct warnings are operated when instructed to
activate item 50.2.8 Fume extraction and indicator lights, when under
front side control, are operating efficiently 50.3 Separate ore and slag 50.3.1 Safe working procedures are followed at all times 50.3.2 Appropriate safety clothing and equipment is used
as provided 50.3.3 Slag is segregated according to retained ore
proportion and directed accordingly 50.3.4 Slag flows are contained within the runner system to
minimise damage and spillage 50.3.5 Tools are at the correct temperature throughout to
reduce the risk of explosion 50.3.6 Runner system is correctly maintained to ensure
casting proceeds to specification
MNMPRD550A Cast a blast furnace
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 670
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Range Statement from Unit 137/090 IM6 Personal protective equipment may include: • helmet • eye/face protection • respiratory protection • heat resistant clothing • gloves • hearing protection • safety footwear Casting equipment may include: • mud gun • drill • soaker bar • oxygen lance Tools may include: • chisel bars • shovels • scrapers • rammers Non-casting activities may include: • claying tuyere stocks • drawing copper • changing copper cooling elements • tap hole refacing • changing injecting equipment Warnings may include: • cast commencing • receiving vessel movement • slag casting Runner systems may include: • dams • skimmers • tilters Hazards may include: • rail and road movement • cranes • hot materials
Cast a blast furnace MNMPRD550A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 671
• noise • air pollution • sharp objects • moving machinery • falling • falling objects • gases Teams may be formal or informal and variances may occur in: • product • plant • equipment Appropriate personnel may include: • senior operative • team leader Additional Range Details for use in the Metalliferous Mining Industry LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues
MNMPRD550A Cast a blast furnace
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 672
Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit 137/090 IM6 Evidence must include observation of performance Tests of knowledge such as oral and written assessments may be used to support evidence of candidates where there is insufficient evidence from performance. Evidence must include: • Preparing a cast • Opening and plugging of tap hole • Off blast activities • Separating slag • Dealing with hazards • Communication within work group • Reporting of faults and variances • Productive team • Safe working
Cast a blast furnace MNMPRD550A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 673
Evidence must include underpinning knowledge of: • Precautions necessary for safe working • System for accessing safe working procedures • Use of protective clothing and equipment • Relevant legislation and implications of Occupational Health and Safety • regulations • Quality assurance procedures • Standard operating procedures • Tap hole build up and inspection procedures • Clay gun inspection • Runner and dam systems • Dangers of water • Operation and running of and actions required for alarms • Tap hole opening procedures • Off blast activities • Dangers of water • Runner system build up and maintenance • Temperature requirement of tools • Dangers presented by specific plant and equipment • Reporting faults • Limits of authority • Team working practices • Minimising conflict • Information to be communicated, to whom and when • Requirements on job holder of quality systems KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Cast ingots MNMPRD551A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 675
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D5 Smelting
UNIT MNMPRD551A Cast ingots
MNMPRD551A This unit involves preparation for and casting of metals. The term ‘ingots’ is a generic term used for gold, aluminum and steel. It is also used in this context for cooper ‘anodes’ and lead ‘bullion’, and other terms applied to the smelting of metal from concentrates. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
51.1 Plan and prepare for casting operations
51.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, regulations, OHS, other relevant legislation, manufacturers specifications safely and efficiently
51.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
51.1.3 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
51.1.4 Selects appropriate type of equipment according to job type and specifications to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
51.1.5 Performs equipment pre-start checks
51.1.6 Carries out start-up procedures according to manufacturers’ specifications, site procedures, regulations and OHS
51.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
51.1.8 Communicates with other equipment operators and personnel using approved communication methods according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
51.1.9 Manages environmental issues according to site procedures, regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
51.1.10 Adheres to emergency procedures in case of fire and/or accident according to manufacturers' guidelines, site procedures and regulations, OHS and other relevant legislation
51.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area according to site procedures, regulations and OHS
51.1.12 Mould, launder and ladle system is adjusted, where required, to operate within specifications
51.2 Prepare moulds /launder system where required
51.2.1 Dresses moulds / launder system to required specifications using appropriate equipment
51.2.2 Checks for defects against specifications
51.2.3 Prepares moulding pit to specifications where required
MNMPRD551A Cast ingots
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 676
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
51.2.4 Uses sand drying plant safely and efficiently where required
51.2.5 Strips and cleans out moulding pit where required
51.2.6 Checks cooling system for operation against specifications where required
51.3 Cast metal 51.3.1 Teems liquid metal into ladles and/or launder system where required
51.3.2 Casts liquid metal to moulds where required
51.3.3 Takes temperature and samples of the liquid to ensure pour meets specifications
51.3.4 Adjusts composition of pour with additives where required
51.3.5 Monitors cast continuously
51.4 Remove cast metal 51.4.1 Knocks off mould plates when mould has been bumped out
51.4.2 Repairs launders where required
51.4.3 Identifies damaged and faulty moulds and removes from service for discard or repair
51.4.4 Removes slides from ladles, repairs and repositions slides
51.4.5 Inspects for quality, chips and marks according to site requirements
51.4.6 Prepares ingots, anodes or bullion for transport and storage according to work plans
51.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
51.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
51.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
51.6 Carry out housekeeping activities
51.6.1 Cleans equipment
51.6.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary services equipment
51.6.3 Passes on end of shift information to incoming shift
51.6.4 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
51.6.5 Repairs air and water plant and hoses where required
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations.
Cast ingots MNMPRD551A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 677
EQUIPMENT Mould and/or launder system preparation equipment may include: • air chisel • burning bars • jackhammers • hand hammer • explosives (lead only) • forklift • crane Personal protective equipment may include: • helmet • safety footwear • hearing protection • gloves • eye/face protection • respiratory protection • heat resistant clothing Services may include: • electricity • air • water • gas Hazards may include: • rail and road movement • cranes • molten metal • hot materials • noise • air pollution • sharp objects • moving machinery • heights • falling objects • gases MATERIALS ‘Moulds’ may include stools, or other launder and ladle system, where appropriate. Raw materials may include those involved in: • Mould and stool construction Appropriate authority may include: • maintenance engineering personnel • management Fault and variances may occur in: • Product • Plant • Equipment
MNMPRD551A Cast ingots
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 678
Mould and/or launder system faults may include: • moulds not level • metal under mould • mould bowed or cracked • dry slurry • insufficient refractory (on launders) • burners not operating Team members may include forepersons and informal teams. Teeming: • up-rum • down-hill • double hole • single hole Defective moulds and bottom plates: • scrappy top • badly cracked • wet • incorrectly seated • cracks • excess slurry Preparing moulds or launder systems may include: • levelling • clamping in place • peening and chipping • removal of broken lugs • checking for wear, straight shaft • condition of seals • powdering the mould Monitoring of cast may include: • launders • ladles • tundishes • water and slurry sprays • correct height of cast in mould • checked lug area for slurry build up Problems with cast may include: • over/unfilled ladles or moulds • build up splash • mould hot spots • stuck anodes • temperature of mould too cold • slurry wrong density • wheel losing home position • wheel inhibited (stops/ stuck) • metal incorrect temperature on furnace roll down Production documentation may include: • tonnages
Cast ingots MNMPRD551A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 679
• quality • analysis/testing • identity • tracking Shut down procedures may include: • drain casting ladles • turn off water, air and slurry sprays/burners • blow out moulds • flush slurry sprays • remove launders • release air LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units:
MNMPRD551A Cast ingots
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 680
• Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Precautions necessary to ensure safety • Potential dangers inherent in specific plant and equipment • Safe working procedures and systems • Use of protective clothing and equipment • Fume extraction requirements • Production schedules • Power unit requirements • Specifications of moulds, bottom plates, trumpets, ingots, anodes, bullion • Application of process to different base metals • Teeming schedules • Ingot, anode and bullion weight and markers relationship • Specification and use of tiles • Storage and scheduling requirements for production • Plant requirements for various schedules • Service requirements and specifications • Manning and competence requirements • Fault finding, rectification and reporting • Materials specifications • Optimisation of processing • Standard operating procedures • Tolerances allowable in the quality system and when action should be taken • Production documentation requirements and procedures • Relevant quality assurance and inspection procedures and systems • Limits of authority • Teamwork practices and team building techniques • Minimising conflict and conflict resolution SKILL WILL INCLUDE • Dealing with hazards • Use of protective clothing and equipment • Rescheduling of materials to meet plant availability • Receipt and deployment of materials • Monitoring and adjustment in process • Use air tools, water pressure tools, power and manual hammers • Handling chemicals safely • Forklift and crane driving • Manning to competence • Stored scheduled materials • Plant at operational status and competently manned • Smooth product flow • Good communication with work group, suppliers and customers • Dealing with faults and variances
Cast ingots MNMPRD551A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 681
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Operate a blast furnace MNMPRD552A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 683
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D5 Smelting
UNIT MNMPRD552A Operate a blast furnace
MNMPRD552A This Unit involves operating a blast furnace. It is based on National Steel Industry Competency Standards unit 137/093 IM9 Operate a blast furnace This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
52.1 Perform plant condition monitoring
52.1.1 Safe working procedures are followed at all times
52.1.2 Appropriate safety clothing and equipment is used as provided
52.1.3 Problem areas were correctly and accurately identified and reported to the appropriate personnel
52.1.4 Plant and equipment is correctly inspected to schedule to prevent unplanned production halts
52.2 Operate a blast furnace under abnormal conditions
52.2.1 Safe working procedures are followed at all times
52.2.2 Appropriate safety clothing and equipment is used as provided
52.2.3 Emergency water supply to stoves is correctly balanced
52.2.4 Manual operation of gas plant maintains safe operating conditions
52.2.5 Furnace isolation valves are correctly operated when on emergency power
52.2.6 Stove valves are correctly operated by hand winches to meet operating requirements when necessary
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Range Statement from Unit 137/093 IM9 Personal protective equipment may include: • helmet • eye/face protection • respiratory protection
MNMPRD552A Operate a blast furnace
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 684
• heat resistant clothing • gloves • hearing protection • safety footwear Hazards may include: • rail and road movement • cranes • hot materials • noise • air pollution • sharp objects • moving machinery • falling • falling objects • gases Teams may be formal or informal Appropriate personnel may include: • senior operative • manager • controller Faults & variances may include: • product • plant • equipment Oral communication may include: • face-to-face • telecommunication Additional Range Details for use in the Metalliferous Mining Industry LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off
Operate a blast furnace MNMPRD552A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 685
• Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments.
MNMPRD552A Operate a blast furnace
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 686
Evidence Statement modified from the unit 137/093 IM9 Evidence must include observation of performance Tests of knowledge such as oral and written assessments may be used to support evidence of candidates where there is insufficient evidence from performance. Evidence must include: • Dealing with hazards • Communication within work group • Reporting of faults and variances • Productive team • Safe working Evidence must include underpinning knowledge of: • Precautions necessary for safe working • System for accessing safe working procedures • Use of protective clothing and equipment • Relevant legislation and implications of Occupational Health and Safety • regulations • Quality assurance procedures • Standard operating procedures • Reporting faults • Limits of authority • Team working practices • Minimising conflict • Information to be communicated, to whom and when • Requirements on job holder of quality systems KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Operate furnaces MNMPRD1553A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 687
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D5 Smelting
UNIT MNMPRD1553A Operate furnaces
MNMPRD1553A This unit covers the operation of a furnace . It includes the operation of equipment ancillary to the main furnace. This unit replaces unit of competency MNMPRD553A
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
53.1 Prepare for furnace operations 53.1.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
53.1.2. Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
53.1.3. Establishes and maintains communications with other personnel using approved communication methods
53.1.4. Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
53.1.5. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
53.1.6. Manages environmental requirements
53.1.7. Checks records and records outstanding maintenance inspections and identified defects
53.2 Start up furnace 53.2.1. Completes computer systems and equipment pre-start checks
53.2.2. Starts up individual items of equipment and the entire furnace system
53.2.3. Starts up from standby and after maintenance
53.2.4. Heats up furnace by the rate and standard required
53.2.5. Builds production rate steadily with no surges or lulls
53.2.6. Stabilises system to produce in-specification product at specified rates within minimum time
53.3 Monitor and control the smelting process
53.3.1. Completes routine checks, logs and paper work
53.3.2. Recognises the signs of potential and actual problems
53.3.3. Takes action to minimise the impact on safety, health, the environment and business of potential and actual problems
53.3.4. Monitors condition of catalyst (if any) and takes action to maintain production schedule, quality and safety
53.3.5. Monitors availability of feeds and takes action to maintain production schedule and quality
MNMPRD1553A Operate furnaces
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 688
53.3.6. Trims plant to achieve required rates and quality while maximising plant efficiency
53.4 Change production rates and/or product specification
53.4.1. Predicts from rates and schedule when transition will be required
53.4.2. Gives advance notice of transition to work team
53.4.3. Trims plant in a manner that prepares it for the change
53.4.4. Manages changes smoothly and in a timely manner
53.4.5. Minimises off-grade as a result of change
53.5 Maintain plant efficiency 53.5.1. Frequently and critically monitors all plant throughout shift
53.5.2. Uses measured/indicated data and smell, sight, sound and feel as appropriate to monitor plant
53.5.3. Monitors and controls feed composition and quality
53.5.4. Identifies critical equipment/processes and tunes their performance
53.5.5. Identifies issues likely to impact on plant performance and takes appropriate action
53.5.6. Predicts impact of change in one unit/area on other plant unit/areas and communicates this to relevant people
53.5.7. Responds to and test trips and alarms
53.5.8. Prepares plant for maintenance as required
53.5.9. Returns plant to operational readiness
53.6 Shut down furnace 53.6.1. Determines type of shutdown required
53.6.2. Gives advanced warning of shutdown if possible
53.6.3. Changes over individual items of equipment
53.6.4. Shuts down individual items and the entire furnace system
53.6.5. Shuts down to standby condition if required
53.6.6. Shuts down in an emergency
53.6.7. Drains/empties furnace following safe working practices
53.6.8. Resets trips and alarms during operation and after a shut down
53.6.9. Leaves plant in a condition ready to restart
53.6.10. Shuts down for maintenance when required
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation apply to all elements and performance criteria.
Operate furnaces MNMPRD1553A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 689
The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. This competency unit includes all such items of equipment and unit operations that form part of the furnace system. Typically this will include: • pumps • valves • utilities and services • heat exchangers and/or scrubbers
and may also include other equipment as well as the furnace itself. This competency unit covers items of equipment such as: • thermal cracking furnaces • catalytic cracking furnaces • cabin type • cylindrical or vertical It does NOT include packaged furnaces LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
EQUIPMENT Furnaces may be: • Fixed – vertical/cylindrical (horizontal) • Rotary – vertical/cylindrical (horizontal) Combustion components may be: • Diesel • Natural gas • Oxygen • Oil • Blower air
MNMPRD1553A Operate furnaces
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 690
Pre-start checks may include but not be limited to: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Levels • Pressures • Flows • Vibration • Communications Agitators Cameras and monitoring Interlocks Distribution Control System Launders Hydraulic systems Pumps and pumping systems Screen, pipe, valve Valves Visual and audible warning devices and lights Suppression systems Motors Availability of oxygen and blower and plant air Cooling water supply Fans and draft systems
Equipment indicator readings may include: • Current • Flow • Levels • Pressure • Weight • Speed • Unusual noises • Vibrations Monitoring may include but not be limited to: • Blockages and spillages • Feed rates • Overloads • Pressures • Power draw • Wear and tear • Emissions • Levels • Temperatures • Moisture content • On-stream analysis (OSA) • Filtering • Corrosion Furnace problems can include: • Temperature too high or low during smelting • Gas, oil, oxygen, coal and air flow too low during smelting
Operate furnaces MNMPRD1553A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 691
• Shell leaks • Fuel flow too low or high, surging • Level in furnace too high or low • Metal splashes • Feed not to specifications • Emissions not to standard • Metallurgy not to standard
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMPRD1553A Operate furnaces
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 692
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit PMA PROC 303 A Critical Aspects: It is essential that the process be understood and that the importance of critical parameters is known. Competence must be demonstrated in the ability to recognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action. The emphasis should be on the ability to stay out of trouble rather than on recovery from a disaster. Consistent performance at the required standard should be demonstrated. In particular look to see that: • early warning signs of equipment in need of attention/with potential problems are recognised • possible causes of a plant trip are recognised and action taken to avoid a trip • action is taken to ensure equipment is returned to full performance in a timely manner • obvious problems in other plant areas are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to a
solution • items initiated are followed through until final resolution has occurred. Competence must be demonstrated in the operation of all ancillary equipment to the level specified in
the relevant competency unit. Concurrent Assessment and Prerequisites: (Modified for Mining Industry) The Chemical, Hydrocarbon and Oil Refining competency unit lists a set of prerequisites. Titles of
these prerequisites include: • Operate fluid flow equipment • Use utilities and services • Operate heat exchangers • Operate separation equipment • Operate powered separation equipment • Operate chemical separation equipment There are no specific prerequisite requirements for this unit in the mining industry. Mining industry enterprises may choose to use units similar to these from the mining industry or other units relevant to their processes. Essential Knowledge: Competence to include the ability to apply and explain • principles of operation • furnace components such as
- burner - convection section - radiation section - floor/walls - stack/damper (flue type)
• insulation (refractory) • physics of operation • chemistry of operation
Operate furnaces MNMPRD1553A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 693
• combustion principles, draft, burner design, excess air/flue CO/CO2 • importance of flame patterns/flame impingement • methods of resolving problem • ability to distinguish between:
- chemical (including combustion) - instrument - equipment (electrical/mechanical) - maintenance/cause of problem
Required skills: • Computer operation Assessment Method, Context and Resource Implication: Competence in this unit may be assessed by observation over time on an operating plant. Where this is done, the timeframe must allow for adequate assessment of operation under all normal and a range of abnormal conditions. Where this is not practical, additional assessment techniques must be used. Competence may also be assessed by use of a suitable simulation and/or pilot plant and/or a range of
case studies/scenarios. A combination of these techniques should be used to ensure the competency is adequately assessed. In all cases it is expected that the practical assessment will be supported by targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge. Questioning will be undertaken in such a manner as is appropriate to the required language and literacy levels of the operator. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Operate converters MNMPRD554A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 695
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D5 Smelting
UNIT MNMPRD554A Operate converters
MNMPRD554A This unit covers the operation of a converter. It includes the operation of equipment ancillary to the converter.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
54.1 Plan and prepare for converter operation
54.1.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
54.1.2. Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
54.1.3. Establishes and maintains communications with other personnel using approved communication methods
54.1.4. Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
54.1.5. Checks and tests remote control and monitoring systems for correct operation
54.1.6. Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities and checks for availability
54.1.7. Carries out computer systems and equipment pre-start checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
54.1.8. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
54.1.9. Identifies and manages environmental requirements
54.1.10. Follows emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
54.1.11. Ensures approved dust suppressant and extraction methods are in place
54.1.12. Guarantees work area is adequately ventilated
54.2 Start up converter 54.2.1. Performs pre-start checks
54.2.2. Starts up individual items and entire converter
54.2.3. Carries out start-ups from standby and after maintenance
54.2.4. Carries out first charge procedures to protect personnel and plant
54.2.5. Stabilises system to produce in-specification product at specified rates within minimum time
54.3 Monitor and control the process from DCS
54.3.1. Completes routine checks, logs and paper work
54.3.2. Recognises and responds to signs of potential and
MNMPRD554A Operate converters
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 696
actual problems
54.3.3. Monitors condition of metal and takes action to maintain production schedule and quality
54.3.4. Monitors availability of feeds and takes action to maintain production schedule and quality
54.3.5. Monitors and maintains blast air flow to converter at optimum level
54.3.6. Monitors and maintains converter oxygen at optimum level
54.3.7. Monitors cooling water flow to converter to maintain safe converter temperatures
54.3.8. Maintains metal and gas temperatures at safe levels
54.3.9. Operates equipment to ensure the flow to the converter is maintained at all times during operations
54.3.10. Controls and monitors converter movement
54.3.11. Monitored and controls rate and amount of additives to molten metal
54.3.12. Responds to warning alarms and lights and takes action to rectify mal-operation
54.3.13. Controls and monitors metal and slag blow process and pouring to maintain metal purity
54.3.14. Trims plant is to achieve required rates and quality while maximising plant efficiency
54.3.15. Manages converter levels and discharges to suit changed furnace production rates
54.3.16. Completes computer log-sheets
54.4 Maintain plant efficiency 54.4.1. Frequently and critically monitors plant throughout shift
54.4.2. Uses measured/indicated data and sight as appropriate to monitor plant
54.4.3. Monitors critical equipment/processes and tunes their performance
54.4.4. Identifies issues likely to impact on plant performance and takes appropriate action
54.4.5. Predicts impact of change in one unit/area on other plant unit/areas and communicates to relevant people
54.4.6. Tests trips and alarms
54.4.7. Inspects converter plant and rectifies and/or reports faults
54.4.8. Maintains furnace temperature during non-operating periods
54.4.9. Operates Tuyere punching machine automatically or from floor
Operate converters MNMPRD554A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 697
54.4.10. Prepares plant for maintenance as required
54.4.11. Completes maintenance according to standard procedures
54.5 Shut down converter 54.5.1. Determines type of shutdown required and gives advance warning
54.5.2. Shuts down Individual items and the entire furnace system
54.5.3. Carries out lock-out procedures for temporary shutdowns to site requirements
54.5.4. Leaves plant in a condition ready to restart
54.5.5. Shuts down plant for maintenance when required
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Burners may be: Diesel Natural gas
Converter problems can include: Uncontrolled emissions (gas or metal) Electrical/mechanical failures Standard of product received Additives not up to standard
Auxiliary equipment may include: • Belts • Compressors • Distribution control systems • Gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) • Pump systems • Conveyors • Cranes Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: Forced air Hosing with water Suction Digging Jackhammer Excavator
MNMPRD554A Operate converters
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 698
Area communications may include: Radio Telephone PA system Charging sirens Alarms Clear calls
Personal protective equipment may include: Helmet Safety footwear Hearing protection Gloves Eye/face protection Respiratory protection Heat resistant clothing
Pre-start checks may include: • Computer systems and equipment • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Walk through plant • Communications • Feed supply Start-up procedures may include: • Air systems • Cameras and monitors • Checking interlocks • Checking distribution control system (DCS) • Display instruments, lights and gauges • Isolations • Lighting • Suppression systems • Valves • Visual and audio warning devices and lights Maintenance can include, but is not limited to: Minor adjustments to operational plant Cleaning plant, equipment and work area Installation/removal of devices to allow safe maintenance
Hazards may include: Cranes Molten metal Hot materials Noise Air pollution Sharp objects Moving machinery Heights Falling objects Gases
Operate converters MNMPRD554A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 699
Automatic equipment start-up Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures • Confined Space Legislation Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adherence to relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adherence to environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each processing operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Principles of converter operation
MNMPRD554A Operate converters
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 700
• Conversion process • Converter configuration, components and operation • Auxiliary equipment type, purpose operation • Air, water and oxygen systems and purpose • Personal Protective Equipment • Additives • Copper and slag blow purpose and method • Combustion principles, draft, burner design, excess air/flue CO/CO2 • Methods of resolving problems with converter processes • The ability to distinguish between:
- chemical (including combustion) - instrument - equipment (electrical/mechanical) - maintenance/cause of problem
• Ability to isolate problem to item of equipment • Safe working practices SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Plant and equipment safe operation • Troubleshooting • Equipment operation, maintenance, repair and cleaning • Hazard identification • Interpretation of alarms • Monitoring plant conditions • Keeping product to specification • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Reporting defects • Safe work practices • Use of hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors.
All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments.
Operate converters MNMPRD554A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 701
KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Supply molten metal and additives to furnaces MNMPRD555A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 703
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 Smelting
UNIT MNMPRD555A Supply molten metal and additives to furnaces
MNMPRD555A This unit covers the lifting and pouring molten metal and additives into operating furnaces using an overhead gantry crane in a smelting and casting environment.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
55.1 Plan and prepare for operations 55.1.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
55.1.2. Obtains and interprets work requirements in the form of shift briefings, handover details or work orders and clarifies/confirms before proceeding
55.1.3. Accesses and applies safety information and procedures throughout the work
55.1.4. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
55.1.5. Establishes and maintains communications with other personnel using approved communication methods
55.1.6. Prepares for work in accordance with relevant standards and codes, and manufacturers/site requirements
55.1.7. Resolves coordination activities with others at the site prior to commencement of, and during, the work activity
55.1.8. Carries out pre-start checks and recorded according to site requirements
55.2 Carry out crane operations 55.2.1. Prepares load for lift in accordance with crane limitations and rigging requirements
55.2.2. Carries out pre-start, start-up, park-up and shutdown procedures in accordance with Australian Standards, manufacturer's and/or site requirements
55.2.3. Obtains clearance for entry to crane operational area and safety procedures observed
55.2.4. Operates controls to lift, transfer and lower loads in accordance with legislation, manufacturer's instructions and organisation’s procedures, and monitors to ensure compliance with equipment limitations
55.2.5. Selects, fits and uses auxiliary lifting devices and equipment for designated purpose
55.2.6. Carries out operations in cooperation with mobile plant and equipment to site procedures
MNMPRD555A Supply molten metal and additives to furnaces
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 704
55.2.7. Performs correct, safe lifting and associated operations, above and with, operating furnaces containing molten metal to site procedures
55.2.8. Pours molten metal into different size receivers so that spillage is minimised
55.2.9. Contains molten metal when lifting and setting down to prevent spillage
55.2.10. Uses correct, safe technique to eliminate swing when lifting and transporting molten metal containers at recommended height to furnaces/converters
55.2.11. Maintains communications with operations personnel for advice on movements of molten metal
55.2.12. Performs designated duties and establishes and maintains communication with other crane driver during two-crane operations
55.3 Carry out operator maintenance 55.3.1. Carries out gantry crane inspections and fault finding in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site requirements.
55.3.2. Carries out housekeeping tasks in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site authorised procedures and practices.
55.3.3. Carries out minor maintenance to manufacturers’ instructions and site requirements.
55.3.4. Provides operator support during preparation for, and conduct of, major maintenance tasks in accordance with site requirements.
55.3.5. Processes records in accordance with site requirements.
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Gantry cranes may include: • single girder • double girder • top running • under running • single and double leg • monobox girder • torsional box girder • Two crane operation
Supply molten metal and additives to furnaces MNMPRD555A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 705
Work briefings may include: • crane equipment to be used • nature and scope of tasks • details of load chart/factors • achievement targets • working conditions • site lighting arrangements • defects on equipment • hazards and potential hazards • coordination requirements/issues Safety information and procedures may be contained in: • legislation and regulations • relevant Australian standards • management plans • manager's rules • OH&S policy • codes of practice • manufacturer's instructions • safe working or job procedures Specific safety requirements include: • control and safety of travelling speed • selection and observance of safe working levels and angles • boarding and disembarking procedures • communications • signaling procedures • lifting and carrying hot molten metal • two-crane operations • Working safely with mobile plant and equipment Work preparation may include: • avoidance of hazards • identification of load • identification and selection of lifting equipment • inspection and certification of lifting equipment • management of permits and tags Lifting operations associated with operational furnaces can include but not be limited to: lifting and transferring molten metal Pouring pots using two hook techniques bumping hot molten metal pots to dislodge solidified metal removal of hot molten metal from furnaces/converters supply of hot molten metal to furnaces/converters placing pots under hot molten metal vessels removing metal accretions from furnaces/converters pouring molten metal to moulds
Signals for load moving are given using methods that may include: • verbal • hand signals to Australian Standards • whistles/hooters to Australian Standards • two-way radio/telephones • light signals to Australian Standards
MNMPRD555A Supply molten metal and additives to furnaces
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 706
Communications may be with, but not limited to: furnace operators other cranes mobile plant operators supervisors plant attendants
Operator (operational) maintenance procedures are those established and authorised for the site. Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standard AS2550 • Cranes and State based Legislation and Regulations • Duty of Care • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures Site hazards may include: • facilities • other equipment • dangerous materials • hot metal
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
Supply molten metal and additives to furnaces MNMPRD555A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 707
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Australian Standards related to cranes/lifting • Smelting operations and plant • site and equipment safety requirements • crane equipment characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations • crane operational procedures • crane maintenance systems and procedures • basic rigging and slinging requirements • site-specific signals used with crane operations • site environmental requirements and constraints related to gantry cranes • HAZCHEM relevant to gantry cranes • hazards associated with working with hot molten metals • communication methods and protocols SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • applying personal and operational safety procedures • troubleshooting • liaising with other personnel • interpreting and communicating information on overhead crane operations • moving the crane • lifting and positioning loads to meet safety requirements • avoidance of hazards • completing operator maintenance • apply eye-hand coordination • obtain volume weights prior to lifting • access interpret and apply technical information • maintain equipment records • use relevant hand tools • apply diagnostic techniques • comply with environmental requirements • dispose of environmentally sensitive fluids and materials • lifting and transporting hot molten metals with minimum spillage to suit conditions RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments.
MNMPRD555A Supply molten metal and additives to furnaces
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 708
KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Tap furnaces MNMPRD556A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 709
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD Smelting
UNIT MNMPRD556A Tap furnaces
MNMPRD556A This unit applies to the tapping of molten metal and slag from furnaces.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
56.1 Prepare for furnace tapping 56.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
56.1.2 Establishes and maintains communication with other personnel using approved communication methods
56.1.3 Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
56.1.4 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
56.1.5 Complies with environmental requirements
56.1.6 Follows emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
56.1.7 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
56.1.8 Ventilates work area before entry
56.1.9 Checks availability and operational readiness of all tools and equipment required for tapping
56.1.10 Sets up equipment ready for tapping to Company Standard Work Procedures
56.1.11 Correctly positions holding vessels/ladles in readiness to receive molten metal and slag
56.2 Tap molten metal from furnace 56.2.1 Carries out plant and equipment start-up checks and procedures according to plant/equipment configurations and system requirements
56.2.2 Drills, or makes tap hole with oxy lance, and establishes molten metal flow
56.2.3 Ignites burners and correctly applies to ensure molten metal does not solidify
56.2.4 identifies and controls Interference with molten metal flow to ensure quality and production targets
56.2.5 Takes samples at appropriate bath heights for metallurgical testing to quality requirements
56.3 Complete tapping process 56.3.1 Inserts and secures taphole seal to stop molten metal flow
56.3.2 Cleans and clears tapping area of potential safety hazards
MNMPRD556A Tap furnaces
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 710
56.3.3 Cleans and stows all tools and equipment in readiness for next tapping operation
56.3.4 Passes on shift change-over details to oncoming shift
56.4 Maintain tapping equipment 56.4.1 Manufactures taphole seals to specification
56.4.2 Replaces temperature monitoring equipment to furnace safety and operational parameters
56.4.3 Removes and installs tapping blocks to furnace safety and operational parameters
56.4.4 Provides support for maintenance personnel when required to organisation’s requirements
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Furnaces may be: Fixed – vertical/cylindrical Rotary – vertical/cylindrical
Burners may be: Diesel Natural gas
Furnace problems can include: Temperatures too high or too low Level in furnace too high or low Metal splashes Feed not to specification Foaming Solidification Unburnt feed Contamination (ceramics, bricks) Poor metallurgical conditions Poor feed mix Poor feed moisture control
Personal protective equipment may include: Helmet Safety footwear Hearing protection Gloves Eye/face protection Respiratory protection Heat resistant clothing
Tap furnaces MNMPRD556A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 711
Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: Degreasing Forced air Sweeping
Services may include: Electricity Air Cooling water Domestic water Gas
Start-up checks and procedures may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Levels • Communications Interlocks Distribution Control System Launders Hydraulic systems Pumps and pumping systems Pipes and flanges Drive belts Valves Visual and audible warning devices and lights Suppression systems
Equipment indicator readings may include: • Current • Flow • Levels • Pressure • Speed • Unusual noises • Vibrations Maintenance can include, but is not limited to: Lubrication Minor adjustments to operational plant Cleaning plant, equipment and work area Installation/removal of devices Making furnace accessories
Fault and variances may occur in: Product Plant Equipment
Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures
MNMPRD556A Tap furnaces
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 712
• Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures • Confined Space Legislation Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality Hazards may include: Cranes Molten metal Hot materials Noise Air pollution Sharp objects Moving machinery Heights Falling objects Hot gases
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adherence to relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adherence to environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each processing operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
Tap furnaces MNMPRD556A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 713
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Principles of furnace operation • Characteristics of molten metal • Molten metal tapping procedures • Furnace tapping components • The ability to distinguish between:
- chemical (including combustion) - instrument - equipment (electrical/mechanical) - maintenance/cause of problem
• Ability to isolate problem to item of equipment • Combustion principles, draft, burner design, excess air/flue CO/CO2 • Importance of flame patterns/flame impingement • Methods of resolving combustion/gas problems • Hazards associated with hot molten metal • Safe working procedures with molten metal • Protective equipment for working with hot materials • Potential dangers inherent in specific plant and equipment • Safe working procedures and systems • Sample spoon and sample bar positioning • Dobie bar and clay gun positioning • Tapping molten metal and slag • Sampling methods • Matte and slag decanting • Despatch of waste products • Plant requirements for various schedules • Service requirements and specifications • Manning and competence requirements • Materials specifications • Standard operating procedures • Tolerances allowable in the quality system and when action should be taken • Relevant quality assurance and inspection procedures and systems SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Troubleshooting • Working with/handling high temperature materials • Equipment operation, minor maintenance and cleaning • Hazard identification • Interpretation of reports, • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • System/plant monitoring • Reporting defects • Fault finding, rectification and reporting • Safe work practices • Use of hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
MNMPRD556A Tap furnaces
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 714
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors.
All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Control molten metal in holding furnace/vessel MNMPRD557A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 715
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD Smelting
UNIT MNMPRD557A Control molten metal in holding furnace/vessel
MNMPRD557A This unit applies to the operation of molten metal and slag holding furnaces and vessels.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
57.1 Prepare for holding furnace operations
57.1.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
57.1.2. Establishes and maintains communication with other personnel using approved communication methods
57.1.3. Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
57.1.4. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
57.1.5. Complies with environmental requirements
57.1.6. Follows emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
57.1.7. Checks and tests remote control and monitoring systems for correct operation
57.1.8. Plans and puts in place work area ventilation
57.2 Operate and monitor holding furnace operations
57.2.1. Carries out plant and equipment start-up checks and procedures according to plant/equipment configurations and system requirements
57.2.2. Monitors holding furnace operations
57.2.3. Monitors and receives matte and/or slag flow from furnace
57.2.4. Controls furnace rotation/tilting within recommended rate and angle parameters to efficiently separate matte and slag
57.2.5. Controls main and secondary burner operation to hold constant, recommended matte and slag temperature
57.2.6. Carries out holding furnace drive equipment diagnoses to monitor and maintain correct, safe operation
57.2.7. Checks on holding furnace operations at regular intervals during the shift and rectifies identified faults
57.2.8. Plans and organises matte supply to converter with converter foreman, crane driver and converter operator and adjusts tonnage to meet requirements
57.2.9. Maintains cleanliness of spouts to allow consistent, continuous flow of molten metal
MNMPRD557A Control molten metal in holding furnace/vessel
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 716
57.3 Discharge matte and slag to matte and slag pots
57.3.1. Ensures pot area is clear of personnel and machinery before pouring commences
57.3.2. Positions pot correctly to avoid splash, spillage or damage
57.3.3. Rotates pot at correct angle to ensure an even flow of matte and slag
57.3.4. Assesses matte and slag levels and pours slag and disposes of matte ensuring that pot is not overfilled
57.3.5. Takes and measures samples to ensure the slag and matte quantity is in acceptable range
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Burners may be: Diesel Natural gas
Furnace problems can include: Temperatures too high or too low during oxidation and charging Air flow too low for burners Fuel flow too low or too high, surging Level in furnace too high or low Metal splashes Feed not to specification Matte grade
Pre-start checks may include but not be limited to: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Levels • Pressures • Flows • Communications Cameras and monitoring Interlocks Distribution Control System Launders Hydraulic systems Pumps and pumping systems Screen, pipe, valve Visual and audible warning devices and lights
Control molten metal in holding furnace/vessel MNMPRD557A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 717
Suppression systems Motors Availability of oxygen and plant air Cooling water supply Diesel supply Fans and draft systems Compressors
Monitoring may include but not be limited to: • Blockages and spillages • Feed rates • Overloads • Pressures • Power draw • Wear and tear • Emissions • Levels • Temperatures • On-stream analysis (OSA) • Filtering • Corrosion Equipment indicator readings may include: • Current • Flow • Levels • Pressure • Speed • Unusual noises Personal protective equipment may include: Helmet Safety footwear Hearing protection Gloves Eye/face protection Respiratory protection
Maintenance can include, but is not limited to: Lubrication Minor adjustments to operational plant Cleaning plant, equipment and work area Installation/removal of devices
Indicator readings may include: • Alarms • Distribution control systems • Mimic panel • Screens • Temperature • Flow • Weight • Pressure
MNMPRD557A Control molten metal in holding furnace/vessel
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 718
Fault and variances may occur in: Product Plant Equipment
Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures • Confined Space Legislation Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality Hazards may include: Mobile plant Cranes Molten metal Hot materials Noise Air pollution Sharp objects Moving machinery Heights Falling objects Gases
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adherence to relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adherence to environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each processing operation.
Control molten metal in holding furnace/vessel MNMPRD557A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 719
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Principles of holding vessel/furnace operation • Characteristics of molten metal (basic) • Molten metal pouring procedures • Furnace components and function • The ability to distinguish between:
- chemical - instrument - equipment (electrical/mechanical) - maintenance/cause of problem
• Ability to isolate problem to item of equipment • Combustion principles, burner design, excess air/flue CO2 • Importance of flame patterns/flame impingement • Hazards associated with hot molten metal • Safe working procedures with molten metal • Protective equipment for working with hot materials • Potential dangers inherent in specific plant and equipment • Pot positioning • Sampling • Slag decanting • Despatch of waste products • Storage and scheduling requirements for production • Plant requirements for various schedules • Service requirements and specifications • Fault finding, rectification and reporting • Materials specifications • Standard operating procedures • Tolerances allowable in the quality system and when action should be taken • Relevant quality assurance and inspection procedures and systems SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Troubleshooting/diagnostics • Working with/handling high temperature materials • Equipment operation, minor maintenance and cleaning • Hazard identification • Interpretation of reports • System/plant monitoring • Quality assurance • Reporting defects • Safe work practices • Use of hand tools
MNMPRD557A Control molten metal in holding furnace/vessel
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 720
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors.
All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Monitor and control furnace combustion gases MNMPRD558A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 721
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD Smelting
UNIT MNMPRD558A Monitor and control furnace combustion gases
MNMPRD558A This unit applies to on-site monitoring and maintenance of the efficient operation of furnace combustion gases and associated plant.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
58.1 Prepare for plant and equipment operation
58.1.1. Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
58.1.2. Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
58.1.3. Establishes and maintains communication with other personnel using approved communication methods
58.1.4. Selects and uses appropriate personal protective equipment
58.1.5. Selects appropriate auxiliary equipment for work activities
58.1.6. Carries out equipment visual pre-start checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
58.1.7. Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards
58.1.8. Complies with environmental requirements
58.1.9. Follows emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
58.1.10. Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
58.1.11. Ventilates work area before entry
58.2 Maintain efficient operation of furnace gas plant and systems
58.2.1. Carries out plant and equipment start-up checks and procedures according to plant/equipment configurations and system requirements
58.2.2. Carries out monitoring and control on DCS
58.2.3. Monitors and operates furnace induced draft system by automatic and manual methods to maintain safe, efficient furnace pressure and air supply
58.2.4. Operates and maintains air operated breathing equipment for furnace off-line entry
58.2.5. Controls mixing chamber temperatures by automatic or manual methods
58.2.6. Cleans, inspects and maintains gas cooling plant in operational condition to ensure efficient gas cooling
58.3 Control gas emissions to maintain standard
58.3.1. Carries out plant and equipment start-up checks and procedures according to plant/equipment configurations and system requirements
MNMPRD558A Monitor and control furnace combustion gases
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 722
58.3.2. Monitors and operates accretion build-up removal equipment to ensure efficient operation of air injection equipment
58.3.3. Monitors furnace feed chutes for blockages and maintains to ensure optimum production
58.3.4. Takes samples of molten metal to confirm molten metal quantity and condition of molten metal bath
58.4 Maintain efficient operation of furnace air injection equipment (lance)
58.4.1. Carries out plant and equipment start-up checks and procedures according to plant/equipment configurations and system requirements
58.4.2. Monitors furnace conditions and operations to identify the correct, efficient operation of the furnace air injection equipment, and reports to Control Room Operator
58.4.3. Identifies furnace inefficiencies and furnace air injection equipment and changes/replaces where necessary, ensuring minimum furnace down-time
58.4.4. Cleans furnace air injection equipment/device without causing damage
58.4.5. Checks and records furnace air injection equipment/device position, and re-calibrates where outside operating parameters
58.5 Ensure supply of furnace additives
58.5.1. Monitors and maintains condition of furnace feed materials
58.5.2. Monitors furnace additives supply and reports to Control Room Operator for action
58.5.3. Monitors and controls flue gas temperature control additive (dust) to maintain mixing chamber temperature
58.6 Maintain plant and equipment efficiency
58.6.1. Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
58.6.2. Identifies and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
58.6.3. Interprets and responds to plant alarms, takes remedial actions and notifies appropriate personnel
58.6.4. Checks and adjusts plant condition to maintain efficient operation
58.6.5. Installs and controls stand-by furnace burner equipment to maintain safe furnace refractory temperatures
58.6.6. Inspects air, gas, diesel and combustion supply equipment and replaces/reports faults, damage or inoperable equipment to appropriate personnel
58.6.7. Maintains plant hygiene and safety
58.6.8. Changes over and adjusts plant to meet operational and maintenance requirements
Monitor and control furnace combustion gases MNMPRD558A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 723
58.6.9. Carries out minor plant maintenance and lubrication tasks
58.6.10. Provides support for maintenance personnel where necessary to organisation’s requirements
58.6.11. Observes lock-out and safety procedures when conducting furnace plant activities
58.7 Shut down plant and equipment
58.7.1. Shuts down or isolates plant/equipment based on process and safety requirements
58.7.2. Performs post shut-down or isolation checks
58.7.3. Passes on shift change-over details to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Furnaces may be: Fixed – vertical/cylindrical Rotary – vertical/cylindrical
Burners may be: Diesel Natural gas
Furnace problems can include: Air ingress to furnace Fuel flow too low or too high, surging Discharge of flue dust Molten metal splashes Moisture levels incorrect
Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Weighers • Compressors • Distribution control systems • Feeders • Gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) • Pumps
MNMPRD558A Monitor and control furnace combustion gases
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 724
Monitoring may include but not be limited to: • Blockages and spillages • Feed rates • Overloads • Pressures • Power draw • Wear and tear • Emissions • Levels • Temperatures • Moisture content • On-stream analysis (OSA) • Filtering • Corrosion Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: Degreasing Forced air Sweeping
Indicator readings may include: • Alarms • Distribution control systems • Mimic panel • Screens • Temperature • Flow • Weight • Pressure Pre-start checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Walk through plant • Communications Start-up procedures may include: • Draft systems • Cameras and monitors • Checking distribution control system (DCS) • Chutes • Display instruments, lights and gauges • Equipment stop engine lights • Hydraulic system • Isolations • Lighting • Suppression systems • Valves • Visual and audio warning devices and lights
Monitor and control furnace combustion gases MNMPRD558A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 725
MINOR MAINTENANCE Minor maintenance can include, but is not limited to: Lubrication Minor adjustments to operational plant Cleaning plant, equipment and work area Installation/removal of devices to allow safe maintenance Fixing leaks
LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures • Confined Space Legislation Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust (dump) • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adherence to relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adherence to environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each processing operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS
MNMPRD558A Monitor and control furnace combustion gases
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 726
This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCO1002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes • UTPNEG154A Operate electrostatic precipitator dust collection plant KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Principles of operation • Furnace components such as
- burner - convection section - radiation section - floor/walls - stack/damper (flue type)
• Insulation (refractory) • Combustion principles, draft, burner design, excess air/flue CO/CO2 • Importance of flame patterns/flame impingement • Methods of resolving combustion/gas problems • The ability to distinguish between:
- chemical - instrument - equipment (electrical/mechanical) - maintenance/cause of problem
• Ability to isolate problem to item of equipment SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Troubleshooting • Equipment operation, minor maintenance and cleaning • Hazard identification • Interpretation of reports, • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • System/plant monitoring • Reporting defects • Safe work practices • Use of hand tools • Entry and work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors.
Monitor and control furnace combustion gases MNMPRD558A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 727
All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct acid plant operations MNMPRD654A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 729
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D6 By Product Management
UNIT MNMPRD654A Conduct acid plant operations
MNMPRD654A This unit applies in all contexts to the operation of an acid plant in mining processing operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
54.1 Assumes control of acid plant operations from previous shift
54.1.1 Communicates with other personnel by approved methods
54.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over information
54.1.3 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
54.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective clothing and equipment
54.1.5 Performs checks to ensure correct equipment operation
54.1.6 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to work plan
54.2 Manages acid plant operations
54.2.1 Monitors performance of acid plant components regularly
54.2.2 Regulates flow of substrate between process components to maximise production
54.2.3 Regulates heat exchangers in accordance with operational requirements
54.2.4 Handles acid plant products and reagents safely at all times
54.2.5 Monitors and adjusts volume of gas through acid plant
54.2.6 Regulates gas impurity removal systems
54.2.7 Regulates by-product disposal in accordance with plant operating requirements
54.2.8 Monitors available acid plant storage capacity
54.3 Passes control of acid plant to next shift
54.3.1 Completes all required documentation for shift handover
54.3.2 Passes on all shift information to oncoming shift
54.3.3 Reviews plant performance with oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details.
MNMPRD654A Conduct acid plant operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 730
Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • Distributed control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses Plant may include: • heat exchanger • storage facilities • pipelines • electrostatic mist precipitators • gas train • vessels • conveyors • valves • acid heat exchanges • converters • absorbing and drying towers • mercury removal plant Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • flow rates • temperature • reagent levels • pressure • speed (eg: pumps) • unusual noises • vibrations • power • storage volumes Monitoring the acid plant process may include the checking of: • gas temperatures • blockages and spillages • feed rates • calcine content • mercury levels • moisture levels • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads
Conduct acid plant operations MNMPRD654A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 731
• pressures • power draw • equipment temperature • wear and tear • emission (eg: sulphide gases) • laboratory results • acid strength • gas analysis Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • walk through plant The methods used to optimise the plant may include: • quantity of reagents • flow • temperature • pressure • condensate quality Inspection procedures may include: • cameras and monitors • interlocks • distribution control system • flash vessels • launders • heat exchangers • hydraulic system • pumping system • screen inspections • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves • vessels • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems MATERIALS Materials may include: • sulphur dioxide • reagents • catalysts Most common contaminants may include: • other gases • calcine • mercury • metal sulphates • moisture • V205 catalyst
MNMPRD654A Conduct acid plant operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 732
LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS
This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • sources of acid plant materials • gas purification process
Conduct acid plant operations MNMPRD654A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 733
• drying process • conversion and absorption • storage methods and capacities • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system • reagent types • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • types of ores (basic) • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • managing heat exchanges and cooling systems • safe handling of dangerous materials • process control methods • reading and interpreting instrumentation • interpretation of reports • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • reporting • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
MNMPRD654A Conduct acid plant operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 734
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Conduct air cleaning activities MNMPRD655A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 735
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D6 By Product Management
UNIT MNMPRD655A Conduct air cleaning activities
MNMPRD655A This unit applies in all contexts to the preparation, start-up, operation and shut-down of the air cleaning plant. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
55.1 Plan and prepare for air cleaning operations
55.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
55.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
55.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
55.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
55.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
55.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
55.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
55.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
55.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
55.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
55.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
55.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
55.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
55.2.2 Confirms plant is operational
55.3 Operate and monitor equipment
55.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine air cleaning efficiency
55.3.2 Continuously inspects operations/plant and catchment areas to identify air cleaning process defects and potential problems
55.3.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise and maintain efficient air cleaning and to meet product quality targets
55.3.4 Adds reagents to approved operating parameters (where applicable)
MNMPRD655A Conduct air cleaning activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 736
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
55.3.5 Carries out minor maintenance to maintain condition of equipment
55.3.6 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
55.3.7 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
55.4 Conduct housekeeping activities
55.4.1 Cleans plant to maintain condition of all equipment to ensure safe and efficient operations
55.4.2 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
55.5 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
55.5.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
55.5.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • compressors • distribution control systems (DCS) • feeders • gantry cranes and attachments and other mobile equipment • hand and power tools • hoses Plant may include: • filters • cyclones • conveyors • ESP • blowers • valves • pumps • hoppers • hoses • silences • conveyors • weight and vibrating feeder Air cleaning methods may include: • scrubbers
Conduct air cleaning activities MNMPRD655A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 737
• bag houses • filters • electrostatic • cyclones • drop out boxes • after burners Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • hosing with water • high pressure cleaning Indicator readings may measure: • flow • current (eg: agitators) • density • levels • restrictions • air flows • pressure • speed (eg: pumps) • unusual noises • vibrations • power • temperature Monitoring the aeration process may include the checking of: • blockages and spillages • feed rates • mineral content • moisture levels • on stream analysis (OSA) • overloads • pressures (eg in air lines) • power draw • wear and tear • levels • temperature • gas emission levels Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • availability of equipment (eg conveyor) • detection of conditions that are unusual • personnel availability • job requirements • levels • walk through plant • emission levels Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks Operating parameters may include: • pressure differentials
MNMPRD655A Conduct air cleaning activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 738
Start-up procedures may include the inspection of: • agitators • cameras and monitors • interlocks • distribution control system • launders • hydraulic system • pumping system • screen inspections • scuttling pumps • pipes and flanges • drive belts • valves • visual and audio warning devices and lights • suppression systems MATERIALS Impurities in the air may include: • gaseous and particulate LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • drainage • dust (dump) • emissions • flora and fauna • hazardous chemicals • noise • recycling • run-off • spills • waste management and disposal • water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION
Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements
Conduct air cleaning activities MNMPRD655A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 739
• Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS
This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • breakdown procedures • contaminant identification • air cleaning principles • air cleaning systems • emergency procedures • environmental procedures • equipment limitations and operating parameters • equipment safety requirements • hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills and hazardous goods • identifying repair requirements • isolation procedures • metallurgical and technical data (basic) • occupational health and safety procedures • operational procedures and checks • pumping system and flow charts (pipeline and sprinkler systems) • sampling • site procedures • site safety requirements • wet and dry working procedures SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • diagnosing • hazard identification and management • handling hazardous goods • interpretation of reports • lifting (manual, cranes and loads) • maintain records • monitoring • report defects • safe work practices • trouble shooting • use relevant hand tools • work in confined spaces
MNMPRD655A Conduct air cleaning activities
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 740
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Monitor and co-ordinate waste water treatment processes MNMPRD656A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 741
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D6 By Product Management
UNIT MNMPRD656A Monitor and co-ordinate waste water treatment processes
MNMPRD656A This unit applies in all contexts to the reclaiming and treating of water during processing. This unit is based on the Waste Water Industry Competencies, Unit 21 Monitor and coordinate waste water treatment processes This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
56.1 Monitor treatment plant performance
56.1.1 Carries out routine plant inspections in accordance with organisational and plant requirements
56.1.2 Conducts and analyses process tests and determines performance against plant operational requirements
56.1.3 Collects, interprets, records and reports process data according to organisational and plant requirements
56.1.4 Conducts calculations to determine process performance
56.2 Control chemical use 56.2.1 Uses, handles and stores chemicals in accordance with organisational and statutory requirements
56.2.2 Determines chemical dosing and carries out in accordance with plant processes and organisational and statutory requirements
56.2.3 Maintains information related to chemical supply and usage in accordance with statutory requirements
56.3 Operate and control processes
56.3.1 Monitors processes to maintain parameters of operation
56.3.2 Identifies and reports process faults and operational condition of plant in accordance with organisational and statutory requirements
56.3.3 Adjusts integrated processes to optimise system performance in accordance with organisational and statutory requirements
56.4 Compile process records 56.4.1 Compiles reports from plant and system data to meet organisational and statutory requirements
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Range Statement from Waste Water Industry Competency Unit 21
MNMPRD656A Monitor and co-ordinate waste water treatment processes
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 742
Worksite locations may include: • urban and rural locations Inspection of areas may require: • interaction and communication with other employees, other authorities, general public • visual observation • implementation of reporting procedures, which may also include procedures for implementation of
By-Laws, organisational policy, statutory requirements Processes may include: • Pre-treatment eg: screens, grit removal, shredding, odour control • Primary treatment eg: primary sedimentation • Secondary treatment eg: tickling filters, rotating biological contractors, activated sludge and
lagoon systems • Solids handling eg: aerobic or anaerobic digesters and sludge disposal • Disinfection eg: maturation ponds, chlorination, ultraviolet irradiation, osonation • Tertiary treatment eg: chemical nitrogen removal, biological nitrogen removal, biological
phosphorus removal Tests conducted may include: • gravimeteric analysis • spectrophotometric analysis • volumetric analysis • digestion techniques • ion selective electrodes • microscopy and routine jar testing • microbiology System adjustments may include: • recirculation rates • wasting rates • organic and hydraulic loading • surface loading rates Records and data compiled may include: • plant performance data • environmental reports • chemical usage Equipment used may include: • electronic monitoring and metering systems • manual chart recording systems • basic hand tools • laboratory testing and sampling equipment • computerised equipment • on and off road vehicles • communication equipment Organisational and statutory requirements may include: • By-Laws and organisational policy • Environment protection • Occupational Health & Safety • Chemicals • Dangerous Goods
Monitor and co-ordinate waste water treatment processes MNMPRD656A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 743
• Lifts and Cranes • EPA regulations • (WHO) World health organisation standards • Licensing agreements • Electrical Additional Range Details for use in the Metalliferous Mining Industry LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
MNMPRD656A Monitor and co-ordinate waste water treatment processes
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 744
KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL - details below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from Waste Water Industry competency unit 21 Contexts for Assessment: This Unit of Competence will be best assessed in the workplace or in a simulated workplace and under
the normal range of workplace conditions. Assessment should also include those aspects of core
competencies that are consistent with the work environment of this unit. Critical Aspects and Evidence: • sampling selection and testing procedures • flow measurements and capacity calculation • interpretation/analysis of data and recording systems • competency is to be demonstrated in conjunction with the core units (Unit 24, 25, 27 & 28) • evidence of competence requires demonstration of knowledge related to applicable enterprise and
legislative requirements • competency should be demonstrated using typical classes of equipment listed in the range of
variables Underpinning knowledge required includes: • water system hydraulics • system layout • lock out procedures for mechanical and electrical installations • policies and procedures and legislation • relevant utilities and service bodies • communication systems • materials handling • environmental, landscape, ground structure of work area • risk factors and potential hazards • equipment operation, capacity and limitations • effect of weather and conditions on operation of site or plant • mathematical calculations • pipes and fittings
Monitor and co-ordinate waste water treatment processes MNMPRD656A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 745
• pumping and valve systems • mechanical and electrical control systems • shut down and recharging requirements • chemical usage Underpinning skills required includes: • applying knowledge to solve operational problems • production of reports, logs, etc • utilisation of safety equipment • interpretation of plans, charts and instructions • interpretation of policies, procedures and standards • communicating with employees and various customers • communication equipment, eg: phone, radio, fax • giving and receiving instructions • carry out mathematical calculations • operate computerised equipment • identify mechanical and electrical control system faults • carry out laboratory sampling and testing KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 2
Monitor and operate waste water treatment processes MNMPRD657A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 747
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D6 By Product Management
UNIT MNMPRD657A Monitor and operate waste water treatment processes
MNMPRD657A This unit applies in all contexts to the reclaiming and treating of water during processing. This unit is based on the Waste Water Industry Competencies, Unit 20 Monitor and operate waste water treatment processes This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
57.1 Monitor treatment plant performance
57.1.1 Carries out routine plant inspections in accordance with organisational and plant requirements
57.1.2 Collects process samples and conducts standard tests
57.1.3 Collects and reports process data according to organisational and plant requirements
57.2 Control chemical use 57.2.1 Uses, handles and stores chemicals in accordance with organisational and statutory requirements
57.2.2 Prepares chemical dosing in accordance with plant processes and organisational statutory requirements
57.2.3 Maintains information related to chemical supply and usage in accordance with statutory requirements
57.3 Operate and control processes
57.3.1 Monitors and maintains parameters of operation
57.3.2 Identifies and reports process faults and operational condition of plant with organisational/statutory requirements
57.3.3 Initiates based system adjustments in accordance with organisational/statutory requirements
57.4 Compile process records 57.4.1 Compiles reports from plant and system data to meet organisational/statutory requirements
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. Range Statement from Waste Water Industry Competency Unit 20 Worksite locations may include: • urban and rural locations
MNMPRD657A Monitor and operate waste water treatment processes
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 748
Inspection of areas may require: • Interaction and communication with other employees/other authorities/general public • Visual observation • Implementation of reporting procedures, which may also include procedures for implementation of
By-Laws / organisational policy / statutory requirements Processes may include: • Pre-treatment eg: screens, grit removal, shredding, odour removal • Primary treatment eg: primary sedimentation • Secondary treatment eg: trickling filters, rotating biological contractors, activated sludge and
lagoon systems • Solids handling eg: aerobic or anaerobic digesters and sludge disposal • Disinfection eg: maturation ponds, chlorination, ultraviolet irradiation, osonation • Tertiary treatment eg: chemical nitrogen removal, biological nitrogen removal, biological
phosphorus removal Tests conducted may include: • Settling tests • Microscopic observation • Single bugger pH • Dissolved oxygen • Chlorine residuals System adjustments may include: • pH correction • Dissolved oxygen levels Records and data compiled may include: • Plant performance data • Chemical usage Equipment used may include: • Electronic monitoring and metering systems • Manual chart recording systems • Basic hand tools • Laboratory testing and sampling equipment • Computerised equipment • On and Off road vehicles • Communication equipment Organisational and statutory requirements may include: • By-Laws and organisational policy • Environment Protection • Occupational Health and Safety • Chemicals • Dangerous Goods • Lifts and Cranes • WHO World Health Organisation Standards • EPA regulations • Licensing agreements • Electrical Additional Range Details for use in the Metalliferous Mining Industry
Monitor and operate waste water treatment processes MNMPRD657A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 749
LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety and Health Legislation and associated regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust and fumes • Emissions • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE AND SKILL - details below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
MNMPRD657A Monitor and operate waste water treatment processes
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 750
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from Waste Water Industry competency unit 20 Minor amendments to remove Waste Water Industry specific information Contexts for Assessment: This Unit of Competency will be best assessed in the workplace or in a simulated workplace and under the normal range of workplace conditions. Assessment should also include those aspects of core competencies that are consistent with the work environment of the unit. Critical Aspects and Evidence: Competency is to be demonstrated in the critical aspects of: • Sampling selection and testing procedures • Collection of data from recording systems • Competency is to be demonstrated in conjunction with core units • Evidence of competence requires demonstration of knowledge related to applicable enterprise and
legislative requirements • Competency should be demonstrated using typical classes of equipment listed in the range of
variables Underpinning Knowledge required includes: • water system hydraulics • system layout • lock out procedures for mechanical and electrical installations • policies, procedures and legislation • relevant utilities and service bodies • communication systems • materials handling • environmental/landscape/ground structure of work area • risk factors and potential hazards • equipment operation, capacity and limitations • effect of weather and conditions on operation of site or plant • mathematical calculations • pipes and fittings • pumping and valve systems • mechanical and electrical control systems • shut down and recharging requirements • chemical usage Underpinning Skills required includes: • applying knowledge to solve operational problems
Monitor and operate waste water treatment processes MNMPRD657A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 751
• production of reports, logs, etc • utilisation of safety equipment • interpretation of plans, charts and instructions • interpretation of policies, procedures and standards • communicating with employees and various customers • communication equipment eg: phone, radio, fax etc. • giving and receiving instructions • carry out mathematical calculations • operate computerised equipment • identify mechanical and electrical control system faults • carry out laboratory sampling and testing KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Reclaim and treat water systems MNMPRD658A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 753
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D6 By Product Management
UNIT MNMPRD658A Reclaim and treat water systems
MNMPRD658A This unit applies in all contexts to the reclaiming and treating of water during processing and also applies to the treatment of raw water to make it potable. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
58.1 Plan and prepare for water treatment activities
58.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
58.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
58.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
58.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
58.1.5 Selects appropriate type of equipment and reagents according to job type to maximise efficiency and effectiveness of work activities
58.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
58.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
58.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
58.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
58.2 Treat water 58.2.1 Doses reagents at approved levels
58.2.2 Takes samples and tests according to site requirements (where applicable)
58.2.3 Monitors water storage levels
58.3 Extract water 58.3.1 Pumps water to storage or processing plant for use
58.4 Operate and monitor equipment
58.4.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to maintain dam levels and flow rates
58.4.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies defects and potential problems
58.4.3 Adjusts equipment to approved operating parameters to optimise performance, maintain efficient water treatment systems and to meet water quality targets
58.4.4 Controls feed to equipment
58.4.5 Observes radiation safety procedures maintaining radiation elements (where applicable)
MNMPRD658A Reclaim and treat water systems
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 754
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
58.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
58.5.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
58.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
58.5.3 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
58.5.4 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
58.5.5 Passes on shift change over details to oncoming shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Discharge lines • Generated sets • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) • Level indicators • Pump system • Strainers Plant may include • Pumps (fixed) • Lines • storage tanks/dams Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • De-scaling Indicator readings may measure: • Current • Flow • Level • Pressure • Unusual noises (e.g. cavitation) • Vibrations Monitoring may include the checking of: • Blockages and spillage's • Concentration levels • Fumes and other toxins (eg hydrogen cyanide)
Reclaim and treat water systems MNMPRD658A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 755
• Wear and tear Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Walk through the plant/around settling pond/drive along pipe line Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. Start-up, procedures may include the inspection of: • Availability of pump • Checks distribution control system (DCS) • Discharge lines are clear • Display instruments and gauges • Hydraulic system • Isolations • Pumping system • Remote systems • Safety mechanisms operational (blocking out devices, isolation) • Visual and audio warning devices and lights MATERIALS Materials may be wet or dry and may include: • Reagents • Solids • Water Contaminants are anything other than the water. Most common contaminants may include: • Animal carcasses • Chemicals • Containers and packaging • Fuels and oils • Rubbish LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals
MNMPRD658A Reclaim and treat water systems
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 756
• Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Breakdown procedures • Catchment/dam procedures • Contaminants • Detoxification procedures • Emergency procedures • Environmental and heritage procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Metallurgical and technical data (basic) • Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Pumping systems • Reagents • Site procedures • Site safety requirements
Reclaim and treat water systems MNMPRD658A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 757
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling techniques • Interpretation of reports • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Maintain records • Safe work practices • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Check and evaluate records and documentation MNMPRD759A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 759
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D7 Product Distribution
UNIT MNMPRD759A Check and evaluate records and documentation
MNMPRD759A Check and evaluate records and documentation to ensure compliance with statutory and organisational requirements. This unit is based on the Stevedoring Competencies Standards unit TDT A5 97 - Check and evaluate records and documentation. It has been modified for metalliferous mining operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
59.1 Check documentation 59.1.1 Documentation is checked to ensure its compliance with statutory and organisational requirements
59.1.2 Documentation is checked on a regular and personnel responsible for documentation advised of deadlines
59.1.3 Systems for the maintenance of records comply with statutory and organisational requirements
59.2 Analyse and evaluate records 59.2.1 Records are analysed to identify unexpected deviations from plans or possible future problems with plant and equipment
59.2.2 Advice is provided to appropriate personnel when problems are identified
59.2.3 Security of records and documentation is maintained at all times with access being graned to authorised personnel
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. General context: • work is performed under some supervision, generally within a team environment • customers may be internal or external • enterprises may comprise large, medium or small worksites • work may be undertaken in various work environments Worksite environment may include: • operations conducted by day or night • work conducted in restricted spaces or exposed conditions or controlled or open environments • exposure to chemical, dangerous or hazardous substances and movements of equipment, goods
and vehicles
MNMPRD759A Check and evaluate records and documentation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 760
• personnel in work are may include enterprise personnel, site visitors, contractors, official representatives
Sources of information/documents may include: • goods identification numbers and codes • manifest, bar codes, gods and container identification • manufacturer's specifications • enterprise operating procedures and policies • supplier and/or client instructions • materials safety data sheets • phone, electronic data interchange, fax, e-mail, internet, radio, oral, aural or signed
communications • codes of practice including the national standards for manual handling and the industry safety code • legislation, regulations and related documentation • award, enterprise bargaining agreement, other industrial arrangements • standards and certification requirements • quality assurance procedures Workplace context may include: • Work organisation procedures and practices Conditions of service, legislation and industrial agreements including: • workplace agreements and awards • OH&S • state, federal or territory legislation Consultative processes may involve: • staff members • management • union representation • industrial relations, OH&S specialists • other professional or technical staff Applicable State/Territory/Commonwealth regulations and legislation may include: • OH&S • workplace relations • workers compensation • water and road use and license arrangements • license, patent or copyright arrangements • dangerous goods and air freight regulations • export/import/quarantine/bond requirements • marine orders • environmental protection legislation • emergency procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION
Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues
Check and evaluate records and documentation MNMPRD759A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 761
Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS
This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE: • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS
Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT
Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit TDT A5 97
Critical aspects of evidence to be considered Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: • follow operational safety requirements and site emergency procedures • locate, interpret and apply relevant information • provide customer/client service and work effectively with others • convey information in written and oral form • maintain workplace records and documentation to enterprise standard • select and use appropriate workplace colloquial and technical language and communication
technologies in the workplace context • check documentation and work within deadlines Interdependent assessment of units This unit of competency may be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of a job role or function
MNMPRD759A Check and evaluate records and documentation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 762
Required knowledge and skills • Displays in job role knowledge and skills including: • site layout, loading/unloading plans and sequence sheets • focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems • impact of job on enterprise and individual performance • application of relevant industrial requirements • relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative requirements • identification can correct use of equipment, processes and procedures used within context of the
job • modifying activities dependant on differing workplace contexts, risk situations and environments • identification of container and goods coding, IMDG markings and where applicable Emergency
Information Panels Resource implications Range of documents, records, statutory regulations Consistency in performance Applies underpinning knowledge and skills when: • establishing plans • describing consequences • completing tasks • identifying improvements • apply safety precautions relevant to the task Shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures including: • hazard policies and procedures including codes of practice • issue resolution procedures • job procedures and work instructions • relevant guidelines relating to the safe use of machinery and equipment • quality assurance procedures (where existing) • security procedures • waste, pollution and recycling management processes • Action taken promptly, accidents and incidents reported in accordance with statutory requirements
and enterprise procedures • Recognises and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of
behaviour and interactions among staff and others • Work completed systematically with attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or
personnel Context for assessment Assessment may occur on the job or in a simulated workplace KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Complete import/export documentation MNMPRD760A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 763
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D7 Product Distribution
UNIT MNMPRD760A Complete import/export documentation
MNMPRD760A Checking and evaluation of records and documentation to ensure compliance with statutory and organisational requirements. This unit is based on the Stevedoring Competencies Standards unit TDT A9 97 - Complete import/export documentation. It has been modified for metalliferous mining operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
60.1 Identify procedures required for documentation for import/export of goods
60.1.1 Documents required for goods are identified
60.1.2 Content requirements for each section of the documentation are applied
60.1.3 Requirements for permits are identified and implications noted
60.1.4 Procedures for obtaining clearances including export clearance numbers (ECN) are identified and followed
60.1.5 Letters of credit are identified and implications of each noted
60.2 Complete documentation to meet regulatory and enterprise requirements
60.2.1 Workplace procedures for authorisations are followed
60.2.2 Data entry for documents completed
60.2.3 Entries checked to ensure they meet customs and enterprise requirements
60.2.4 Letters of credit are checked to ensure they meet commercial, transport and overseas requirements
60.2.5 Workplace records are completed and filed to enterprise requirements
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. General context • work is performed under some supervision, generally within a team environment
MNMPRD760A Complete import/export documentation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 764
• customers may be internal or external • enterprises may comprise large, medium or small worksites • work may be undertaken in various work environments Worksite environment may include: • operations conducted by day or night • work conducted in restricted spaces or exposed conditions or controlled or open environments • exposure to chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances and movements or equipment, goods
and vehicles • personnel in work area may include enterprise personnel, site visitors, contractors official
representatives Sources of information/documents may include: • goods identification numbers and codes • manifests, bar codes, goods and container identification • manufacturer's specifications • enterprise operating procedures and policies • supplier and/or client instructions • materials safety data sheets • phone, electronic data interchange, fax, e-mail, internet, radio, oral, aural or signed
communications • codes of practice including the national standards for manual handling and the industry safety code • legislation, regulations and related documentation • award, enterprise bargaining agreement, other industrial arrangements • standards and certification requirements • quality procedures Workplace context may include: • Work organisation procedures and practices Condition of service, legislation and industrial agreements including • workplace agreements and awards • occupational health and safety • state, federal or territory legislation Consultative processes may involve: • staff members • management • union representatives • industrial relations, occupational health and safety specialists • other professional or technical staff Applicable State/Territory/Commonwealth regulations and legislation may include but are not limited to: • occupational health and safety • workplace relations • workers compensation • water and road use and license arrangements • license, patent or copyright arrangements • dangerous goods and air freight regulations • export/import/quarantine/bond requirements • marine orders • environmental protection legislation • emergency procedures
Complete import/export documentation MNMPRD760A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 765
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit TDT A9 97 Critical Aspects of Evidence to be Considered Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: • Locate, interpret and apply relevant information • Provide customer client service and work effectively with others • Convey information in written and oral form • Maintain workplace records • Use workplace colloquial and technical language and communication technologies in the
workplace context
MNMPRD760A Complete import/export documentation
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 766
• Prepare documentation using letters of credit and to meet workplace and customer/transport organisation requirements
Interdependent Assessment of Units This unit of competency may be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of the job role or function Required Knowledge and Skills Displays the following knowledge and skills in terms of the job role or function • Site layout • Focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems for
obtaining customs clearance • Relationships and requirements of work and operating systems in respect of related systems • Impact of job on enterprise and individual requirements • Application of relevant industrial requirements • Identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures used within context of the
job • Eye hand coordination Resource Implications Access to government and enterprise requirements for export documentation and EDI screen technology Consistency in Performance Applies knowledge and skills when • Establishing plans • Describing consequences • Completing tasks • Identifying improvements • Applying safety precautions relevant to the task Shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures including • Hazard policies and procedures including Codes of Practice • Issue resolution procedures • Job procedures and work instructions • Relevant guidelines relating to the use of equipment and software capability • Quality assurance procedures • Security procedures • Following recognised housekeeping activities • Waste, pollution and recycling management processes • Action taken promptly - accidents and incidents reported in accordance with Statutory
requirements and enterprise procedures • Recognises and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of
behaviour and interactions among staff and others • Work completely systematically with attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or
personnel Context for Assessment Assessment may occur on the job or in a simulated workplace
Complete import/export documentation MNMPRD760A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 767
KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Connect and disconnect reefer units MNMPRD761A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 769
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D7 Product Distribution
UNIT MNMPRD761A Connect and disconnect reefer units
MNMPRD761A Connect and disconnect reefer units to power source. This unit is based on the Stevedoring Competencies Standards unit TDT A3 97 - Connect and disconnect reefer units. It has been modified for metalliferous mining operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
61.1 Plug/unplug reefer units to power source
61.1.1 Reefer units are plugged/unplugged safely according to site operating procedures
61.1.2 Problems with the operation of reefer units are identified and reported to appropriate personnel
61.1.3 Reefer unit is checked to be running after plugged in
61.1.4 Faulty units are identified and reported
61.1.5 Reefer unit is unplugged and cable cleared from unit
61.2 Attach/detach clip on units 61.2.1 Clip on units are attached/detached safely in accordance with relevant codes of practice
61.2.2 Appropriate protective clothing and tools are used
61.2.3 Connection to container or crib is confirmed
61.2.4 Problems with the operations of clip on units are identified and reported to appropriate personnel
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. General context • Work is performed under some supervision, generally within a team environment • Customers may be internal or external • Enterprises may comprise large, medium or small worksites • Work may be undertaken in various work environments Worksite environment may include: • Operations conducted by day or night • Work conducted in restricted spaces or exposed conditions or controlled or open environments • Exposure to chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances and movements of equipment, goods
and vehicles • Personnel in work area may include personnel, site visitors, contractors, official representation Sources of information/documents may include:
MNMPRD761A Connect and disconnect reefer units
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 770
• goods identification numbers and codes • manifests, bar codes, goods and container identification • manufacturer's specifications • enterprise operating procedures and policies • supplier and/or client instructions • materials safety data sheet • phone, electronic data interchange, fax, e-mail, internet, radio, oral, aural or signed
communication • codes of practice including the national standards for material handling and the industry safety
code • legislation, regulations and related documentation • awards, enterprise bargaining agreements and other industrial agreements • standards and certification requirements • quality assurance procedures Workplace context may include: • Work organisation procedures and practices Conditions of service, legislation and industrial agreements including • workplace agreements and awards • occupational health and safety • state, federal or territory legislation
Applicable State/Territory/Commonwealth regulations and legislation may include: • occupational health and safety • workplace relations • workers compensation • water and road use and license arrangements • dangerous goods and air freight regulations • export/import/quarantine/bond requirements • marine orders • environmental protection legislation • emergency procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
Connect and disconnect reefer units MNMPRD761A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 771
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit TDT A3 97 Critical aspects of evidence to be considered Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: • identify reefer requiring clip on units • safely connect and disconnect reefer units • locate, interpret and apply relevant information • provide customer/client service and work effectively with others • convey information in written and oral form • maintain workplace records • select and use appropriate workplace colloquial and technical language and communication
technologies in the workplace context • follow the designated work plan for the job Interdependent assessment of units This unit of competency may be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of a job or function Required knowledge and skills Displays in job role the use of underpinning knowledge and skills including: • site layout and location of reefer units • identifying problems in the operations of reefer units • focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems • relationships and requirements of work and operating systems in respect of related systems • impact of job on enterprise and individual performance • application of relevant industrial requirements and legislative requirements • identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures • identify reefer units requiring clip on units • identifying problems in the operation of reefer units • identify cargo using marking and number systems Resource implications Variety of reefer units and container
MNMPRD761A Connect and disconnect reefer units
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 772
Applies underpinning knowledge and skills when • establishing plans • describing consequences • completing tasks • identifying improvements • applying safety precautions relevant to the task • assessing operational capability of equipment used and work processes selected Shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures • hazard policies and procedures including codes of practice • issue resolution procedures • job procedures and work instructions • relevant guidelines relating to the use of machinery and equipment capability and limitations,
tagging of unserviceable or damaged items • quality procedures (where required) • security procedures • following enterprise housekeeping processes • waste, pollution and recycling management processes • Action taken promptly, accidents and incidents reports in accordance with statutory requirements
and enterprise procedures • Recognise and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of
behaviour and interaction among staff and others • Work completed systematically with attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or
personnel Context for assessment Assessment may occur on the job or in a simulated workplace KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Maintain container/bulk cargo records MNMPRD762A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 773
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D7 Product Distribution
UNIT MNMPRD762A Maintain container/bulk cargo records
MNMPRD762A This unit covers the maintenance of container/bulk cargo records into and out of the site. This unit is based on the Stevedoring Competencies Standards unit TDT A2 97 - Maintain container cargo records. It has been modified for metalliferous mining operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
62.1 Process container/bulk cargo documentation
62.1.1 Cargo documentation is processed in accordance with enterprise procedures and Statutory Authority requirements
62.1.2 Movements of cargo is recorded in accordance with enterprise procedures and Statutory Authority requirements
62.2 Maintain records of container/bulk cargo movements
62.2.1 Cargo records are updated each time cargo is moved
62.2.2 Cargo is checked using markings to ensure correct identification when updating records
62.3 Monitor reefer units and maintain records
62.3.1 Reefers are monitored on a daily basis and the following information recorded; temperatures, water meter readings, any faults in the operation of the reefer
62.3.2 Faults in the operation of reefer units are reported on the appropriate forms and forwarded to the maintenance area
62.3.3 Reefer log cards are checked on completion of monitoring and all breakdowns/faults logged in the Breakdown Log Diary
62.3.4 Movement of reefers is monitored on a daily basis and the information recorded
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. General context • Work is performed under some supervision, generally within a team environment
MNMPRD762A Maintain container/bulk cargo records
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 774
• Customers may in internal or external • Enterprises may comprise large, medium or small worksites • Work may be undertaken in various work environments Worksite environment may include: • Operations conducted by day or night • Work conducted in restricted spaces or exposed conditions or controlled or open environments • Exposure to chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances and movements of equipment, goods
and vehicles • Personnel in work area may include enterprise personnel, site visitors, contractors, official
representatives Sources of information/documents may include: • Goods, identification numbers and codes • Manifests, bar codes, goods and container identification • Manufacturer's specifications • Enterprise operating procedures and policies • Supplier and/or client instructions • Materials safety data sheets • Phone, Electronic Data Interchange, fax, e-mail, internet, radio, oral, aural or signed
communications • Codes of practice including the National Standards for Manual Handling and the Industry Safety
Code • Legislation, regulations and related documentation • Award, Enterprise Bargaining Agreement, other industrial arrangements • Standards and certification requirements • Quality assurance procedures Workplace context may include: • Work organisation procedures and practices Applicable State/Territory/Commonwealth regulations and legislation may include: • occupational health and safety • workplace relations • workers compensation • water and road use and license arrangements • license, patent or copyright arrangements • dangerous good and air freight regulations • export/import/quarantine/bond requirements • marine orders • environmental protection legislation • emergency procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation.
Maintain container/bulk cargo records MNMPRD762A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 775
CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit TDT A2 97 Critical aspects of evidence to be considered Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: • interpret shipping and goods movement documentation • use onsite computer and available software • locate, interpret and apply relevant information • provide customer/client service and work effectively with others • convey information in written and oral form • maintain workplace records • select and use appropriate workplace colloquial and technical language and communication
technologies in the workplace context • follow the designated work plan for the job Interdependent assessment of units This unit of competency may be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of a job role or function Required knowledge and skills Displays in job role knowledge and skills include: • site layout, stacking plans and available stacking space • focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems • impact of job on enterprise and individual performance • application of relevant industrial requirements • relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative requirements
MNMPRD762A Maintain container/bulk cargo records
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 776
• identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures used within context of the job
• modifying activities dependent on differing workplace contexts, risk situations and environments • estimation of size, shape and special requirements of loads • identification of container and goods coding, IMDG markings and where applicable Emergency
Information Panels • eye hand co-ordination Resource implications Cargo/container records system and operating worksite Consistency in performance Applies underpinning knowledge and skills when • establishing plans • describing consequences • completing tasks • identifying improvements • applying safety precautions relevant to the task • assessing operational capability of equipment used and work processes selected Shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures including: • safety and emergency procedures • hazard policies and procedures including codes of practice • issue resolution procedures • job procedures and work instructions • relevant guidelines relating to the use of machinery, equipment capability and limitations, tagging
of unserviceable or damage items • quality procedures (where existing) • security procedures • following enterprise housekeeping processes • waste, pollution and recycling management processes • Action taken promptly, accidents and incidents reported in accordance with statutory requirements
and enterprise procedures • Recognises and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of
behaviour and interactions among staff and others • Work completed systematically with attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or
personnel Context for assessment Assessment may occur on the job or in a simulated workplace KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Organise and monitor wharf/terminal operations MNMPRD763A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 777
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D7 Product Distribution
UNIT MNMPRD763A Organise and monitor wharf/terminal operations
MNMPRD763A This unit covers the site preparations necessary for loading a ship and monitoring the status of work, and individual and team performance. This unit is based on the Stevedoring Competencies Standards unit TDT A6 97 - Organise and monitor wharf/terminal operations. It has been modified for metalliferous mining operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
63.1 Organise equipment, machinery and personnel
63.1.1 Equipment, machinery and personnel are organised to facilitate the safe and efficient loading and unloading of the ship
63.1.2 Liaison is maintained with supervisors to ensure the availability of adequate resources
63.2 Identify, assess and manage potential risks
63.2.1 Potential risks are identified and assessed and appropriate solutions implemented
63.2.2 Potential risks to safe and efficient operations are removed from the work area or other arrangements made to ensure conditions for safe work
63.2.3 Supervisors are advised of potential risks and liaison is maintained until the risk has been removed
63.3 Monitor work performance and progress
63.3.1 Work performance and progress is monitored to ensure work is performed in accordance with established guidelines and procedures and that safe work practices are maintained
63.3.2 Methods and procedures of work are monitored and refined in consultation with supervisors and operational personnel
63.3.3 Work performance rates are monitored with delays minimised to ensure work program objectives are met
63.3.4 Work practices are monitored to ensure compliance with national standards and safety codes
63.3.5 Environmental conditions are monitored to ensure safe working conditions are maintained
63.4 Monitor status of pending work
63.4.1 The status of pending work is monitored, in order of priorities, taking into account the needs of the ship and the wharf/terminal
63.5 Solve problems and make decisions
63.5.1 Problems are solved and decisions made to ensure optimum efficiency of operations having regard to statutory authority regulations and management and client objectives
MNMPRD763A Organise and monitor wharf/terminal operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 778
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
63.5.2 Complaints and grievances are resolved where possible, at the point of work and dealt with in accordance with the Enterprise Agreement and the Stevedoring Industry Award
63.6 Complete shift and prepare for next shift
63.6.1 Shift is completed ensuring that a report summarising the shift is compiled and the oncoming relief is informed of necessary details in accordance with operational procedures for the safe and efficient operation of the next shift
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. General context • Work is performed under some supervision, generally within a team environment • Customers may be internal or external • Enterprises may comprise large, medium or small worksites • Work may be undertaken in various work environments involved in Stevedoring • Account taken of the following conditions in relations to operational safety, organisational and
statutory operating requirements • surface condition of the work area • stacking area • degree of visibility • weather conditions • other traffic • obstacles • site and nature of loads • ship movements • tidal movements Worksite environment may include: • Operations conducted by day or night • Work conducted in restricted spaces or exposed conditions or controlled or open environments • Exposure to chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances and movements of equipment, goods
and vehicles • Personnel in work area may include enterprise personnel, site visitors, contractors, official
representatives Sources of information/documents may include: • goods identification numbers and codes • manifests, bar codes, goods and container identification • manufacturer's specifications • enterprise operating procedures and policies • supplier and/or client instructions • materials safety data sheets • phone, electronic data interchange, fax, e-mail, internet, radio oral, aural or signed
Organise and monitor wharf/terminal operations MNMPRD763A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 779
communications • codes of practice including the National Standards for Manual Handling and the Industry Safety
Code • legislation, regulations and related documentation • award, enterprise bargaining agreement, other industrial arrangements • standards and certification requirements • quality assurance procedures Workplace contest may include: • Work organisation procedures and practices Applicable State/Territory/Commonwealth regulations and legislation may include: • occupational health & safety • workplace relations • workers compensation • water and road use and license arrangements • license, patent or copyright arrangements • dangerous goods and air freight regulations • export/import/quarantine/bond requirements • marine orders • environmental protection legislation • emergency procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
MNMPRD763A Organise and monitor wharf/terminal operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 780
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit TDT A6 97 Critical aspects of evidence to be considered Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: • organise and prioritize work based on resources available and required timelines • locate, interpret and apply relevant technical information, loading plans and sequence sheets • provide customer/client service and work effectively with others • convey information in written and oral form • maintain enterprise records Interdependent assessment of units This unit of competency may be assessment in conjunction with other units that form part of a job role or function Required knowledge and skills Displays in job role knowledge and skills including: • site layout • focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems • impact of job on enterprise and individual performance • application of relevant industrial requirements • relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative requirements • identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures used within contest of the
job • modifying activities dependent on differing workplace contexts, risk situations and environments • estimation of size, shape and special requirements of loads • identification of container and goods coding, IMDG markings and where applicable emergeny
information panels • identification of protective clothing and safety precautions appropriate to the task Resource implications Operating terminal/wharf Applies underpinning knowledge and skills when • establishing plans • describing consequences • completing tasks • identifying improvements • applying safety precautions relevant to the task • assessing operational capability of equipment used and work processes selected • takes account of work environment when planning and co-ordinating work • uses leadership skills to ensure a safe and efficient work area is maintained Shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures including: • hazard policies and procedures included codes of practice • issue resolution procedures • job procedures and work instructions • relevant guidelines relating to the use of machinery and equipment capability and limitation
Organise and monitor wharf/terminal operations MNMPRD763A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 781
tagging of unserviceable or damaged items • quality procedures (were existing) • security procedures • follow enterprise housekeeping processes • waste, pollution and recycling management processes • action taken promptly, accidents and incidents reported in accordance with Statutory requirements
and enterprise procedures • recognise and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including models of
behaviour and interactions among staff and others • work completed systematically with attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or
personnel Context for assessment Assessment may occur on the job or in a simulated workplace KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 3 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 2
Bulk package and store product MNMPRD764A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 783
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D7 Product Distribution
UNIT MNMPRD764A Bulk package and store product
MNMPRD764A This unit applies in all contexts to the packaging and storage of the product. Applies to general and bulk packaging operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
64.1 Plan and prepare for packaging
64.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
64.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
64.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
64.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
64.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
64.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
64.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
64.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
64.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
64.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
64.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area
64.1.12 Prepares site for positioning of mobile equipment (where applicable)
64.1.13 Positions and stabilises mobile equipment according to work plan (where applicable)
64.1.14 Checks condition of packaging meeting work requirements
64.2 Start-up equipment in sequence
64.2.1 Carries out start-up procedures and completes start-up checks according to plant configurations and system requirements
64.2.2 Confirms plant is operational within specifications
64.3 Package product 64.3.1 Reads and interprets data from equipment indicators to determine packaging efficiency
64.3.2 Continuously inspects plant and identifies operational defects and potential problems
MNMPRD764A Bulk package and store product
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 784
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
64.3.3 Adjusts equipment to optimise performance
64.3.4 Controls feed to packaging unit (where applicable)
64.3.5 Takes samples of product
64.3.6 Seals and accurately labels package to ensure product is secured during transit
64.3.7 Prevents unauthorised entry to personnel (where applicable) and maintains security of packaging area
64.3.8 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
64.3.9 Passes on end of shift information to oncoming shift
64.4 Store product 64.4.1 Stores product in an approved location and secure environment
64.4.2 Positions and braces packaged product according to transport requirements
64.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
64.5.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
64.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
64.5.3 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
64.6 Shut-down in sequence and/or isolate equipment
64.6.1 Shuts-down or isolates equipment based on process and safety requirements
64.6.2 Performs post shut down or isolation checks
The following range of variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Hand and power tools • Hoses (water & air) • Mobile equipment Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Degreasing • Forced air • High pressure • Hosing with water • Suction
Bulk package and store product MNMPRD764A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 785
Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels • Job requirements • Personnel availability • Walk through plant Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. Start-up, procedures may include: • Checks distribution control system (DCS) • Chutes • Display instruments and gauges • Equipment stop engine lights • Isolations • Lights • Material transport system for condition/tracking • Pumping system • Remote systems • Visual and audio warning devices and lights • Water spray systems PACKAGING Applies to general and bulk packaging operations. An approved location may include: • Cell • Concentrate pad • Covered with tarp • Safe • Shipping container • Silo / shed • Strong box • Warehouse Bracing may include: • Fastening devices (eg: belts) • Framework Labeling may include: • Number • Safety warnings Package may include: • Bags • Boxes • Drums END PRODUCT
MNMPRD764A Bulk package and store product
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 786
End product may include: • Concentrate (eg: iron ore, arsenic) • Refined product (eg: gold bars) Contaminants are anything other than the product. LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling • Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality SITE INFORMATION Site conditions may include: • Day and night • Weather conditions
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS
Bulk package and store product MNMPRD764A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 787
This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE MAY INCLUDE • Breakdown procedures • Bulk packaging methods • Contaminant identification • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Hauling procedures (mobile) • Hazardous good handling techniques • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Isolation procedures • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Loading procedures • Metallurgical and technical data (basic) • Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Packaging requirements • Road rules (mobile) • Security procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Storage requirements and procedures • Towing procedures (mobile) • Types of ores (basic) • Wet and dry working procedures SKILLS MAY INCLUDE • Auxiliary and ancillary equipment operation, minor maintenance, cleaning • Bracing • Bulk packaging processes • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Hazard identification • Monitoring • Use relevant hand tools • Work at heights • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
MNMPRD764A Bulk package and store product
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 788
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 2
Prepare and load for transport MNMPRD765A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 789
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D7 Product Distribution
UNIT MNMPRD765A Prepare and load for transport
MNMPRD765A This unit applies in all contexts to the loading of concentrate (end product) onto transport. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
65.1 Prepare for loading activities 65.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturers' specifications
65.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift change over details
65.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
65.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
65.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities
65.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
65.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
65.1.8 Manages environmental issues
65.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
65.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods
65.1.11 Ensures area is well ventilated before entry into work area (where applicable)
65.2 Identify load characteristics 65.2.1 Identify load characteristics and uses approved loading techniques to safely and efficiently move load
65.2.2 Adheres to hazardous good handling procedures (where applicable)
65.2.3 Assesses and ensures load characteristics and vehicle capacity meets approved parameters
65.3 Load transport 65.3.1 Erects physical barricades and signage to prevent unauthorised entry into loading area (where applicable))
65.3.2 Adjusts loading technique according to materials and site conditions
65.4 Secure and protect load 65.4.1 Secures load at approved anchorage points (where applicable)
MNMPRD765A Prepare and load for transport
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 790
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
65.4.2 Adjusts load restraint devices to ensure load is secure during transit
65.4.3 Load is protected from weather conditions utilising approved coverage devices (where applicable)
65.4.4 Completes all required documentation clearly, concisely and on time
65.5 Conduct housekeeping activities
65.5.1 Cleans equipment to maintain condition of equipment and ensure safe and efficient operations
65.5.2 Cleans and stores auxiliary service equipment
65.5.3 Manages and reports hazards to maintain a safe working environment
The following range of variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Auxiliary equipment may be anything that is portable and mobile that is not part of the fixed infrastructure: • Materials handling equipment (e.g. turn tables, conveyors) • Mobile equipment • Mobile lifting equipment (e.g. cranes, forklifts) Equipment* and plant for loading may include: • Forklift • Front end loader • Skid steer loader • Slurry pump *Operators for each of these will require appropriate local licensing. Equipment and plant cleaning methods may include: • Forced air • Hosing with water • Suction Storage may include: • Containers Products may include: • zinc ingots • cadium • CuSO4 • Acid • secondary leach residue (SLR)
Prepare and load for transport MNMPRD765A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 791
• gypsum • paragoethite Pre-start (visual) checks may include: • Availability of equipment • Detection of conditions that are unusual • Fluid levels • Job requirements • Personnel • Walk through site Post-shutdown checks are like pre-start checks. Transport may include: • Aircraft • Light vehicles • Pipelines • Rail • Ship • Truck Start-up, procedures may include the inspection of: • Check for tags • Checking interlocks • Checks distribution control system (DCS) • Correct location of equipment • Display instruments, lights and gauges • Hydraulic system • Lighting • Pipes, flanges, chutes • Safety mechanisms operational (blocking out devices, isolation) • Suppression systems • Visual and audio warning devices and lights LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Safety & Health Legislation and regulations • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulations and Procedures Site environmental requirements may include: • Drainage • Dust • Emissions • Flora and fauna • Hazardous chemicals • Noise • Recycling
MNMPRD765A Prepare and load for transport
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 792
• Run-off • Spills • Waste management and disposal • Water quality
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE MAY INCLUDE • Breakdown procedures • Bund construction and maintenance procedures • Contaminant identification and management • Drainage principles • Hauling procedures • Emergency procedures • Environmental procedures • Equipment processes, technical capability and limitations • Equipment safety requirements • Hazardous goods procedures and consequences of spills • Identifying repair requirements • Isolation procedures • Mine operational system • Night and day working procedures • Occupational health and safety procedures • Operational procedures and checks • Road rules • Signage erection procedures • Site procedures • Site safety requirements • Types of ores (basic) • Wet and dry working procedures
Prepare and load for transport MNMPRD765A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 793
SKILLS MAY INCLUDE • Ancillary equipment operation, maintenance, cleaning • Driving techniques • Equipment operation, maintenance (minor), cleaning • Hazard identification • Hazardous goods handling • Interpretation of plans, reports, maps, specifications • Lifting techniques (manual, cranes and loads) • Monitoring • Report defects • Safe work practices • Select and fit personal protective equipment • Use relevant hand tools • Work in confined spaces RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Process movement of containers and cargo MNMPRD766A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 795
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D7 Product Distribution
UNIT MNMPRD766A Process movement of containers and cargo
MNMPRD766A Processing of container/cargo movements in and out of the site. This unit is based on the Stevedoring Competencies Standards unit TDT A4 97 - Process Movement of containers and cargo. It has been modified for metalliferous mining operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
66.1 Check stacking/discharge list at commencement of shift
66.1.1 Yard stacking/discharge lists are checks against container/cargo documentation and operational order or work, taking into account both ship and shore operations
66.1.2 Stacking discharge lists are continually updated to reflect the correct location of containers and cargo
66.2 Assess and plan container/cargo consolidation
66.2.1 Yard plans are assessed and where appropriate consolidation of container/cargo within the yard is planned
66.2.2 Consolidation plans are prepared to ensure efficient use of available yard space
66.2.3 Consolidation plans are prepared to ensure efficiency of operation
66.2.4 Final yard positions are obtained from consolidation plans and recorded
66.3 Allocate and accommodate movement between stack positions
66.3.1 Stack positions are allocated according to the nature of the container/cargo and to facilitate yard operations
66.3.2 Stack positions are reassigned where necessary to accommodate additional cargo
66.4 Identify and check containers cargo
66.4.1 Containers/cargo are identified and checks at the point of entry to the yard and prior to stacking to ensure, no damage to container or cargo, agreement between numbers and marks on container/cargo and shipping documentation, correct stacking
66.4.2 Stacking follows stacking plans and facilitates efficient movement within the yard
66.5 Check and complete documentation
66.5.1 Documentation is checked prior to performing completion procedures ensuring compliance with enterprise operating procedures and statutory requirements
66.6 Issue gate pass and check clearances, where required
66.6.1 Gate pass is issued to carrier when all documentation requirements have been completed including customs clearance
MNMPRD766A Process movement of containers and cargo
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 796
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
66.6.2 Documentation is checks, ensuring that all necessary signatures are on the prepared delivery sheets, confirming that container/cargo meet all requirements
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. General context • work is performed under some supervision, generally within a team environment • customers may be internal or external • enterprises may comprise large, medium or small worksites • work may be undertaken in various work environments Worksite environment may include: • operations conducted by day or night • work conducted in restricted spaces or exposed conditions or controlled or open environments • exposure to chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances and movements or equipment, goods
and vehicles • personnel in work may include enterprise personnel, site visitors, contractors, official
representatives Sources of information/documents may include: • goods identification numbers and codes • manifests, bar codes, goods and container identification • manufacturer's specifications • enterprise operating procedures and policies • supplier and/or client instructions • materials safety data sheets • phone, electronic data interchange, fax, e-mail, internet, radio, oral, aural or signed
communications • codes of practice including the national standards for manual handling and the industry safety code • legislation, regulations and related documentation • award, enterprise bargaining agreement, other industrial arrangements • standards and certification requirements • quality assurance procedures Workplace context may include: • Work organisation procedures and practices Applicable State/Territory/Commonwealth regulations and legislation may include: • OH&S • workplace relations • workers compensation • water and road use and license arrangements • license, patent or copyright arrangements • dangerous goods and air freight regulations
Process movement of containers and cargo MNMPRD766A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 797
• export/import quarantine bond requirements • marine orders • environmental protection legislation • emergency procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION
Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues
Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS
This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE: • See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS
Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT
Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT
Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit TDT A6 97
MNMPRD766A Process movement of containers and cargo
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 798
Critical aspects of evidence to be considered Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: • access and use computer data • locate, interpret and apply relevant container and cargo identification and content information • provide customer/client service and work effectively with others • convey information in written and oral form • maintain workplace records • follow site and enterprise safety procedures Interdependent assessment of units This unit of competency may be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of a job role or function Required knowledge and skills Displays in job role knowledge and skills including • site layout stacking plans and available stacking space • focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems • impact of job on enterprise and individual performance • application of relevant industrial requirements • identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures used within context of the
job • modifying activities dependant on offering workplace contexts, risk situations and environments • estimation of size, shape and special requirements of loads • identification of container and goods coding, IMDG markings and where applicable Emergency
Information Panels • Eye hand co-ordination Resource implications • containers/cargo for dispatch or movement Consistency in performance Applies underpinning knowledge and skills when: • establishing plans • describing consequences • completing tasks • identifying improvements • applying safety precautions relevant to the task • assessing operational capability of equipment used and work processes selected • interpreting organisational and statutory operating requirements • Movement of containers/cargo is processes completing all required documentation Shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures including: • hard policies and procedures including codes of practice • issue resolution procedures • job procedures and work instructions • relevant guidelines relating to the use of machinery, equipment capability and limitations • quality procedures (where existing) • security procedures • Action taken promptly, accidents and incidents reported in accordance with statutory requirements
and enterprise procedures • Recognises and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of
behaviour and interactions among staff and others
Process movement of containers and cargo MNMPRD766A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 799
• Work completed systematically with attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or personnel
Context for assessment Assessment may occur on the job or in a simulated workplace KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 3 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Secure cargo MNMPRD767A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 801
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D7 Product Distribution
UNIT MNMPRD767A Secure cargo
MNMPRD767A The securing of cargo on the water front. This unit is based on the Stevedoring Competencies Standards unit TDT A1 97 - Secure Cargo. It has been modified for metalliferous mining operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
67.1 Prepare to secure cargo/containers
67.1.1 Work area is prepared and maintained in accordance with the national standards, safety codes and site operating procedures
67.1.2 Unsafe work practices and/or equipment are reported to appropriate personnel
67.1.3 Appropriate protective clothing, equipment and fittings are selected
67.1.4 Formwork is erected where no lashing points exist
67.2 Lash and unlash cargo 67.2.1 Work is conducted in accordance with industry standards, statutory requirements, safety codes, site operating requirements and any special requirements of the cargo
67.2.2 Lashing points are identified and appropriate fittings and lashing equipment used for each lashing point
67.2.3 Cargo is lashed and secured to lashing points ensuring the correct spread of lashings and that lashings are secured attached and tensioned
67.2.4 Tensioners are securely fastened
67.2.5 When unlashing, fittings are released, disconnected and removed from the cargo
67.2.6 Lashing equipment is placed in designated storage areas or cleared from work area
67.2.7 Lashing/unlashing operations ensure no injury to personnel or damage to machinery or cargo
67.3 Protect cargo from weather 67.3.1 Cargo is covered/uncovered safely ensuring appropriate covering and lashing, no injury to personnel or damage to cargo or equipment
67.3.2 Work is conducted in accordance with the requirements of national standards, safety codes and site operating procedures
67.4 Pack and unpack cargo 67.4.1 Damaged cargo is identified and reported following enterprise procedures
MNMPRD767A Secure cargo
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 802
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
67.4.2 Cargo is sorted and stacked prior to packing or after unpacking ensuring the stack is in the correct location, in accordance with national standards, safety codes and site operating procedures
67.4.3 Cargo is identified through the interpretation of marks or numbers
67.4.4 Tight show of cargo is maintained
67.4.5 Cargo is handled ensuring no injury to personnel or damage to cargo or equipment
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. GENERAL CONTEXT • work is performed under some supervision, generally within a team environment • customers may be internal or external • enterprises may comprise large, medium or small worksites • work may be undertaken in various work environments • cables used in the slinging of cargo include, natural fibre ropes, synthetic fibre ropes and chins • lashing equipment for containers include:
• twistlocks • pelican hooks • lashing rods (bars) • turn handles (keys) • bottle screws • bridging clamps • cones
• securing equipment may include chocks, racks, lashings, ropes and chains • covers include rain and dust covers Worksite environment may include: • operations conducted by day or night • work conducted in restricted spaces or exposed conditions or controlled or open environments • exposure to chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances and movements or equipment, goods
and vehicles • personnel in work area may include enterprise personnel, site visitors, contractors, official
representatives Sources of information/documents may include: • goods identifications numbers and codes • manifests, bar codes, goods and container identification • manufacturer's specifications • enterprise operating procedures and policies • supplier and/or client instructions
Secure cargo MNMPRD767A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 803
• materials safety data sheets • phone, electronic data interchange, fax, e-mail, radio, oral, aural or signed communications • codes of practice including the national standards for manual handling and the industry safety
code legislation, regulations and related documentation • award, enterprise bargaining agreements, other industrial agreements • standards and certification requirements • quality assurance procedures Workplace context may include: • work organisation procedures and practices Applicable State/Territory Commonwealth regulations and legislation may include: • OH&S • workplace relations • workers compensation • water and road use and license arrangements • license, patent or copyright arrangements • dangerous goods and air freight regulations • export/import/quarantine/bond requirements • marine orders • environmental protection legislation • emergency procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE • See below
MNMPRD767A Secure cargo
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 804
0RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit TDT A1 97 Critical aspects of evidence to be considered: Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: • safely lash and secure cargo • select and appropriately use protective clothing • locate, interpret and apply relevant information • work effectively with others • maintain workplace records • select and use appropriate workplace colloquial and technical language and communication
technologies in the workplace context • follow the designated work plan for the job Interdependent assessment of units: This unit of competency may be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of a job role or function Required Knowledge and skills: Displays in job role knowledge and skills including: • site layout and operating procedures • focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems • impact of job on enterprise and individual performance • application of relevant industrial requirements • relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative requirements • identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures used within context of the
job • modify activities dependant of differing workplace contexts, risk situations and environments • identification of cargo, container and goods, coding IMDG markings and where applicable
emergency information panels • relevant bond, quarantine other legislative requirements • identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures • relevant handling and safety codes • lashing and protection procedures • the marking and numbering systems for cargo
Secure cargo MNMPRD767A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 805
• use the lashing and protection equipment • receive knowledge and send messages with communications equipment whilst operating other
equipment Resource implications: • cargo/containers requiring securing Consistency in performance: Applies underpinning knowledge and skills when • establishing plans • describing consequences • completing tasks • identifying improvements • applying safety precautions relevant to the task • assessing operational capability of equipment used and work processes selected Shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures including • hazard policies and procedures including codes of practice • issue resolution and procedures • job procedures and work instructions • relevant guidelines relating to the use of machinery and equipment capability and limitations,
tagging of unserviceable or damaged items • quality procedures (where existing) • security procedures • follow enterprise housekeeping processes • waste, pollution and recycling management processes • Action taken promptly, accidents and incidents reported in accordance with Statutory requirements
and enterprise procedures • Recognises and adapts appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of
behaviour and interactions among staff and others • Work completed systematically with attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or
personnel Context for assessment: • Assessment may occur on the job or in a simulated workplace KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Transfer cargo MNMPRD768A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 807
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D7 Product Distribution
UNIT MNMPRD768A Transfer cargo
MNMPRD768A Knowledge and skill necessary for transferring goods. This unit is based on the Stevedoring Competencies Standards unit TDT A8 97 - Transfer cargo. It has been modified for metalliferous mining operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
68.1 Prepare for load transfer 68.1.1 Load characteristics are identified to determine any special handling or equipment requirements
68.1.2 Location of load in yard and following transfer method is determined
68.1.3 Pathway for load transfer is established consistent with enterprise procedures noting obstacles and any particular safety precautions
68.1.4 Working area is prepared in accordance with the national standards, safety codes and site operating procedures
68.1.5 Personal protection equipment and other safety equipment assembled
68.1.6 The safe working load (SWL) or Working Load Limit (WLL) is calculated using formulae for the particular type of lifting equipment
68.1.7 Lifting equipment is checks to determine safe working order for the transfer
68.1.8 Unsafe equipment is reported to appropriate personnel
68.2 Transfer cargo 68.2.1 Cargo is steadied and secured using appropriate devices
68.2.2 Load is lifted and shifted safely following national standards, safety codes and site operating procedures
68.2.3 Load is transferred and set down ensuring no injury to personnel or damage to machinery or cargo
68.3 Complete transfer 68.3.1 Securing arrangements are released from load ensuring no injury to personnel or damage to machinery or cargo
68.3.2 Relevant documentation is completed including reporting of damaged cargo in accordance with enterprise reporting requirements
68.3.3 Equipment is returned to store and work are returned to normal working condition
MNMPRD768A Transfer cargo
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 808
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. General context • work is performed under some supervision, generally within a team environment • customers may be internal or external • enterprises may comprise large, medium or small worksites • work may be undertaken in various work environments Worksite environment may include: • operations conducted by day or night • work conducted in restricted spaces or exposed conditions or controlled or open environments • exposure to chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances and movements or equipment, goods
and vehicles • Personnel in work area may include enterprise personnel site visitors, contractors, official
representatives Sources of information/documents may include: • goods identification numbers and codes • manifests, bar codes, goods and container identification • manufacturer's specifications • enterprise operating procedures and policies • supplier and/or client instructions • materials safety data sheets • phone/electronic data interchange, fax, e-mail, internet, radio, oral, aural or signed
communications • codes of practice including the national standards for manual handling and the industry safety code • legislation, regulations and related documentation • award, enterprise bargaining agreement, other industrial arrangements • standards and certification requirements • quality assurance procedures Workplace context may include: Work organisation procedures and practices Applicable State/Territory/Commonwealth regulations and legislation may include: • occupational health & safety • workplace relations • workers compensation • water and road use and license arrangements • license, patent or copy right arrangements • dangerous goods and air freight regulations • export/import/quarantine/bond requirements • marine orders • environmental protection legislation • emergency procedures
Transfer cargo MNMPRD768A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 809
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE See below SKILL WILL INCLUDE: See below RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. Evidence Statement modified from the unit TDT A8 97 Critical aspects of evidence to be considered
MNMPRD768A Transfer cargo
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 810
Assessment must confirm appropriate knowledge and skills to: • locate, interpret and apply relevant information • identify load characteristics and adjust transfer arrangements to suit • plan load shifting incorporating enterprise requirements • provide customer/client service and work effectively with others • convey information in written and oral form • maintain workplace records • select and use appropriate workplace colloquial and technical language and communication
technologies in the workplace context • follow up designated work plan for the job Interdependent assessment of units This unit of competency may be assessed in conjunction with other units that form part of a job role or function Required knowledge and skills Displays in job role the use of underpinning knowledge and skills including: • site layout • focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems • impact of job on enterprise and individual performance • application of relevant industrial requirements • relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative requirements • identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures used within context of the
job • modifying activities dependent on differing workplace contexts, risk situations and environments • estimation of size, shape and special requirements of loads • identification of container and goods coding, IMDG markings and where applicable Emergency
Information Panels • eye hand coordination • requirements for safe working load (SWL) and Working Load Limit (WLL) Resource implications Range of lifting slings, ropes, cables and nets utilised in accordance with ship/wharf mechanical equipment Consistency in performance Applied underpinning knowledge and skills when: • establishing plans • describing consequences • completing tasks • identifying improvements • applying safety precautions relevant to the task
Shows evidence of application of relevant workplace procedures including: • hazard policies and procedures including codes of practice • issue resolution procedures • job procedures and work instructions • relevant guidelines relating to the safe use of machinery and equipment including the tagging of
unserviceable or damaged items • quality assurance procedures (where existing) • security procedures
Transfer cargo MNMPRD768A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 811
• following recognised housekeeping processes • waste, pollution and recycling management processes • Action taken promptly-accidents and incidents reported in accordance with statutory requirements
and enterprise procedures • Recognises and appropriately deals with cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of
behaviour and interactions among staff and others • Work completed systematically with attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or
personnel Context for assessment Assessment may occur on the job or in a simulated workplace KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Operate gantry crane MNMPRD169A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 813
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD169A Operate gantry crane
MNMPRD169A This unit covers the lifting and positioning of loads using a gantry crane within all metalliferous mining operations. This unit is based on the Black Coal unit MNC G-40.A This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
69.1 Plan and prepare for operations
69.1.1 Work requirements in the form of shift briefings, handover details or work orders are obtained, interpreted and clarified / confirmed before proceeding.
69.1.2 Safety information and procedures are accessed and applied throughout the work.
69.1.3 Work is prepared for in accordance with AS2550 and manufacturers/site requirements.
69.1.4 Coordination activities are resolved with others at the site prior to commencement of, and during, the work activity.
69.2 Operate gantry crane 69.2.1 Load is prepared for lift in accordance with crane limitations and rigging requirements.
69.2.2 Pre-start, start-up, park-up and shutdown procedures are carried out in accordance with Australian Standards, manufacturer's and/or site requirements.
69.2.3 Work area is confirmed as clear and safe prior to commencing the lift.
69.2.4 Controls are operated to lift, transfer and lower loads in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and mine procedures.
69.2.5 Lift operations are monitored to ensure compliance with equipment limitations.
69.3 Carry out operator maintenance
69.3.1 Gantry crane inspections and fault finding are carried out in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site requirements.
69.3.2 Routine operational servicing, lubrication and housekeeping tasks are carried out in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site authorised procedures and practices.
69.3.3 Minor maintenance is carried out to manufacturer's instructions and site requirements.
69.3.4 Operator support is provided during preparation for, and conduct of, major maintenance tasks in accordance with site requirements.
69.3.5 Records are processed in accordance with site requirements.
MNMPRD169A Operate gantry crane
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 814
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Gantry cranes may include: • single girder • double girder • top running • under running • single and double leg • monobox girder • torsional box girder Work briefings may include: • crane equipment to be used • nature and scope of tasks • details of load chart/factors • achievement targets • working conditions • site lighting arrangements • defects on equipment • hazards and potential hazards • coordination requirements/issues Safety information and procedures may be contained in: • legislation and regulations • relevant Australian standards • management plans • manager's rules • OH&S policy • codes of practice • manufacturer's instructions • safe working or job procedures Specific safety requirements are to include: • control and safety of travelling speed • selection and observance of safe working levels and angles • boarding and disembarking procedures • communications • signaling procedures Work preparation may include: • avoidance of hazards • identification of load • identification and selection of lifting equipment • inspection and certification of lifting equipment
Operate gantry crane MNMPRD169A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 815
• management of permits and tags Signals for load moving are given using methods that may include: • verbal • hand signals to Australian Standards • whistles/hooters to Australian Standards • two-way radio/telephones • light signals to Australian Standards Operator (operational) maintenance procedures are those established and authorised for the site. LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standard AS2550 • Cranes and State based Legislation and Regulations • Duty of Care • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures SITE INFORMATION Site hazards may include: • facilities • other equipment • dangerous materials
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
MNMPRD169A Operate gantry crane
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 816
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Australian Standards related to cranes/lifting • site and equipment safety requirements • crane equipment characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations • crane operational procedures • crane maintenance systems and procedures • basic rigging and slinging requirements • hand and whistle signals • site environmental requirements and constraints related to gantry cranes • HAZCHEM relevant to gantry cranes SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • applying personal and operational safety procedures • interpreting and communicating information on overhead crane operations • moving the crane • setting up the crane • lifting and positioning loads • avoidance of hazards • completing operator maintenance • disposing of environmentally sensitive oils, fluids and materials • apply eye-hand co-ordination • calculate volume weights • access interpret and apply technical information • maintain equipment records • use relevant hand tools • apply diagnostic techniques • comply with environmental requirements • dispose of environmentally sensitive fluids and materials RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments.
Operate gantry crane MNMPRD169A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 817
KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct non-slewing crane operations MNMPRD170A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 819
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD170A Conduct non-slewing crane operations
MNMPRD170A This unit covers the lifting and positioning of loads using a non-slewing crane other than gantry cranes within all metalliferous mining operations. This unit is based on the Black Coal unit MNC.G40.A This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
70.1 Plan and prepare for operations
70.1.1 Work requirements in the form of shift briefings, handover details or work orders are obtained, interpreted and clarified / confirmed before proceeding
70.1.2 Safety information and procedures are accessed and applied throughout the work
70.1.3 Work is prepared for in accordance with AS2550 and manufacturers/site requirements
70.1.4 Coordination activities are resolved with others at the site prior to commencement of, and during, the work activity
70.2 Operate non-slewing crane 70.2.1 Pre-start, start-up, park-up and shutdown procedures are carried out in accordance with Australian Standards, manufacturer's and/or site requirements
70.2.2 Crane is positioned safely prior to commencement of lift operations in accordance with Australian Standards, manufacturers specifications and approved basket operation procedures.
70.2.3 Relevant crane controls and functions are used within manufacturer's specifications to effectively lift and position loads or personnel as required
70.2.4 Monitoring systems and alarms are acted on or reported in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site procedures
70.2.5 Hazardous and emergency situations are recognised and responded to in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site procedures
70.2.6 Work is completed in accordance with the agreed plan and outcomes and within the operating capacities of the allocated equipment
70.3 Travel crane 70.3.1 Route to be travelled is planned to ensure that crane traverses firm and level surfaces
70.3.2 Necessary hazard identification and control measures are in place
MNMPRD170A Conduct non-slewing crane operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 820
70.3.3 Crane is travelled in accordance with Australian Standards, manufacturer's instructions and site requirements
70.4 Carry out operator maintenance
70.4.1 Non slewing crane inspections and fault finding are carried out in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site requirements
70.4.2 Routine operational servicing, lubrication and housekeeping tasks are carried out in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site authorised procedures and practices
70.4.3 Minor maintenance is carried out to manufacturer's instructions and site requirements
70.4.4 Operator support is provided during preparation for, and conduct of, major maintenance tasks in accordance with site requirements
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Non Slewing cranes are mobile cranes that do not rotate on an axis to lift and move loads. Work briefings may include: • crane equipment to be used • nature and scope of tasks • details of load chart/factors • achievement targets • working conditions • site lighting arrangements • defects on equipment • hazards and potential hazards • coordination requirements/issues Safety information and procedures may be contained in: • legislation and regulations • relevant Australian standards • management plans • manager's rules • OH&S policy • codes of practice • manufacturer's instructions • safe working or job procedures Specific safety requirements are to include: • control and safety of travelling speed • selection and observance of safe working levels and angles
Conduct non-slewing crane operations MNMPRD170A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 821
• boarding and disembarking procedures • communications • signaling procedures Work preparation may include: • selection of stable base • avoidance of hazards • identification of load • identification and selection of lifting equipment • inspection and certification of lifting equipment • management of permits and tags Site hazards may include: • power lines • trees • overhead service lines • bridges • surrounding buildings • obstructions • structures • facilities • other equipment • dangerous material • earthworks • underground services Signals for load moving are given using methods that may include: • verbal • hand signals to Australian Standards • whistles/hooters to Australian Standards • two-way radio/telephones • light signals to Australian Standards Crane controls and functions may include: • boom up • boom down • boom extensions • hoist up • hoist down • manual jib extensions Operator (operational) maintenance procedures are those established and authorised for the site. LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standard AS2550 • Cranes and State based Legislation and Regulations • Duty of Care • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act
MNMPRD170A Conduct non-slewing crane operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 822
• Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures SITE INFORMATION Site hazards may include: • facilities • other equipment • dangerous materials • geographic characteristics
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Australian Standards related to cranes/lifting • site and equipment safety requirements • crane equipment characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations • crane operational procedures • crane maintenance systems and procedures • basic geological and survey data related to non-slew cranes • basic rigging and slinging requirements • hand and whistle signals • site environmental requirements and constraints related to non-slew cranes • HAZCHEM relevant to non-slewing cranes SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • apply eye-hand co-ordination • calculate volume weights • access interpret and apply technical information • maintain equipment records
Conduct non-slewing crane operations MNMPRD170A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 823
• use relevant hand tools • apply diagnostic techniques • comply with environmental requirements • dispose of environmentally sensitive fluids and materials • applying personal and operational safety procedures • interpreting and communicating information on non slewing crane operations • preparing a stable base • completing pre-start, start-up and shut-down procedures • relocating the crane • avoidance of obstacles and hazards • setting up the crane • lifting and positioning loads • completing operator maintenance • disposing of environmentally sensitive oils, fluids and materials RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct slewing crane operations MNMPRD171A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 825
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD171A Conduct slewing crane operations
MNMPRD171A This unit covers the lifting and positioning of loads using a slewing crane other than gantry cranes within all metalliferous mining operations. This unit is based on the Black Coal unit MNC.G42.A This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
71.1 Plan and prepare for operations
71.1.1 Work requirements in the form of shift briefings, handover details or work orders are obtained, interpreted and clarified / confirmed before proceeding
71.1.2 Safety information and procedures are accessed and applied throughout the work
71.1.3 Work is prepared for in accordance with Australian Standards and manufacturer's/site requirements
71.1.4 Assembly and dismantling of boom/jib is carried out in accordance with Australian Standards, manufacturer's instructions and site requirements
71.1.5 Coordination activities are resolved with others at the site prior to commencement of, and during, the work activity
71.2 Operate crane 71.2.1 Pre-start, start-up, park-up and shutdown procedures are carried out in accordance with Australian Standards, manufacturer's and/or site specific requirements
71.2.2 Crane is positioned, stabilised and levelled prior to commencement of lift operations in accordance with Australian Standards, manufacturer's specifications and approved man-basket operation procedures
71.2.3 Load is prepared for lift in accordance with crane limitations and rigging requirements
71.2.4 Work area is confirmed as clear and safe prior to commencing the lift
71.2.5 Relevant crane controls and functions are used within manufacturers specifications to effectively lift and position loads or personnel as required
71.2.6 Monitoring systems and alarms are acted on or reported in accordance with site instructions/requirements
71.2.7 Hazardous and emergency situations are recognised and responded to in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site procedures
MNMPRD171A Conduct slewing crane operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 826
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
71.2.8 Work is completed in accordance with the agreed plan and outcomes and within the operating capacities of the allocated equipment
71.3 Travel crane 71.3.1 Route to be travelled is planned to ensure that crane traverses firm and level surfaces
71.3.2 Necessary hazard identification and control measures are in place
71.3.3 Crane is travelled in accordance with AS 2550, manufacturer's instructions and site requirements
71.4 Carry out operator maintenance
71.4.1 Slewing crane inspections and fault finding are carried out in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site requirements
71.4.2 Routine operational servicing, lubrication and housekeeping tasks are carried out in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site authorised procedures and practices
71.4.3 Minor maintenance is carried out to manufacturer's instructions and site requirements
71.4.4 Operator support is provided during preparation for, and conduct of, major maintenance tasks in accordance with site requirements
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Slewing cranes are mobile cranes that are able to rotate on an axis to lift and move loads. Work briefings and preparation may include: • selection of stable base • avoidance of obstacles and hazards • identification of load • identification and selection of lifting equipment • inspection and certification of lifting equipment • fitting of optional implements/accessories • management of permits and tools Safety information and procedures may be contained in: • legislation and regulations • relevant Australian standards • management plans • manager's rules • OH&S policy
Conduct slewing crane operations MNMPRD171A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 827
• codes of practice • manufacturer's instructions • safe working or job procedures Specific safety requirements are to include: • control and safety of slewing speed • selection and observance of safe working levels and angles • avoidance of obstacles and hazards • boarding and disembarking procedures • observation of wind restrictions • communications • signaling procedures Site hazards may include: • power lines • trees • overhead service lines • bridges • surrounding buildings • obstructions • structures • facilities • other equipment • dangerous material • earthworks • underground services • time of day Signals for load moving are given using methods which may include: • verbal • hand signals to Australian Standards • whistles/hooters to Australian Standards • two-way radio/telephones • light signals to Australian Standards Crane controls and functions may include: • boom up • boom down • boom extensions • hoist up • hoist down • manual jib extensions • fly-jib extensions • slew Operator (operational) maintenance procedures are those established and authorised for the site. LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standard AS2550 • Cranes and State based Legislation and Regulations • Duty of Care • Environmental Agencies regulations
MNMPRD171A Conduct slewing crane operations
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3.00 © Australian National Training Authority 828
• Environmental Protection Act • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures SITE INFORMATION Site hazards may include: • facilities • other equipment • dangerous materials • geographic characteristics
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Australian Standards related to cranes/lifting • site and equipment safety requirements • crane equipment characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations • crane operational procedures • crane maintenance systems and procedures • basic geological and survey data related to slewing cranes • basic rigging and slinging requirements • hand and whistle signals • site environmental requirements and constraints related to slewing cranes • HAZCHEM relevant to slewing cranes
Conduct slewing crane operations MNMPRD171A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3.00 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 829
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • apply operational safety requirements • access, interpret and apply technical information • calculate volume weights • maintain equipment records • apply eye-hand co-ordination to control functions • use relevant hand tools • apply diagnostic techniques • apply environmental constraints and procedures • dispose of environmentally sensitive fluids and materials • applying personal and operational safety procedures • interpreting and communicating information on slewing crane operations • preparing a stable base • completing pre-start, start-up and shut-down procedures • relocating the crane • avoidance of obstacles and hazards • setting up the crane • lifting and positioning loads • completing operator maintenance • disposing of environmentally sensitive oils, fluids and materials RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
STREAM PR Processing
FIELD D1 General Processing
UNIT MNMPRD172A Operate vehicle loading crane
MNMPRD172A This unit covers the lifting and positioning of loads using a vehicle loading crane within all metalliferous mining operations. This unit is based on the Black Coal unit MNC.G50.A This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
72.1 Plan and prepare for operations 72.1.1 Work requirements in the form of shift briefings, handover details or work orders are obtained, interpreted and clarified / confirmed before proceeding
72.1.2 Safety information and procedures are accessed and applied throughout the work
72.1.3 Work is prepared for in accordance with Australian Standards and manufacturers/site requirements
72.1.4 Assembly and dismantling of attachment is carried out in accordance with Australian Standards, manufacturer's instructions and site requirements
72.2 Operate vehicle loading crane 72.2.1 Coordination activities are resolved with others at the site prior to commencement of, and during, the work activity
72.2.2 Pre-start, start-up, park-up and shutdown procedures are carried out in accordance with Australian Standards and manufacturer's instructions and site procedures
72.2.3 Vehicle is positioned, stabilised and levelled prior to commencement of lift operations in accordance with Australian Standards and manufacturer's specifications
72.2.4 Load is prepared for lift in accordance with vehicle limitations and rigging requirements
72.2.5 Work area is confirmed as clear and safe prior to commencing the lift
72.2.6 Relevant vehicle controls and functions are used within manufacturers specifications to effectively lift and position loads or personnel as required
72.2.7 Monitoring systems and alarms are acted on or reported in accordance with site instructions/requirements
72.2.8 Hazardous and emergency situations are recognised and responded to in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site procedures
72.2.9 Work is completed in accordance with the agreed plan and outcomes and within the operating capacities of the allocated equipment
72.3 Carry out operator maintenance 72.3.1 Vehicle inspections and fault finding are carried out in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site
MNM99 - Version 2.01
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA requirements
72.3.2 Routine operational servicing, lubrication and housekeeping tasks are carried out in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and site authorised procedures and practices
72.3.3 Minor maintenance is carried out to manufacturer's instructions and site requirements
72.3.4 Operator support is provided during preparation for, and conduct of, major maintenance tasks in accordance with site requirements
72.3.5 Records are processed in accordance with site requirements
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. EQUIPMENT Work briefings and preparation may include: • selection of stable base • avoidance of obstacles and hazards • identification of load • identification and selection of lifting equipment • inspection and certification of lifting equipment • fitting of optional implements/accessories • management of permits and tools Safety information and procedures may be contained in: • legislation and regulations • relevant Australian standards • management plans • manager's rules • OH&S policy • codes of practice • manufacturer's instructions • safe working or job procedures Specific safety requirements are to include: • control and safety of slewing speed • selection and observance of safe working levels and angles • avoidance of obstacles and hazards • boarding and disembarking procedures • observation of wind restrictions • communications • signaling procedures Site hazards may include:
• power lines • trees • overhead service lines • bridges • surrounding buildings • obstructions • structures • facilities • other equipment • dangerous material • earthworks • underground services • time of day Signals for load moving are given using methods which may include: • verbal • hand signals to Australian Standards • whistles/hooters to Australian Standards • two-way radio/telephones • light signals to Australian Standards Crane controls and functions may include: • boom up • boom down • boom extensions • hoist up • hoist down • manual jib extensions • fly-jib extensions • slew Attachment may include: • tyre manipulation • forks • any other commercially or site produced attachment Operator (operational) maintenance procedures are those established and authorised for the site. LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standard AS2550 • Cranes and State based Legislation and Regulations • Duty of Care • Environmental Agencies regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act • Occupational Health and Safety legislation • Site regulations and procedures SITE INFORMATION Site hazards may include: • facilities
MNM99 - Version 2.01
• other equipment • dangerous materials • geographic characteristics
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assessed with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Australian Standards related to vehicles/lifting • site and equipment safety requirements • vehicle equipment characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations • vehicle operational procedures • vehicle maintenance systems and procedures • basic geological and survey data related to vehicle loading cranes • basic rigging and slinging requirements • hand and whistle signals • site environmental requirements and constraints related to slewing vehicles • HAZCHEM relevant to vehicle loading cranes SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • apply operational safety requirements • access, interpret and apply technical information • calculate volume weights • maintain equipment records • apply eye-hand co-ordination to control functions • use relevant hand tools • apply diagnostic techniques • apply environmental constraints and procedures • dispose of environmentally sensitive fluids and materials • applying personal and operational safety procedures • interpreting and communicating information on vehicle loading crane operations • completing pre-start, start-up and shut-down procedures • avoidance of obstacles and hazards
• setting up the vehicle • lifting and positioning loads • completing operator maintenance RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing relevant activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be supplemented by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 1 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
MNM99 - Version 2.01
Exploration, Establishment & Closure - Units of Competency MNMAAA301A Operate and maintain instruments and field equipment 839
MNMAAA302A Plan and undertake field trip 845
MNMAAA303A Conduct fieldwork 851
MNMAAA304A Collect and prepare samples 857
MNMAAA305A Perform geoscientific tests and analyses in the field and laboratory 863
MNMAAA306A Process data and maintain accurate records 869
MNMBEB307A Develop site environmental policy 873
MNMBEB308A Undertake process or project environmental impact assessment 877
MNMBEB309A Implement mine operations environmental management system 883
MNMBEB310A Take environmental samples and measurements 887
MNMBEB311A Monitor and correct activities having impact on the environment 891
MNMBEB312A Review environmental management system performance 895
Operate and maintain instruments and field equipment MNMAAA301A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 839
STREAM AA Exploration
FIELD A3 Geological Survey
UNIT MNMAAA301A Operate and maintain instruments and field equipment
MNMAAA301A This unit applies in all contexts to operation and maintenance of geo-technical survey instruments and field equipment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1.1 Plan and prepare for use of instruments and/or field equipment
1.1.1 Conducts work according to site procedures, OHS, regulations, other relevant legislation and manufacturer's specifications
1.1.2 Receives, interprets and clarifies shift changeover details
1.1.3 Communicates with other personnel using approved communication methods
1.1.4 Uses appropriate personal protective equipment
1.1.5 Selects appropriate type of auxiliary equipment for work activities where appropriate
1.1.6 Performs equipment pre-start (visual) checks to ensure equipment is ready for operation
1.1.7 Identifies, manages and reports potential risks and hazards according to the work plan
1.1.8 Manages environmental requirements
1.1.9 Adheres to emergency procedures to ensure safety of personnel and plant
1.1.10 Uses approved dust suppressant and extraction methods where appropriate
1.1.11 Ensures work area is well ventilated before entry into work area
1.2 Determine operating condition of instrument/field equipment
1.2.1 Performs safety checks in accordance with instrument/equipment manual or company procedures
1.2.2 Labels and reports damaged or unsafe instruments/field equipment and removes from service
1.2.3 Identifies potential problems and/or malfunctions of instruments/field equipment
1.2.4 Adjusts operational parameters for optimal efficiency
1.2.5 Ensures operational log books and run control charts are up to date
MNMAAA301A Operate and maintain instruments and field equipment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 840
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1.3 Calibrate instruments/field equipment
1.3.1 Closely follows calibration schedules
1.3.2 Labels 'out of calibration' instruments/equipment and advises other operatives promptly
1.3.3 Identifies cause/s of incorrect calibration
1.3.4 Performs new base calibration
1.3.5 Recommissions instrument/equipment
1.3.6 Prepares compliance and calibration report as required
1.4 Operate instruments/field equipment
1.4.1 Optimises instrument/equipment settings for the particular measurement or analysis
1.4.2 Performs measurements with the optimum precision given field and technical constraints
1.4.3 Uses time and materials efficiently and performs measurements in priority order
1.4.4 Assesses data against quality control information, known standards and references for accuracy and precision
1.4.5 Repeats measurements where non-standard results are obtained
1.5 Maintain instruments/field equipment
1.5.1 Performs preventative maintenance
1.5.2 Identifies and reports equipment wear and faults
1.5.3 Performs minor repairs within limits of authorisation
1.5.4 Replaces defective parts and makes adjustments
1.5.5 Seeks expert help where difficulties are encountered
1.5.6 Updates maintenance and calibration records
1.6 Identify faults in instruments/field equipment
1.6.1 Identifies and clarifies the nature of the fault
1.6.2 Determines and ranks likely causes of fault
1.6.3 Applies simple checks and tests
1.6.4 Obtains suitable tools and equipment to test fault if required
1.6.5 Applies fault finding methodology as required
1.7 Commission new instruments and equipment
1.7.1 Arranges commissioning procedures with manufacturer's agent as required
1.7.2 Unpacks, checks and assembles instruments/equipment according to manufacturer's warranty requirements
1.7.3 Calibrates instrument/equipment to meet manufacturer's specifications
Operate and maintain instruments and field equipment MNMAAA301A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 841
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1.7.4 Checks instrument/equipment performance against specifications prior to acceptance of item
1.7.5 Operating instructions are prepared and made available
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. Manufacturers specifications may be found in printed instruction leaflets or pre printed on materials or on product packaging. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT Reference should be made to the Range of Variables in the Core Unit 'Work Safely'. Geotechnical instruments and field equipment may include: • Motors • Generators • Two-way radios • Mobile communications equipment • Theodolite • Satellite navigation system • Memory magnetometer • Gravity meter • IP transmitter and receiver • TEM transmitter and receiver • Gamma spectrometer • Seismograph • Well logger • Data logger • Portable PC OPERATING CONDITIONS • Operating conditions may include: • Day and night • Laboratory • Field environment • Dry and wet • Stable ground • Broken ground • Various natural landscapes • Working over old underground workings and voids INSTRUMENT/EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE • Minor maintenance of instruments/equipment may include: • Replacing 'remove and replace' components
MNMAAA301A Operate and maintain instruments and field equipment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 842
• Lubrication • Working adjustments to tolerances • Cleaning and storing • Completing usage records LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Manufacturer's operating requirements for instruments and equipment • Manufacturer's calibration procedures • Company and site policy and procedures regarding instrument and equipment use • Instrument and equipment test methods SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Use of relevant hand and power tools • Use of calibration equipment • Use of test equipment • Fault finding procedures
Operate and maintain instruments and field equipment MNMAAA301A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 843
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 3 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 1
Plan and undertake field trip MNMAAA302A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 845
STREAM AA Exploration
FIELD A3 Geological Survey
UNIT MNMAAA302A Plan and undertake field trip
MNMAAA302A This unit applies in all contexts to field trips investigating mineral deposits using a wide range of methods and equipment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
2.1 Organise field trips 2.1.1 Arranges access to field site with landowners and relevant regulatory bodies
2.1.2 Adheres to restrictions, agreements and customs when accessing field site
2.1.3 Identifies available and efficient communication systems
2.1.4 Undertakes searches of relevant Mines Department to locate previous work in the field area
2.1.5 Obtains, maintains and renews relevant titles and leases where necessary
2.1.6 Uses maps, photos, satellite images and existing exploration data to plan access, traverses and camp site(s)
2.1.7 Undertake reconnaissance to the field site prior to the field trip where feasible
2.1.8 Plans the logistics of supplies to support the location, duration and size of the field trip
2.1.9 Obtains supplies according to inventory and securely stows for field trip
2.1.10 Establishes duty rosters for field trip activities in consultation with other participants
2.2 Maintain field camp 2.2.1 Monitors and participates in catering, hygiene, discipline and security activities as allocated
2.2.2 Obtains and monitors use of supplies as necessary to maintain health and safety
2.2.3 Minimises environmental impact from field camp activities
2.3 Work as part of a team in remote locations
2.3.1 Contributes effectively to the achievement of shared goals and objectives
2.3.2 Mixes courtesy and assertiveness with others in order to minimise the stresses of isolation and hardship during remote field trips
2.4 Operate and maintain 4WD vehicle
2.4.1 Operates vehicle safely and efficiently in a variety of situations
MNMAAA302A Plan and undertake field trip
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 846
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
2.4.2 Undertakes routine vehicle checks, maintenance and emergency repairs
2.4.3 Sufficiently cleans vehicle to ensure safe operation and prevent dispersal of unwanted materials
2.5 Apply remote safety and survival skills
2.5.1 Operates remote gas and electricity appliances and generators safely
2.5.2 Follows safety procedures whenever helicopters are in the vicinity
2.5.3 Communicates using standard protocols effectively
2.5.4 Adopts conventional signalling codes and symbols in emergency situations
2.5.5 Implements survival strategies effectively in the event of emergency and/or accident
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT Reference should be made to the Range of Variables in the Core Unit 'Work Safely'. EQUIPMENT Communications equipment/systems may include: • Satellite phone • Mobile network phone • Royal Flying Doctor Service • Two-way radio • Land line • CB radio Routine 4WD vehicle maintenance may include: • Punctures • Brake lines, pads and linings • Oil and grease • Fuel and air filters • Belts and hoses • Spark plugs • Bleed injectors • Distributor points • Windscreen washers • Seat belts • First aid kits • Coolant
Plan and undertake field trip MNMAAA302A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 847
MATERIALS Field trip supplies may include: • Food • Water • Hygiene facilities • Fuel • Transport • Communications • Vehicle and equipment spares • First aid and health LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures SITE INFORMATION 4WD situations may include: • Surfaced road • Unsurfaced road • Marked and unmarked tracks • Mud • Sand • Rocky tracks • Steep grades • Creek/river crossings • Rescuing bogged vehicles Field access issues may include: • Aboriginal sites • Privately owned land • Defined heritage areas • Inhospitable terrain and climate
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues
MNMAAA302A Plan and undertake field trip
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 848
Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Land use permits • Relevant regulations, licences and permits • Communications systems • Historical mining data of field site • Trip planning and logistics • Supply sources, costs and availability • Remote hazards, risks and survival techniques SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Shelter erection • Food and water collection • Fire-lighting • Map and star navigation • Using vehicle for survival • Planning and scheduling • Team work • Interpersonal communication • Basic vehicle maintenance • 4WD driving • Portable gas and electricity equipment RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
Plan and undertake field trip MNMAAA302A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 849
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 3 4 Working With Others and in Teams 3 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 1 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 1
Conduct fieldwork MNMAAA303A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 851
STREAM AA Exploration
FIELD A3 Geological Survey
UNIT MNMAAA303A Conduct fieldwork
MNMAAA303A This unit applies in all contexts to fieldwork investigating mineral deposits using a wide range of methods and equipment. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
3.1 Locate targets and determine field positions
3.1.1 Conducts reconnaissance orientation survey of the field
3.1.2 Plans and maps traverses, navigation references and sampling positions using field information
3.1.3 Surveys and pegs field site grid
3.1.4 Locates reference pegs where available
3.2 Assist in the conduct of geo-scientific investigations
3.2.1 Confirms availability of transport, fuel and equipment for the survey
3.2.2 Labels and stores samples accurately
3.2.3 Records sampling methods to assist in future analysis of results
3.2.4 Plans the collection of samples to meet client needs within the field grid
3.2.5 Protects integrity of samples during storage and transport of samples for laboratory analysis
3.3 Conduct field analysis of samples
3.3.1 Performs field analysis of samples according to relevant procedures
3.3.2 Logs data accurately during collection, transfer and manipulation
3.3.3 Records all relevant geological observations at rock exposures
3.3.4 Prepares accurate graphic records of field site
3.3.5 Uses suitable geophysical methods to establish field information
3.3.6 Recognises anomalies in data and identifies cause
3.3.7 Recognises and records sources of noise in geophysical data
3.3.8 Backs up any computer files daily to protect information obtained
3.3.9 Processes raw data regularly to provide meaningful information for decision making
3.3.10 Monitors geo-scientific contractors to ensure performance and data quality is in accord with contract specifications
MNMAAA303A Conduct fieldwork
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 852
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
3.4 Assist drilling operations 3.4.1 Prepares drill sites in accord with organisation requirements
3.4.2 Ensures contract work complies with contract specifications
3.4.3 Takes tests and measurements during drilling and records results accurately
3.4.4 Labels, stores and transports core samples to maintain integrity of sample
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT Reference should be made to the Range of Variables in the Core Unit 'Work Safely'. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • drilling equipment • camping equipment • navigational aids • mobile laboratory • emergency aids • first aid pack • communications devices • surveying equipment • sampling devices and storage • 4WD vehicles • mobile computers and associated devices MATERIALS Samples may include: • Geological • Geochemical • Geophysical Covering: • Water • Soil • Rock • Mineral
Conduct fieldwork MNMAAA303A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 853
LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures SITE INFORMATION Reconnaissance orientation survey may include: • Checking access • Collecting soil and rock samples • Grid-layout • Magnetic bearings • Slope distances • Travel times • Type of terrain • Vegetation types Field information may be obtained from: • Air photos • Topographical maps • Satellite imagery Field site grid may cover: • Rock outcrops • Streams and rivers • Road cuttings • Potential ore deposits • Reference pegs may be put in place by relevant Lands Department and can be used to tie the
local grid to the National Grid, to sea level datum and to obtain coordinates for GPS system. Geological observations may include: • Rock descriptions • Degree of weathering • Measurement of strike and dip • Joints • Folds • Intrusions • Rock relationships Graphic records of site may include: • Geological maps • Cross sections • Stratigraphic columns • Photographs • Sketches
MNMAAA303A Conduct fieldwork
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 854
Geophysical methods may include: • Radiometric • Gravity • Induced polarisation • Magnetics • Electromagnetic • Seismic Sources of noise in geophysical data include: • Atmospheric • Geological • Instrument / equipment based • Cultural Data collected may include: • Locality • Grad name • Equipment used • Operator's name • Line and station number Test and measurement data during drilling may include: • Down-hole measurement • Site surveying data • Core recovery • Rock quality designation • Magnetic susceptibility • Core orientation
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes
Conduct fieldwork MNMAAA303A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 855
KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Map reading • Basic surveying methods • Basic geological formations • Mineral ore types and locations • Labelling, storage and transport of samples • Impact of activities on environment SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Basic drafting and sketching skills • Use of surveying instruments • Basic hand tools • Problem solving • PC software for data collection and analysis • Statistical analysis • Use of in field testing and measurement instruments/equipment • Use of geophysical measurement equipment RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 3 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 3 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Collect and prepare samples MNMAAA304A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 857
STREAM AA Exploration
FIELD A3 Geological Survey
UNIT MNMAAA304A Collect and prepare samples
MNMAAA304A This unit applies in all contexts to fieldwork investigating mineral deposits using a wide range of methods and equipment. This unit is partly based on the geoscience competency statements published by ACTRAC in August 1993. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
4.1 Plan sample collection and preparation
4.1.1 Identifies and verifies nature of required samples prior to collection
4.1.2 Uses and documents procedures to ensure representative sampling
4.1.3 Ensures procedures are available to maintain sample integrity during collection, preparation and transport
4.1.4 Assembles required sampling equipment
4.2 Perform sample collection 4.2.1 Collects gross samples as specified in collection plan
4.2.2 Preserves sample integrity throughout collection
4.2.3 Places samples in suitable containers and labels accurately
4.2.4 Stores and transports samples
4.2.5 Identifies and records characteristics of sampling environment, in particular any non-standard aspects
4.2.6 Maintains sampling equipment in a clean and safe working condition
4.3 Perform physical preparation of samples where required
4.3.1 Verifies sample, documentation and sub-sampling equipment
4.3.2 Performs sub-sampling according to plan
4.3.3 Contains loss of material and protects sample against contamination
4.3.4 Prepares rock samples use for use using relevant procedures
4.4 Perform mineral separations where required
4.4.1 Follows laboratory procedures and/or manuals
4.4.2 Reduces sample through primary and secondary reduction processes
4.4.3 Contains loss of material and protects sample against contamination
MNMAAA304A Collect and prepare samples
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 858
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
4.4.4 Recovers and cleans mineral samples using appropriate techniques and equipment
4.5 Perform chemical preparation of samples where required
4.5.1 Forwards samples for analysis to external laboratories where required
4.5.2 Uses appropriate reference materials, standards and controls where appropriate
4.5.3 Prepares samples for analysis according to method adopted
4.5.4 Contains loss of material and protects sample against contamination
4.5.5 Monitors sample and standards consistently to ensure samples remain suitable for analysis
4.5.6 Documents any change to preparation methods
4.5.7 Stores, tests and disposes of samples as determined by relevant procedures
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT Reference should be made to the Range of Variables in the Core Unit 'Work Safely'. EQUIPMENT Equipment may include: • hand tools • carrying devices • portable power tools Mineral separation equipment may include: • mechanical gravity separator • high specific gravity liquids • hand magnet • isodynamic magnetic separator • electrostatic separator • preferential crushing • ultrasonic cleaner • panning and hand jigging
Collect and prepare samples MNMAAA304A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 859
MATERIALS Samples include: • water • soils • rocks • minerals • fossils • hydrocarbons • drill core • stream sediment • mine samples SAMPLING Representative sampling may include: • size • frequency • location Sub-sampling may include: • crushing • grinding • sieving • riffling • blending • homogenisation • coning • quartering Preparing sub-sample may include: • stain • polish Further analysis of sub-samples may be through petrological and electron microscope or electron microprobes. Primary reduction processes may include: • hydraulic rock splitter • diamond saw • sledge hammer • crushers • screens Secondary reduction processes may include: • concentric ring crusher • mill • mortar & pestle
MNMAAA304A Collect and prepare samples
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 860
Standard chemical analysis procedures may include: • digestion • separation • purification • dilution • labelling LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE: • sample collection methods • quality procedures • sampling equipment use • basic equipment maintenance SKILLS WILL INCLUDE: • reporting and completing documentation • basic sampling field equipment maintenance • safe use of sampling equipment
Collect and prepare samples MNMAAA304A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 861
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS: Typical resources in the work environment or in a simulated environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT: Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and envirnmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT: Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Perform geoscientific tests and analyses in the field and laboratory MNMAAA305A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 863
STREAM AA Exploration
FIELD A3 Geological Survey
UNIT MNMAAA305A Perform geoscientific tests and analyses in the field and laboratory
MNMAAA305A This unit applies in all contexts to testing field samples using a wide range of methods and equipment. This unit is partly based on the geoscience competency statements published by ACTRAC in August 1993. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
5.1 Identify geological specimens in the field and laboratory
5.1.1 Correctly identifies hand and laboratory specimens from their physical properties
5.1.2 Identifies optical properties of rocks and minerals using stereo and petrological microscopes
5.1.3 Establishes mineral grain counts either manually or by optical image analysis
5.2 Plan routine laboratory analyses
5.2.1 Identifies correctly the nature of the sample and analysis required
5.2.2 Selects appropriate apparatus and correctly assembles, setup and calibrates where required
5.2.3 Performs routine standardisation procedures and records results accurately
5.3 Develop non-routine analyses where required
5.3.1 Designs experiment to ensure it meets OHS regulations and industry standards
5.3.2 Arranges for necessary equipment to be purchased or built within project constraints
5.3.3 Documents, trials and evaluates new procedures where required
5.4 Perform qualitative and/or quantitative chemical analysis
5.4.1 Undertakes tests to observe chemical and physical properties
5.4.2 Compares data with reference materials to identify minerals and properties
5.4.3 Uses computer technology to control instruments and/or manage test data
5.4.4 Completes tests efficiently within required timeframes
5.5 Record, analyse and validate results
5.5.1 Uses appropriate worksheets/information systems to record data accurately
5.5.2 Identifies anomalies in data and determines acceptance or rejection conditions
MNMAAA305A Perform geoscientific tests and analyses in the field and laboratory
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 864
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
5.5.3 Assesses data against quality control information, known standards and reference material
5.5.4 Checks samples and analyses for consistency where unexpected results are obtained
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT Reference should be made to the Range of Variables in the Core Unit 'Work Safely'. EQUIPMENT Common instruments include: • hand lens • stereo and polarising microscopes • analytical balances • pH meters • centrifuge • autotitrators • GLC • HPLC • flame emission photometry • colorimeters/spectrophotometers • AA spectrometer • computers for data collection/entry/analysis • data loggers Specialised instruments/techniques may include: • mass spectrometer MS • ICP • X-Ray diffraction and fluorescence • electron microscope • radioisotope counters • palaeomagnetic determination MATERIALS Physical properties of specimens may include: • colour • streak • crystal form • habit • cleavage • fracture • hardness
Perform geoscientific tests and analyses in the field and laboratory MNMAAA305A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 865
• specific gravity • lustre • texture • structure and tenacity • and are usually assessed in comparison with mineral identification charts. Optical properties of minerals may include: • pleochroism • refractive index • twinning • birefringence • grain relationships Qualitative tests may include: • colour change • evolution of gas • precipitates • spectral profiles Quantitative tests may include: • gravimetric analysis • volumetric analysis • AAS • XRF • XRD • fire assay • selective ion electrode • ICP • GC • HPLC • to determine: • chemical composition or ores and concentrates, soils and water • total organic carbon • specific gravity of organics • pristane/phytane ratio by gas chromatography • concentration of head space and permanent gases • ash • moisture and sulphur content • gas and coal LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures • NATA Standards • ASTM
MNMAAA305A Perform geoscientific tests and analyses in the field and laboratory
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 866
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE: • optical properties of rocks and minerals • characteristics of mineral ores • laboratory procedures for ore testing and analysis • quality control procedures • sources of error in data analysis • standard mineral ore tests • industry standard ore references SKILLS WILL INCLUDE: • use of stereo and petrological microscopes • data analysis • problem solving • PC data systems (database, spreadsheet) • setting up analysis equipment RESOURCE IMPLICATION Typical resources in the work environment or in a simulated environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and envirnmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence.
Perform geoscientific tests and analyses in the field and laboratory MNMAAA305A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 867
COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 3 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 3
Process data and maintain accurate records MNMAAA306A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 869
STREAM AA Exploration
FIELD A3 Geological Survey
UNIT MNMAAA306A Process data and maintain accurate records
MNMAAA306A This unit applies in all contexts to field and laboratory data analysis. This unit is partly based on the geoscience competency statements published by ACTRAC in August 1993. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
6.1 Use and maintain databases 6.1.1 Uses available computer technologies according to organisation licensing, manufacturers specifications and local procedures
6.1.2 Identifies and codes data suitable for database system
6.1.3 Checks and verifies computer output
6.1.4 Utilises suitable and appropriate software to store and retrieve data
6.1.5 Prepares data entry screens and reports for specific applications
6.1.6 Transfers data between hardware and software effectively
6.2 Analyse and present data 6.2.1 Records accurate and relevant observations in a form accessible to others
6.2.2 Uses appropriate scientific and mathematical conventions and symbols
6.2.3 Converts instrument readouts into a form suitable for interpretation
6.2.4 Employs statistical and mathematical techniques to analyse data
6.2.5 Uses computer technology to model geoscientific data where required
6.2.6 Presents results in format that meets industry standards
6.3 Maintain accurate records 6.3.1 Documents and updates procedures and techniques
6.3.2 Files and stores information on experiments, tests and analysis results
6.3.3 Stores samples and specimens correctly labelled to enable easy retrieval
MNMAAA306A Process data and maintain accurate records
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 870
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT Reference should be made to the Range of Variables in the Core Unit 'Work Safely'. RECORDS AND DATA Records may include information associated with: • equipment • materials • safety • budgets • test results • product/process testing Data may include: • results of tests • measurements and analyses • computer database information • manual notes • maps • sketches • diagrams EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE Equipment and software may include: • desktop and notebook PC computer • database software • spreadsheet software • statistical analysis software MATERIALS Mathematical and statistical techniques may include: • curve fitting • correlation • regression • standard curves • weighted moving averages Conventions and symbols may be used on: • overlays • maps • reports • and include:
Process data and maintain accurate records MNMAAA306A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 871
• scientific notation • terminology • references Records may include: • calibrations of equipment • maintenance history of equipment • warranty information • manufacturers manuals • OHS events • expenditure • file and sample locations LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE: • computer software (database, spreadsheet, wordprocessor) • scientific notation • mathematical conventions
MNMAAA306A Process data and maintain accurate records
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 872
• statistical methods • filing systems • storage methods SKILLS WILL INCLUDE: • computer data entry • data analysis applied to mineral ore data • statistical techniques • data modeling • report writing • basic database screen design • report preparation using PC computer software RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS : Typical resources in the work environment or in a simulated environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT: Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and envirnmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT: Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 1 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 1 7 Using Technology 2
Develop site environmental policy MNMBEB307A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 873
STREAM BE Establishment
FIELD B3 Systems Development - Environmental Management
UNIT MNMBEB307A Develop site environmental policy
MNMBEB307A This unit applies in all contexts to the development of environmental policy where policy development is undertaken as part of mine site operations. In some situations, environmental policy is determined at company level and does not take place as part of mine site operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
7.1 Define scope of environmental site policy
7.1.1 Determines needs, expectations and constraints of all parties
7.1.2 Ensures management commitment to development of policy is obtained
7.1.3 Prepares statement of policy objectives for discussion and comment
7.2 Determine policy development process
7.2.1 Identifies applicable development process models
7.2.2 Assesses and selects development model that will meet policy objectives
7.2.3 Ensures all stakeholders can participate in policy development
7.3 Determine context and factors for environmental policy
7.3.1 Identifies existing data relevant to the policy scope
7.3.2 Obtains all relevant legislative, regulatory and company policy documents
7.3.3 Assesses available data against scientifically established criteria, regulations and community expectations
7.3.4 Presents a clear understanding of the context and factors affecting environmental policy development
7.4 Prepare draft policy 7.4.1 Prepares draft policy as a concise statement of site intentions
7.4.2 Ensures policy covers environmental standards the company intends to maintain
7.4.3 Undertakes in-house consultation to achieve support for draft policy
7.4.4 Obtains management endorsement for environmental policy
7.5 Distribute site environmental policy to all site employees
7.5.1 Prepares and distributes endorsed site environmental policy to all company locations
MNMBEB307A Develop site environmental policy
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 874
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
7.5.2 Develops document control procedures to ensure workforce understands environmental site policy
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY Policy may include: • What the company wants to achieve • Long and short term environmental targets and objectives • Type of community consultation • Environmental monitoring • Resources the company is willing to commit • Commitments to site rehabilitation Factors affecting policy development may include: • Compliance / legal aspects • Conservation / preservation • Native flora and fauna • Water management • Land management and rehabilitation • Community expectations • Air quality • Dust • Water management • Tailings management • Waste rock / rehabilitation • Noise levels / pollution / exposure • Decommissioning • Chemical storage and use • General waste management • Weeds • Feral animals • Exploration practices • Aboriginal and European heritage LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations
Develop site environmental policy MNMBEB307A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 875
• Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Environmental issues • Mining processing issues • Legislation and regulations • Contacts / network in industry • Company policy / corporate direction • Local political environment • Alternative policy development models • Accepted environmental standards /criteria • Community expectations SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Liaison skills • Writing skills • Analysis • Judgement of content • Political awareness • Objectivity • Report writing RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS
MNMBEB307A Develop site environmental policy
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 876
Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 3 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Undertake process or project environmental impact assessment MNMBEB308A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 877
STREAM BE Establishment
FIELD B3 Systems Development - Environmental Management
UNIT MNMBEB308A Undertake process or project environmental impact assessment
MNMBEB308A This unit applies to undertaking a local environmental impact assessment of site based processes or projects dealing with mine operations. It may include conduct of a simple checklist audit against company and local requirements. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
8.1 Describe process or project and the development environment
8.1.1 Prepares detailed description of the process or project environment before development
8.1.2 Prepares process or project life cycle with detailed information on all phases
8.2 Identify environmental issues for process or project
8.2.1 Works with engineers and scientists to identify environmental issues
8.2.2 Assesses each part of the process or project for impact on the local ecosystem
8.2.3 States assessment criteria clearly
8.2.4 Identifies both positive and negative impacts
8.2.5 Evaluates risks and hazards associated with the process or project, both short and long term
8.3 Assess environmental impact
8.3.1 Assesses process or project against environmental regulations, site terms, conditions and licences and company policy
8.3.2 Makes qualified and justified assessment of impact on environment
8.3.3 Ensures assessment documents scientific basis for assessment
8.3.4 Presents assessment in clearly written and illustrated format
8.4 Evaluate alternatives 8.4.1 Ensures all alternative solutions to impact assessment are included in analysis
8.4.2 Prepares objective and scientifically valid alternatives
8.4.3 Prepares comparisons using cost benefit analysis where possible
8.4.4 Identifies alternative processes or amended project to minimise environmental impact
MNMBEB308A Undertake process or project environmental impact assessment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 878
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. DOCUMENTS Common environment assessment documents may include: • EIA - Environmental Impact Assessment • EIS - Environmental Impact Statement • PER - Public Environmental Report • NOI - Notice of Intention Where these have been prepared for company and/or site operations. PROCESS OR PROJECT AND ENVIRONMENT Environment may include: • Physical • Biological • Social • Regional • Land uses • Tenures • Climate • Geology • Landforms • Soils • Surface and ground water • Water quality • Air quality • Hydrology • Dust and noise • Pollutants • Contaminants • Vegetation, plant diseases, clearance and weeds • Animal life, habitats, mobility, threats • Rare and endangered species • Community infrastructure • Ethnography of area • Archaeology • Regional and local demography Project phases may include: • Site preparation • Construction • Operations • Proposed expansions • Decommissioning
Undertake process or project environmental impact assessment MNMBEB308A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 879
• Rehabilitation • Site closure ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES Physical issues may include: • Significant land disturbance • Erosion, subsidence and instability • Alteration of water courses • Effects on quality, quantity or availability of surface water or groundwater • Salination of water or land • Acid drainage • Heavy metal contamination • Impact on coastal processes Ecological issues may include: • Direct impacts on vegetation • Loss of habitat • Displacement of fauna • Impact on ecological processes • Loss of biodiversity • Potential for spreading plant diseases and noxious weeds • Impact of toxic or hazardous materials • Creation of new habitats Land use issues may include: • Major changes of land use • Compatibility of development with surrounding land uses • Preclusion of alternative land use eg conservation or recreation • Increased demand on scarce natural resources • Creation of new water storage and supplies • Creation of opportunities for alternative beneficial land uses Social issues may include: • Influx of population • Impact on health and safety • Changes in community character • Creation of employment • Increased revenue for local communities • community and cultural aspects Infrastructure issues may include: • Load on existing roads • Impact on services including utilities, health, education, community services LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care)
MNMBEB308A Undertake process or project environmental impact assessment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 880
• Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Company environmental policy and procedures • Process or project and/or proposal phases • Physical environment as impacted by mining operations • Ecological environment as impacted by mining operations • Land use profiles • Social issues as impacted by mining operations • Impact of mining operations on infrastructure • Legislation, regulation, licences and permit requirements for mining operations • Data analysis systems, including statistical analysis • Support professions role and function (engineers, scientists etc) • Budgeting and cost cycle planning SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Advanced report writing • Problem solving • Computer data analysis systems (database, spreadsheet, specialist programs) • Risk and hazard assessment • Financial assessment • Project planning RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT
Undertake process or project environmental impact assessment MNMBEB308A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 881
Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 3 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 3 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 2
Implement mine operations environmental management system MNMBEB309A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 883
STREAM BE Establishment
FIELD B3 Systems Development - Environmental Management
UNIT MNMBEB309A Implement mine operations environmental management system
MNMBEB309A This unit applies in all contexts to design and implementation of an environmental management system for implementation within mine site operations. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
9.1 Assign responsibilities for environmental management
9.1.1 Identifies positions affected by environmental policy
9.1.2 Prepares and documents responsibilities for each position stating environmental requirements
9.1.3 Issues work descriptions to relevant persons
9.2 Establish reporting structure 9.2.1 Establishes reporting pathways
9.2.2 Documents type and frequency of reports on environmental matters
9.2.3 Communicates reporting requirements to all relevant persons
9.3 Set practical targets and objectives
9.3.1 Sets practical long and short term objectives and targets
9.3.2 Ensures compatibility of targets with environmental policy
9.3.3 Reviews regulations to ensure targets meet requirements
9.3.4 Communicates targets to relevant persons
9.4 Identify regulations with impact on work operations
9.4.1 Identifies environmental regulations, licences and permits required for operation
9.4.2 Ensures systems comply with regulation and other statutory requirements
9.4.3 Prepares list of requirements for distribution to relevant persons
9.5 Establish operational and emergency procedures
9.5.1 Designs procedures to meet requirements in association with operatives where possible
9.5.2 Documents procedures clearly and provides details to all relevant persons
9.5.3 Identifies areas at risk of detrimental environmental accident
9.5.4 Formulates emergency procedures and assigns responsibilities
9.5.5 Provides suitable training for personnel in operational and emergency procedures
MNMBEB309A Implement mine operations environmental management system
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 884
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
9.6 Plan for on-going community consultation
9.6.1 Ensures person is nominated for community liaison within the company/site
9.6.2 Provides release of information to community within environmental policy requirements
9.6.3 Establishes community information and site access program
9.6.4 Sets up register to record complaints and enquiries
9.7 Prepare and distribute environmental management manual
9.7.1 Compiles all components of environmental policy and system into a readable company/site manual
9.7.2 Sets up procedures for regular updating of issued copies
9.7.3 Maintains records of manual locations and currency of information
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (EMS) A typical EMS may cover: • Organisational commitment • Corporate environmental policy • Environmental impact assessment (EIA) • Community consultation and involvement • Objectives and targets (corporate performance indicators) • Environmental management program • Documentation and records • Operational and emergency procedures • Responsibility and reporting structure • Training, awareness and competence • Environmental impact, regulatory and legal compliance • Environmental review audits • Emission and performance monitoring and measurement LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations
Implement mine operations environmental management system MNMBEB309A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 885
• Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Company organisation • Work role definitions • Reporting methods and alternatives • Relevant regulations, licenses and permits • High risk activities • Emergency procedures and obligations • Community expectations • Consultative strategies • Alternative documentation systems for procedures • Political processes SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Training staff • Development of responsibility / motivation • Policy management skills • Interpersonal • Liaison • Coordinating • Clear business writing • Meeting facilitation
MNMBEB309A Implement mine operations environmental management system
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 886
RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 3 4 Working With Others and in Teams 3 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 2
Take environmental samples and measurements MNMBEB310A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 887
STREAM BE Establishment FIELD B3 Systems Development - Environmental Management
UNIT MNMBEB310A Take environmental samples and measurements
MNMBEB310A This unit applies in all contexts to the collection of environmental samples and taking of environmental measurements. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA 10.1 Collect environmental
samples 10.1.1 Collects environmental samples as specified in
environmental management system 10.1.2 Preserves sample integrity throughout collection 10.1.3 Places samples in suitable containers and labels
accurately 10.1.4 Identifies and records characteristics of sampling
environment, in particular any non-standard aspects
10.2 Take readings and measurements
10.2.1 Sets up measurement equipment in accordance with Australian Standards
10.2.2 Takes measurements in accordance with environmental management system requirements
10.2.3 Takes accurate readings and documents at time of reading to avoid error
10.3 Co-ordinate with scientists and laboratories
10.3.1 Provides information clearly and accurately
10.3.2 Provides for delivery of samples within required time constraints
10.3.3 Ensures integrity of sample is maintained during packing and transport
10.3.4 Acts promptly upon receiving feedback from laboratories where environmental risk is identified
10.4 Maintain sampling and measurement equipment
10.4.1 Maintains equipment in specified operating condition
10.4.2 Calibrates equipment in accordance with maintenance schedule
10.4.3 Performs minor repairs and adjustments where authorised
10.4.4 Programs equipment software accurately where authorised
10.5 Report, store and archive environmental data
10.5.1 Prepares regular reports in accordance with environmental management system
10.5.2 Stores data accurately in manual and computer systems where required
10.5.3 Ensures data is backed up regularly
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details.
MNMBEB310A Take environmental samples and measurements
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 888
Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. SAMPLES AND MEASURES Samples may include: • Air and airborne dust • Aerosols • Sediment • Rock • Process streams • Water • Ground Water • Soil • Noise Readings and measurements may include: • Air velocity • Flow rate • Composition • Temperature • Humidity • Barometric pressure • Dust concentration and composition • Water velocity • Flow rate • Composition • Temperature Sampling and measurement equipment may include: • Passive air samplers • Low and high volume air samplers • Water pumps samplers • Personal air samples • Photometric dust measuring equipment • Gas liquid chromatographic analytical equipment LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures • ISO 14000 (International)
Take environmental samples and measurements MNMBEB310A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 889
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Local mine operations environmental management system related to samples and measurements • Methods for retaining sample integrity • Common readings and measured expected • Relevant company procedures and policy • Sampling and measurement equipment operations • Company and statutory reporting requirements SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Accurate recording of data • Computer usage • Database and spreadsheet applications • Setting up measuring equipment • Packing and transport methods fort environmental samples • Calibration of relevant equipment • Equipment software programming • Statistical report preparation RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
MNMBEB310A Take environmental samples and measurements
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 890
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 2 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 1 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 1 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 2 6 Solving Problems 2 7 Using Technology 2
Monitor and correct activities having impact on the environment MNMBEB311A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 891
STREAM BE Establishment
FIELD B3 Systems Development - Environmental Management
UNIT MNMBEB311A Monitor and correct activities having impact on the environment
MNMBEB311A This unit applies to monitoring and adjusting operations to meet environmental policy, plans and targets at the mine operations site. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
11.1 Prepare non-compliance procedures where applicable
11.1.1 Develops non-compliance procedures to meet regulation, statutory, licence and permit responsibilities
11.1.2 Ensures management provide visible support for non-compliance program
11.1.3 Assigns responsibilities for achieving compliance
11.1.4 Identifies and clearly communicates liabilities for non-compliance to all relevant persons
11.2 Establoish emission monitoring systems and procedures
11.2.1 Ensures monitoring systems provide for due diligence requirements
11.2.2 Provides for the collection of accurate and relevant data to monitor compliance
11.2.3 Determines monitoring sources and appropriate measurement requirements
11.2.4 Communicates systems and procedures to all relevant persons in a clear and concise manner
11.3 Monitor environmental data 11.3.1 Receives and reviews monitoring data within required time intervals
11.3.2 Ensures monitoring equipment is maintained and calibrated to required standards
11.3.3 Ensures monitoring schedule is followed rigidly
11.3.4 Reports significant data variations
11.3.5 Records and archives data for both short term and long term environmental performance monitoring
11.4 Assess environmental data and implement corrective action
11.4.1 Assesses environmental data against regulatory, license, permit and company levels and standards
11.4.2 Determine out of range instances and notifies appropriate sections, site or authority according to environmental plan and procedures
11.4.3 Puts in place immediate action to rectify out of range situations
11.4.4 Prepares regular and emergency reports on monitoring data within prescribed formats
MNMBEB311A Monitor and correct activities having impact on the environment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 892
The following Range of Variables is subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. MONITORING Monitoring may cover: • What is occurring in the workplace • Checking for compliance with plans • Analysing data • Conditions of monitoring • Checking for compliance with legislation and regulations • Auditing compliance • Tracking performance of system Monitoring includes determining: • What to measure • Where to measure • When to measure • How to measure • Evaluation methods Examples of activities measures may include: • Blast noise • Environmental noise • Dust • Surface water • Ground water • Domestic waste • Industrial effluent • Vibration • Fire • Stack emissions • Radiation Out of range actions may include: • Stopping processes • Instigating repairs and maintenance • Determining priorities for processes and repairs LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations
Monitor and correct activities having impact on the environment MNMBEB311A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 893
• Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures • ISO 14000 (International)
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Technical knowledge of monitoring and measurement procedures • Technical knowledge of monitoring data • EMS requirements - details • Company policy, objectives and targets • Regulations, legislation, licence and permit requirements SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Technical analysis of data • PC skills • Technical report writing • Identify solutions • Problem solving • Basic auditing skills • Reporting to authorities RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts.
MNMBEB311A Monitor and correct activities having impact on the environment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 894
ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 2 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 3 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 1
Monitor and correct activities having impact on the environment MNMBEB311A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 895
STREAM BE Establishment
FIELD B3 Systems Development - Environmental Management
UNIT MNMBEB312A Review environmental management system performance
MNMBEB312A This unit applies in all contexts to the review of a mines operations environmental management system. This unit must be read in conjunction with the Core Units.
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
12.1 Undertake periodic internal review
12.1.1 Plans internal review to ensure consistency with environmental policy
12.1.2 Facilitates review group with membership from company management, community and work operations
12.1.3 Assesses procedures, responsibilities and reporting system for effectiveness
12.2 Provide regular reporting on environmental conditions
12.2.1 Completes regular reports on environmental conditions as required in the mine operations environmental management system
12.2.2 Provides regular reports to management on the compliance of mine operations to regulations, licences and permits
12.3 Update manual and procedures
12.3.1 Updates policy and procedures manual promptly following review
12.3.2 Ensures changes are advised clearly and promptly to all relevant persons
The following Range of Variables are subject to site specific operations, but are not limited to the following details. Site procedures, regulations and occupational health and safety and other relevant legislation applies to all elements and performance criteria. The term 'mine site operations' also covers refining and smelting operations. REVIEW Internal review of environmental management system may include: • Difficulties applying the procedures to unforeseen situations • Gap in procedures for new or changed processes • Staff lacking the authority, resources, knowledge or time to carry out duties • Reports with too much or too little information • Reports duplicating information • Unnecessary or inadequate reports • Inefficient and time consuming processes
MNMBEB311A Monitor and correct activities having impact on the environment
To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 MNM99 V3 © Australian National Training Authority 896
Regular reports may be weekly, monthly or annual and include: • Reviews of environmental data • Review of compliance's • Activity reports • Rehabilitation reports • Statutory reports to government and authorities LEGISLATION Current relevant legislation, codes, regulations and standards may include: • Australian Standards • Environmental Agencies Regulations • Environmental Protection Act • Isolation Procedures • Manufacturers' specifications and recommendations • Mine Regulations Act (Duty of Care) • Occupational Health and Safety Legislation • Site Regulation and Procedures • ISO 14000 (International)
CRITICAL ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERATION Assessment must confirm competency in a particular activity relevant to mine site operations. These include: • Conducting an activity safely and efficiently • Achieving quality and productivity targets • Adhering to and understanding relevant legislative (state and federal) requirements • Adhering to and understanding environmental and heritage issues Competency must be demonstrated using plant and equipment that is relevant to each mine site operation. CONCURRENT ASSESSMENT AND PRE-REQUISITE RELATIONSHIP OF UNITS This unit may be assess with other relevant units according to specific mine site requirements and with consideration to the following core units: • Core Unit MNMCCCOO001A Communicate in the workplace • Core Unit MNMCCCOO002A Work safely • Core Unit MNMCCCOO003A Plan and organise individual work • Core Unit MNMCCCOO004A Contribute to quality work outcomes • Core Unit MNMCCCOO005A Apply local risk control processes KNOWLEDGE WILL INCLUDE • Company policy, procedures and targets • Organisational processes for sensitive reviews • Existing EMS data, including monitoring measurement summaries • Community expectations and reactions • Expert consultants, role and function
Monitor and correct activities having impact on the environment MNMBEB311A
© Australian National Training Authority MNM99 V3 To be reviewed by 30/04/2003 897
SKILLS WILL INCLUDE • Group facilitation • Meeting and group leadership • Writing and reporting • Liaison • Problem solving • Computer skills RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS Typical resources in the work environment should be used during assessment. Selection and use of resources for particular sites may differ due to mine site conditions, equipment availability, equipment/plant types and different contexts. ASSESSMENT STATEMENT Assessments are to be conducted in the work environment wherever possible. Some aspects may be conducted under simulated conditions where issues of safety and environmental damage are limiting factors. All assessments must be valid, reliable, fair and flexible accumulating sufficient evidence to demonstrate the required competence. COMPETENCY STATEMENT Evidence of competency is best obtained by observing activities in the field and reviewing the outcomes of several activities over a period of time, under normal industry operating conditions. If this is not practical, observations in a realistic simulated environment may be substituted by written and oral assessments. KEY COMPETENCY LEVEL 1 Collecting, Analysing and Organising Information 3 2 Communicating Ideas and Information 3 3 Planning and Organising Activities 2 4 Working With Others and in Teams 2 5 Using Mathematical Ideas and Techniques 3 6 Solving Problems 3 7 Using Technology 1